Modern Spoken Cambodian 9781501721786

Table of contents :
Preface
CONTENTS
Introduction
Lesson 1: Pronunciation Drills
Lesson 2: Useful Words and Phrases
Lesson 3: In the Classroom
Lesson 4: At the Market
Lesson 5: Getting Acquainted
Lesson 6: Relatives
Lesson 7: Review of Lessons 2-6
Lesson 8: Vocations
Lesson 9: The Weather
Lesson 10: Getting a Room at a Hotel
Lesson 11: Getting Dressed
Lesson 12: Eating Out
Lesson 13: Review of Lessons 8-12
Lesson 14: Steamboat Travel
Lesson 15: A Day in the Country
Lesson 16: A Trip by Car
Lesson 17: Sightseeing
Lesson 18: At the Theatre
Lesson 19: Review of Lessons 14-18
Lesson 20: Around the House
Lesson 21: Receiving Guests
Lesson 22: At the Hospital
Lesson 23: Post Office and Bank
Lesson 24: Education
Lesson 25: Review of Lessons 20-24
Lesson 26: Agriculture
Lesson 27: Geography
Lesson 28: Industry
Lesson 29: Government
Lesson 30: The Country and Its People
Lesson 31: Review of Lessons 26-30
Cambodian-English Glossary
English-Cambodian Glossary
Index of Grammar Notes

Citation preview

MODERN SPOKEN CAMBODIAN

THAILAND

GULF OF

\

'·o..

>'·

'·

.

/

~

I

*

. -·

\

'

... ... ....

' I,, J'

-- "'

:

*

., ~~

,

.

-'.' .....

,r'

,--·'

Kampong Thom

'

..._, ·--- ·; ·"1'akoo ~ \, It . - .... "' .......'. Kampot

*

.

I

~

,,,

I

'I

.

~

( Phnom Kreng Mean Chey) ,'

--~,

.... Preah Vihear

Kampong Speu ( Khemarakc:'' Phomninville) ~ \

Koh Kong

I

>

... ·;..,

'._ ~o'

c tual-tian (tatual-tian) baay 35. kiiom cau tatual-tian baay.

to eat (with reference to oneself) cooked rice; food I'd like to have some food.

hk tae tik-tae tik-dah-koo kaafei (kafei) skaa numpalJ p;>;>JJ-moan 36. look/look-sray traw-kaa tik-tae tee? kaew muay kaew ( makaew) 37. baat, tee; kfiom traw-kaa kafei makaew.

water tea (plant) tea (liquid) milk coffee sugar bread (chicken) egg(s) Would you like some tea?

38. nih look/look-sray.

Here you are.

tlay ponmaan? (panmaan, pamaan) 39. tlay ponmaan?

to cost, to be expensive how much?, how many? How much is it? ([It) costs how much?)

bay rial 40. tlay bay rial.

three riel (Cambodian monetary unit) It's three riels.

maOIJ 41. maolJ ponmaan?

hour, time What time is it?

pii 42. maolJ pii haay.

It's tWo o'clock.

dol

peel iiam

f\am baay 43. dol peel n.am baay haay.

a glass one glass, a glass (of) No; I want a glass of coffee.

two

to reach, arrive at time, occasion to eat or drink (informal) to have a meal It's time to eat (already).

15

Dialogue roteh (rateh) plaau rO>teh-plaau (rateh-plaau) can qaukal (qaukal, ukal) 44. rateh-plaau can. qaukal?

car, cart fire, light train to leave, exit when? (in the future) When does the train leave?

dap 45. rateh-plaau can. maou dap.

ten The train leaves at ten o'clock. film, movie to begin (to) to play from, since when? (in the past)

kon cap leeu pii pii-qaukal (pii-qaukal, pii-ukal) 46. kon nih cap leeu pii-qaukal?

When did this movie start?

niatii 47. kon nih cap leeu dap niatii haay.

minute(s) This film started ten minutes ago.

tuay tuay-nih (uay-nih) kdaw 48. tuay-nih kdaw nah.

day, sun today hot It's very hot today.

sqaek 49. kf\om Hw sqaek.

tomorrow I'm going tomorrow.

mO>O>k (mO>O>) msal-man pii-msal-mafi 50. knom mO>ok pii-msal-mai'i.

to come yesterday (on) yesterday I came yesterday.

soum (som) lia 51. soum lia haay.

please to take leave, to say good-by Good-by.

52. baat.

I caah.

Good-by. (as aresponse). Numbers 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 16. 20. 21.

muay (rna-) pii bay buan pram prammuay (pammuay) prampi-1 (pampi-1) prambay (pambay) prambuan (pambuan) dap dap-muay dap-pii dap-prammuay maphiy (mpMy) mapMy-muay

one two three four five six (five + one) seven (five + two) eight (five + three) nine (five+ four) ten eleven twelve sixteen twenty twenty-one

Lesson 2

16

30. saamsap

40. saesap

50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100.

haasap hoksap catsap paetsap kawsap muay-raay (maraay)

thirty forty fifty sixty

seventy eighty ninety one hundred

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. General Discussion You will notice that Cambodian words are not inflected for such categories as tense, number, and gender; i.e. they are invariable in shape, except for phonological changes which take place as a result of rapid pronunciation (called reduction; this will be dealt with later). For example, the verb tiw can mean 'go, goes, going, went, or gone', while the noun baray can mean either 'cigarette' or 'cigarettes'. This lack of inflection has led some people to the assumption that such languages are 'simple', 'imprecise', or 'have no grammar'. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Languages do differ as to which grammatical categories are compulsory, i.e. must be stated, and which are optional. For example, while the categories of number, gender, and tense must be stated in English but are optional in Cambodian, they may nevertheless be unambiguously specified in Cambodian by the use of expanded phrases involving additional auxiliaries and particles, on the level of syntax. Similarly, with the word 'carry' in English, the specification of 'mode of carrying' is optional, although it may be specified by the use of expanded phrases, such as 'carry in the hand', 'carry on the back', etc. In Cambodian, however, there is no general word meaning 'to carry', and the semantic category 'mode of carrying' is compulsory; e.g.: yua Iii rEEk bay tuul Etc.

'to 'to 'to 'to 'to

carry carry carry carry carry

in the hand'

on the back' on a pole across the shoulder' in the arms' on the head'

As your study of Cambodian progresses, you will find that when it is deemed necessary, Cambodian possesses the grammatical machinery for being explicit. It is axiomatic that all languages are mutually translatable, but they may rely on different mechanisms for the expression of ideas. Cambodian has two major morphological (pertaining to word structure rather than to sentence structure) mechanisms: 1) the derivation of related (mostly disyllabic) words from monosyllabic words by the use of prefixes and infixes (although these prefixes and infixes do not have a constant meaning and are not generally productive, i.e. may not be applied to just any word), and 2) compounding (both of which will be discussed at a later point). Cambodian thus relies more heavily on syntactic (pertaining to word order) mechanisms than on morphological mechanisms. In Lesson 1 you have seen a number of constructions (syntactic patterns) which seem quite similar to English, e.g.: Subject-Verb-Object (SVO):

17

Grammar and Drills kftom tiw salaa. kfiom traw-kaa baray. kfiom tatual-tian baay.

I'm going to school. I need some cigarettes. I am eating rice.

Others, however, are quite different; e.g. modifiers generally follow the words they modify in Cambodian but precede them in English, e.g.: pteah thorn sray lqaa baray pii

large house pretty girl two cigarettes

Another striking difference between Cambodian and English is the relative independence of the verb. In English a predication or statement usually includes both a subject (actor or topic) and a predicate of some kind. In Cambodian, however, once a subject has been introduced, or is clear from context, it may be omitted from the predication. A predication in Cambodian, then, is defined as 'any verb or verb phrase, with or without a subject or topic'. Thus the "sentence" ti-w. may have a variety of meanings, depending on the context: 'I'm going', 'He t' 'They've gone. I' 'Let's go.'' etc.

went.

1-A. Substitution Drill

[In a substitution drill, the student substitutes one of a class of grammatically equivalent words or phrases in a specific frame provided by the teacher.] Model: Teacher

Student

1. kfiom Hw salaa.

kfiom Uw salaa. I'm going to school.

2. ptea h. home.

kfiom U-w pteah. I'm going home.

I'm going to school.

Teacher kfiom U-w salaa. ptea h. pte-ah-samnag. phoocanii:y:athaan. bagkuan. salaa-rian.

Student kfiom U-w salaa. kfiom ti-w pteah. kfiom U-w pteah-samnaq. kfiom tiw J2hoocanii:y:athaan. kii.om U-w baukuan. kfiom t:iw salaa-rian.

1-B. Substitution Drill

Teacher kfiom traw-kaa baray. chaa-kuh. J200!)-mOan. numpa!J. skaa. baay. kafei.

Student kii.om traw-kaa baray. kii.om traw-kaa chaa-kuh. kfiom traw-kaa p:>:>!J-moan. kii.om traw-kaa numpa!J. kii.om traw-kaa skaa. kfiom traw-kaa baay. kii.om traw-kaa kafei.

18

Lesson 2

1-C. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

salaa niw qae-naa? "ba!iklian

salaa ba!ikUan pteah-samnaq phoocaniiyathaan pteah salaa-rian

pte~ah-samnaq

phoocaniiyathaan pteah salaa-rian

niw qae-naa? niw qae-naa? niw qae-naa? niw qae-naa? niw qae-naa? niw qae-naa?

2. Intonation Cambodian intonation is not fully understood. However a few general statements can be made. 1) Statements are normally accompanied by a falling contour on the last word of the sentence, as in Idiom sok-sabaay cia~

I'm quite well.

However, rising instead of falling contour may also occur at the end of statements, in which case it seems to carry the secondary implication that the statement is obvious or anticipated, as in ki\om sok-sabaay cia

tee.~

I'm fine [of course].

2) Questions are usually accompanied by rising contour on the last word of the sentence. However, falling contour may also occur in questions. Falling contour with a question seems to carry a secondary implication of superiority or familiarity of the speaker to the addressee, while rising contour with a question reflects deference, politeness, or formality. The following examples are translated freely in order to illustrate the semantic nuances. look qancaaii. tiw naa? 1' look tiw naa ?""

Where are you going, Sir? Where in the world are you going?

In this book, the falling intonation normally associated with statements will be represented by a period, and the rising intonation normally associated with questions will be represented by a question mark. However, the student should always imitate the intonation used by the native speaker, both in the classroom and on the tapes. 2-A. Intonation Drill Imitate the teacher's pronunciation of the following questions and answers, paying particular attention to the contrast in intonation. Teacher look Uw naa?-" kii.om Uw sa~ salaa niw qae-naa? ?salaa niw qae-~ maon pamaan haay?? maog dap haay. '

Student look tiw naa? kii.om Uw salaa. salaa niw qae-naa? salaa niw qae-nuh. maon pamaan haay? maou dap haay.

19

Grammar and Drills 3. The Use of Response Particles

The function of the response particles baat (used by men} and caah (used by women} is polite acknowledgment of a prevfciUS utterance by another speaker, whether the previous utterance was a statement or a question. Following a question, the occurrence of a response particle as the sole constituent of the response implies affirmation. A negative reply is indicated by a response particle followed by the negative final particle tee, or by tee alone. In exchanges between equals, response particles tend to be discontinuedafter the initial exchanges. However, in exchanges between a superior and an inferior, response particles tend to be used throughout the exchange by the inferior, but may be discontinued (or not used at all) by the superior party in the exchange. Response particles usually occur with a falling intonational contour. Such internal contours will be indicated in this text by a comma. The student should imitate the intonation of the native speaker in all cases. 3-A. Response Drill 1) Respond affirmatively to the following questions, using only the appropriate response particle:

Teacher

Student

look/look-sray sok-sabaay cia tee? look/look-sray tiw salaa tee? look/look-sray traw-kaa baray tee?

baat/caah. baat/caah. baat/caah.

2} Respond negatively to the following questions, using the appropriate response particle and the final negative particle tee. look/look-sray sok-sabaay cia tee? look/look-sray tiw salaa tee? look/look-sray traw-kaa baray tee?

baat, tee. /caah, tee. baat, tee. /caah, tee. baat, tee. /caah, tee.

3} Give the response indicated, preceded by the appropriate response particle.

look/look-sray sok-sabaay cia tee?

baat/caah, kii.om sok-sabaay cia tee.

4) Have each student address the question in 3 above to another student.

4. The Modal Verbs ~ and cap

The verbs ~ 'to want to' and cap 'to begin to' belong to the class of modal verbs which immediately precede, and in some way modify, a following main verb. [This class will be treated more fully later.] Examples: look ~ baan chaa· kuh tee? kon nih cap leeu pii-qaukal?

Do you want (to have} some matches? When did this film start (to play)?

4-A. Substitution Drill student

Teacher kii.om Ca tii-saamsap. baak tump:>a tii-haasap-prampH. baak tump:>a tii-saesap-pii.

3-B. Response Drill Teacher

Student

baak tump:>a tii-ponmaan? (tii-bay) baak tumpoa tii-bay. tgay-nih kH cia tt)ay tii-ponmaan? tgay-nih kH cia tgay tii-prampH. (tii -prampi-1) nih kH cia siawph-iw tii-ponmaan? nih kH cia siawph!w tii-dap-pii. (tii-dap-pii) pteah nih kH cia pteah tii-ponmaan? pteah nih kH cia pte-ah tii-pram. (tii-pram) tgay-nih kH cia tgay tii-ponmaan? tgay-nih kH cia tgay tii-maphiy. (tii-maph-iy) maal klia tii-ponmaan? maal klia tii-prambay. (tii-prambay) nih kH cia kawqay tii-ponmaan? nih kH cia kawqay tii-kawsap(tii- kaw sap-prambuan) prambuan.

4. The Adverbial Phrase tean-qah knia tean-qah knia is an adverbial phrase meaning 'all together, all at once', as in soum thaa teag-qah knia.

Please say [it] all together.

4-A. SJ.bstitution Drill Teacher soum thaa teau-qah knia.

Uw

niyiay twa a maal sasei claay

student soum thaa tean-qah knia. soum tiw teal]-qah knia. soum niyiay teag-qah knia. soum twaa teag-qah knia. soum maal teag-qah knia. soum sasei teag-qah knia. soum claay te-ag-qah knia.

5. madaOIJ tiat in

madaag tiat is another adverbial phrase; it means 'once again, over again', as soum thaa madaOJ,) tiat.

Please say [it] again.

5-A. SJ.bstitution Drill Teacher soum thaa madaag tiat. maal sasei twaa sdap claay paiiYU.ai

Student soum thaa madaOIJ tiat. soum maal madaOIJ tiat. soum sasei madaag tiat. soum twaa madaOIJ tiat. soum sdap madaOIJ tiat. soum claay madaag tiat. soum panyual madaOIJ tiat.

Lesson 3

34

6. Adverbial Phrases The following adverbs and adverbial phrases have been encountered: teal]-qah knia: madaan tiat: muay-muay: taam kiiom: qaoy cbah:

soum thaa teag-qah knia. soum thaa madaQI] tiat. soum niyiay muay-muay. soum thaa taam kiiom. kiiom ni-IJ panyual qaoy cbah.

Please say it all together. Please say it again. Please speak slowly. Please repeat after me. I'll explain it clearly.

6-A. Progressive Substitution Drill In the following drill there are five substitutions for each slot, so that there are 5 X 5 = 25 possible sentences.

soum thaa teag-qah knia. maal muay-muay. twaa taam kiiom. sasei madaQI] tiat. claay qaoy cbah. 7. nih and nuh The demonstratives nih and nuh, like English this and that, function both as demonstrative pronouns and as demonstrative adjectives; e-:g:: Demonstrative pronouns: nih sqay? What's this?

nuh sqay? What's that?

Demonstrative adjectives: rabah nih this thing

rabah nuh that thing

7-A. Response Drill Teacher nih~?

(kmaw-day) (siawphiw) (c:>a-lup) (tok} (kawqay} (baray) (kdaa-khian}

Student nuh kH nuh kH nuh kH nuh kH nuh kH nuh kH nuh kH

cia kmaw-day. cia siawphiw. cia caa-lup. cia tok. cia ki\vqay. cia baray. cia kdaa-khian.

7-B. Question-Response Drill Have each student direct the above question to a second student, indicating an object. The second student gives the correct reply, then directs the question to a third student, and so on. 8. thaa (Verb) vs. thaa (Quotative Conjunction) Notice that the word thaa occurs with two functions: a) as a transitive verb meaning 'to say', as in look thaa mac?

What did you say?

Grammar and Drills

35

b) as a quotative conjunction after certain verbs, with the meaning 'that, saying, as follows', as in rabah nih kee haw thaa qway? klia nuh prae thaa mac?

What's this thing called? {This thing they call~ what?) How is that sentence translated? (That sentence translates as how?)

{This second use of thaa will be treated more fully later.) 8-A. Substitution Drill Teacher rabah nih kee haw thaa kmaw-day. kawqay. siawphiw. day-saa. tok. kdaa-khian. baray.

Student rabah rabah rabah rabah rabah rabah rabah

nih kee nih kee nih kee nih kee nih kee nih kee nih kee

haw haw haw haw haw haw haw

thaa kmaw-day. thaa kawqay. thaa siawphiw. thaa day-saa. thaa tok. thaa kdia-khian. thaa baray.

8- B. Response Drill In this drill, the teacher should indicate, but not name, the object shown in parentheses. Teacher

Student

rabah nih kee haw thaa qway? (kmaw-day) (day-saa) (kawqay) (siawphiw) (tok) (kdaa-khian)

rabah rabah rabah rabah rabah rabah

nuh nuh nuh nuh nuh nuh

kee kee kee kee kee kee

haw haw haw haw haw haw

thaa kmaw-day. thaa day-saa. thaa hawqay. thaa siawphi-w. thaa tok. thaa kci'aa-khian.

8-C. Question-Response Drill Have each student direct the question in 8-B above to a second student, indicating an object. The second student gives the correct reply, then directs the question to a third student, and so on. 9. thaa vs. niyiay Notice that thaa as a verb means 'to say', while niyi:>k tin qay? setu twaa-kaa qae-naa? san klian baay tee? saraan can tin qay? mein can fiam kafei tee? setu mian baray tee?

student saraan ~ Uw naa? metu ~ mo:>k tin qay? sein ~ twaa-kaa qae-naa? san ~ klian baay tee? saraan ~ can tift qay? meiu ~ can fiam kafei tee? sein ~ mian baray tee?

15. The Interjection coh The interjection coh occurs with a contrastive function before questionR which shift attention to a second person, as in the following exchanges: kfiom sok-sapbaay cia tee. coh, look?

I'm quite well. And you?

61

Comprehension kiiom m::>:>k ti-n qaukaa. I've come to buy some rice. coh, meilJ qaelJ m::>:>k tin qay dae? What are you buying, Meng? 15-A. Transformation-Response Drill Teacher

student

kftom sok-sapbaay cia tee. kfiom m::>:>k Uii qaukaa. kftom Uw psaa. kiiom twaa-kaa qae-nih. kfiom klian baay. kiiom kmian baray tee. [Tape 9]

coh, coh, coh, coh, coh, coh,

look? look m::>::>k Uii qay dae? look tiw naa dae? look twaa-kaa qae-naa dae? look klian baay tee? look mian baray tee?

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Friends Meet on the Street camraan: qei, meilJ Uw naa? meiiJ:

kfiom tiw psaa. camraan COIJ tiw cia- muay kl\om tee?

camraan: maolJ ponmaan haay? meiiJ:

maolJ pram bay kanlah haay.

camraan: kftom tiw min baan tee. kiiom traw tiw twaa-kaa maolJ prambuan.

2. In a Food Store Salesman: look traw-kaa qay? meil]:

qaykaa ma-kilou tlay ponmaan?

Salesman: qaiJkaa ma-kilou dap-bay rial. look traw-kaa ponmaan kilou? meil]:

kftom traw-kaa tae bay kilou tee. mian tae tee?

Salesman: baat, mian. meilJ:

qaoy kiiom ma-kaiicap m::>::>k.

Salesman: look traw-kaa kafei tee? haalJ knom mian kafei lqaa nah. meil]:

baat, kiiom min traw-kaa kafei tee. teaiJ-qah tlay ponmaan?

Salesman: teal]-qah tlay saesap-buan rial.

3. Having a Cup of Coffee phaan:

tl]ay-nih tiw twaa-kaa maolJ ponmaan?

kualJ:

maolJ prambuan. maolJ ponmaan haay?

Lesson 4

62 phaan:

maoo prambay maphiy niatii haay. maak iiam kafei cia-muay knom san.

kuag:

Uw, ka-Uw.

phaan:

kuau qaeu traw-kaa Uk-doh-koo n!g skaa tee?

kuag:

yaak tae skaa tee.

phaan:

cau baan numpau tee?

kuag:

tee, kiiom

phaan:

kfiom kaa min klian dae.

min-to~an

klian tee.

4. Asking for a Cigarette

kuag:

kflom som baray muay m:>ak.

phaan:

soum qaiicaaii. som-tooh, kiiom kmian chaa-kuh tee.

kuag:

qafica!J maak t!w t!fi n!w haau nuh.

Salesman: look traw-kaa qay? kuau:

kiiom traw-kaa baray ma-kaficap haay-niu chaa-kuh pii praqap.

Salesman: nih, look. kuag:

tea!J-Qoh tlay ponmaan?

Salesman: teag-qah tlay prampU rial. qaa-kun craan. D. CONVERSATION

1. Going to the Market A greets B, and asks him where he is going. B replies that he is going to the market. A says that he has to go to the market too. B suggests that they walk to the market together. A replies that it's fine with him, then asks B what he has to buy. f) B replies that he has to buy some fruit and some rice, and then asks A what he has to buy. g) A replies that he wants to buy a book and three pencils.

a) b) c) d) e)

2. At the Market A remarks to B that this is a very big market. B agrees, and says that there are a lot of people at this market. A asks B for a cigarette. B says he's sorry, but he doesn't have any cigarettes. A says that in that case he'll go buy some in that shop. f) B asks A if he has matches. g) A replies that he has two boxes of matches.

a) b) c) d) e)

Conversation

63

3. Buying Fruit a} b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

A points out a place where they sell fruit. The salesman asks B what he wants. B asks him how much these big oranges are per dozen. The salesman tells him that those big oranges aren't ripe yet, but says that these little oranges are ripe and good, and that they are 20 riels per dozen. B says he wants only a half dozen. A asks the salesman if these little bananas are ripe yet. The salesman answers that they are ripe, and that they cost three riels per bunch. A says he'll take two bunches.

4. In A Food store a} b) c) d) e)

The salesman asks A what he would like. A says he needs five kilos of rice and a kilo of sugar. The salesman asks him what else he wants. A replies that he wants a dozen eggs and two boxes of matches. The salesman asks if he wants some coffee, and adds that his shop has very good coffee. f) A answers that he doesn't need coffee, but that he'll take a package of tea, then asks how much it is all together. g) The salesman replies that all together it's fifty-five riels. 5. Having A Cup of Coffee a) b) c) d) e} f) g) h)

A greets B, and asks him where he is going. B replies that he is going to work. A invites B to go have some coffee for a while first. B says it's fine with him. B asks A if he takes milk. A replies that he does. A tells the waiter to bring two glasses of coffee with milk. B exclaims that it's time for him to go to work already. i) A says he has to go to work too. j) B says in that case they'll walk back together.

LESSON 5. GETTING ACQUAINTED [Tape 10}

A. DIALOOUE camraan to know, be acquainted with friend(s) specifier for ordinary persons . Do you know these two friends of mine?

skoal puaq-maaq ne~aq

1. look skoal puaq-maaq kfiom pii neaq nih tee?

John min-dael (m-dael) 2. ba.at, tee; kiiom min-dael skoal tee.

never (to have done something) No, I've never met (gotten acquainted with) them.

camraan srok baaralJ (baralJ, prag) srok-baralJ 3. nih kH look Paul Dumet, maak pii srok-barag.

country, district French; France France This is Mr. Paul Dumet, from France.

can srok-can 4. nih kH look Lim Sieng, maak pii srolt-can.

Chinese; China China This is Mr. Lim Sieng, from China. Sieng

cmuah 5. som-tooh, look cmuah qay?

name; to have the name of Excuse me, what is your name? John

6. baat, kfi.om cmuah John Carter.

My name is John Carter. Paul

qaamerikag qagglee 7. som-tooh, look cia qaamerikag rH qagglee?

American English; Englishman Excuse me, are you American or English? John

8. baat, kiiom cia qaamerikag.

I'm an American. camraan

twaa (thaa) tiahian (tahian) cumnuan neaq-camnuaii 9. look. Paul twaa tiahian; look Sieng cia neaq-camnuaii.

to work as soldier commerce merchant, businessman Paul is a soldier; Sieng is a businessman. 64

65

Dialogue university student John is a student.

niqsat (nihsat) 10. look John cia nihsat. Paul rian kmae srok-kmae rH 11. look m::>::>k rian niw srok-kmae rHo?

to study, to learn to be Cambodian; a Cambodian Cambodia final question particle in eitheror questions Did you come to study in Cambodia?

John tourist; tourism No, I'm a tourist.

teehsacaa 12. baat, tee; kii.om cia teehsacaa.

to see Angkor wat, temple Angkor Wat to be long (in time) aspectual particle: toward speaker in time for a long time now I've wanted to see Angkor Wat for a long time now.

khaaii qa:gka::> (qa:gka::>, :gka::>) woat qa:gko::>-woat yuu maak cia yuu nah maak haay

13. kii.om ca:g khaaii qa:gka::>-woat

cia yuu nah m::>::>k haay.

[To Paul] to have ever Have you ever been to see Angkor Wat?

dael

14. look dael Uw maal qa:gk::>::>-woat

tee?

Paul to have (done something}, to have had the opportunity to

baan daa:g 15. baat, kii.om baan How khaaii qagk::>::>woat pii daa:g haay.

Yes, I've been to see Angkor Wat twice.

cnam 16. kii.om baan niw srok-kmae muay cnam moak haay.

year I've lived in Cambodia for a year now.

time, occasion, occurrence

Sieng 17. look ma::>k niw srok-kmae yuu haay rH?

Have you been in (lived in) Cambodia long? John

prahael (prahael, pahael) prahael cia khae ponnoh 18. min yuu tee; prahael cia bay khae ponnoh.

about, approximately; perhaps about, approximately; perhaps month only, only to that extent Not long; only about three months.

Lesson 5

66 Sieng

to know; to know how to language the Cambodian language; Cambodian You speak Cambodian very well.

ceh phiasaa phiasaa-kmae 19. look ceh niyiay phiasaa-kmae

lqaa nah.

John bantac (bantac, ntac) bantac-bantuac (bantacbantuac, ntac-ntuac) sahaqroat (sahaqroat) qaameric sahaqroat-qaameric 20. kiiom baan rian phiasaa-kmae bantac-bantuac niw sahaqroatqaameric.

some, a liWe a liWe bit, somewhat union, confederation America the United States I studied Cambodian a liWe in the United States. camraan

pibaaq (pabaaq)

to be difficult [Did you find] Cambodian difficult to learn?

21. phiasaa-kmae pibaaq rian tee?

John ponmaan (panmaan, pamaan) min . . . ponmaan tee 22. min pibaaq ponmaan tee.

much, to any extent not so very, not to any extent [It's] not so difficult.

fiowap peek 23. tae baa look niyiay fioap peek, kiiom sdap min baan tee.

fast, quick too much, excessively But if you speak too fast, I can't understand.

[To Sieng] puukae (pukae)

to be good (at), skillful (at) You're (reference-to-preceding- statement) good at speaking Cambodian too.

24. look kaa pukae niyiay phiasaa-

kmae dae.

·city Phnom Penh

krou pnum-pifi (num-pifi, m-pifi) 25. look n!w krou pnum-p!fi baan ponmaan cnam haay?

How long have you lived in Phnom Penh? Sieng

26. Idiom n!w pnum-pifi baan prahael pram cnam haay.

I've lived in Phnom Penh for about five years.

camraan kraw krawpii phiasaa-qOI]glee

outside outside of, besides the English language

Grammar and Drills

67

27. kraw pii kmae nig can, look Sieng ceh niyiay phiasaa-q:>-wo-at baan ponmaan daan haay?

D. Translation 1. It's very hot today. 2. I came yesterday. 3. I have to go to the market. 4. My house is on the left. 5. My friend comes from China. 6. Please close your books. 7. I know how to speak English. 8. There are many people at this market. 9. These oranges aren't ripe yet. 10. Please say it all together. 11. That man is a tourist. 12. I have many brothers and sisters. 13. Paul is a (university) student and John is a soldier. 14. I'm still a bachelor. 15. I don't understand this sentence. 16. I want to buy four dozen eggs.

17. This house is larger than

that house. 18. Write this sentence on the blackboard. 19. I've lived in Cambodia for five years. 20. I've never gone to see Angkor Wat. 21. They sell fruit at that shop. 22. This film started (to play) ten minutes ago. 23. I bought three pencils yesterday. 24. I want (to have) two kilos of rice. 25. I have to go to work at eight o'clock. 26. Open your books to page 26. 27. Cambodian (language) is easier than Chinese.

Review 28. I have four full brothers and sisters. 29. One of my older brothers is a schoolteacher. 30. Could I have a cigarette? 31. There are a lot of people at this market today. 32. Give me a pack of cigarettes and a box of matches. 33. My older aunt and my younger aunt live with me too. 34. I've been to England twice. 35. I've wanted to see that movie for a long time now. 36. French isn't as difficult as Cambodian. 37. Cambodian is easy to speak, but difficult to write. 38. My older uncle is a businessman. 39. My younger sister helps take care of my children.

99 40. My son is five years old and my daughter is three years old. 41. I have a younger brother who is studying in France. 42. We're (in the process of) talking about our families. 43. I can't answer; I don't understand that question. 44. Let's (come) go get something to eat in that shop for a little while. 45. I studied Chinese a little bit in France. 46. Tomorrow I have to buy various things at the market. 47. My older (male) cousin works in a hotel. 48. My grandfather and my grandmother live with my parents. 49. That girl isn't so pretty. 50. My older sister isn't married {doesn't have a husband) yet.

LESSON 8. VOCATIONS [Tape 14]

A. DIALOGUE

chuan when to stop to stop studying; to finish school question particle (formal) to think (about), to plan (to) What do you plan to do when you finish school?

dal

chup chup rian taa kit 1. dallook chup rian, taa, kU twaa-kaa qway?

samrac dag praakat (prakat, prakat) cia prakat 2. kii.om mi-n-toan dag cia prakat tee.

to know to be sure, exact surely, for sure I don't yet know for sure.

but

pontae (pantae, pannae) meethiawii 3. pontae kii.om cog twaa maathiawii.

lawyer But I'd like to be a lawyer.

chuan p£d kruu-p££t ciau 4. kii.om kit thaa twaa kruu-pEEt lqaa ciag.

medicine (as a science); doctor doctor comparative adverb: more I think it would be better to be a doctor. samrac

weelia (welia) peel-welia qah qah peel-welia 5. rian twaa kruu-p££t qah peel-welia

time time to use up, consume to be time-consuming It takes a long time to study to be a doctor.

wiccia wiccia-pEd sap sap-tgay-nih 6. baag-proh kiiom kampug-tae rian wiccia-p££t sap-tgay-nih.

science, study medicine (as a study) every these days, at the present time My older brother is studying medicine at present.

camnuan (camnuan) taap 7. koat traw rian camnuan bay cnam tiat, taap can twaa-kaa.

number, total then, after which He has to study for three more years, after which [he can] go out and practice.

yuu nab.

100

Dialogue

101

8. som-tooh, qawpuk look twaa-kaa qway?

Excuse me, what w "rk does your father do? chuan

riacckaa kaa-riacckaa

government service government service (as a profession) My father is in (does) government service.

9. baat, qawpuk kii.om twaa kaa-riacckaa. 10. coh, qawpuk look twaa qway dae?

What does your father do?

samrac caag-waan roog dambaaf\ {dambaafi) roog-dambaaii 11. baat, koat cia caag-waag roog-dambaaii.

director, manager hall, building, factory weaving weaving mill He's the manager of a weaving mill. chuan worker(s) How many workers are there there?

ne~aq-twaa-kaa

12. n!w kanlaeg nuh mian neaq-twaa-kaa ponmaan neaq?

samrac smian dou luaq-dou neaq-luaq-dou kammakaa 13. teag-qah mian prahael mar~~Y neaq, kH smian, neaq-luaq-dou, haay-n!g kammakaa.

clerk, secretary to trade, exchange to do trade salesman workers, laborers Altogether there are about a hundred, including clerks, salesmen, and laborers.

14. look can pii salaa, taa, kit twaa-kaa qway?

Tell me, when you get out of school, what do you plan to do? chuan I want to be a teacher.

15. kii.om cog twaa kruu-bagrian.

samrac tnaq qy;ay? 16. look cog bagrian tnaq qway..,

class, level what? (interrogative adjective) What level do you want to teach? chuan

wUtyialay ("' w!ccialay) piipruah (pipruah) praq praq-khae 17. kfiom cog bagrian niw wittyialay pipruah baan praq-khae craan.

secondary school, lycee because money; silver salary I want to teach in a secondary school because one gets more salary.

102

Lesson 8 samrac money

luy

If you want a lot of money, it would

18. baa look can baan luy craan,

be better to go into business.

twaa camnuaii lqaa ciag.

chuan lmaam caficam ciiwit (ciwit) caiicam ciwi-t 19. kiiom min can baan luy craan peek

tee; lmaam caiicam ciwi-t baan haay.

baak taqsii ne-aq-baak-taqsii raak krup-kroan 20. neaq-baak-taqsii kaa raak praq baan krup-kroan dae.

enough, adequate (to) to support, maintain, raise life to support oneself, to make a living I don't want too much money; just enough to live on. to drive taxi taxi-driver to seek, to earn adequate, complete, full Even a taxi-driver can earn enough money.

samrac tumnee laan cih kaa-baan(ka-baan) 21. m££n haay; ni-w peel tumnee, kee cih laan daa-leeg ka-baan dae.

to be free, vacant, at leisure automobile to mount, to ride to be a possibility Right; and in his free time, he can use the car for pleasure too.

chuan rabah (rabah) srae twaa-srae neaq-twaa-srae 22. qawpuk-mia rabah kiiom cia ne-aq-twaa- srae.

of, belonging to

rice field to farm (raise rice) rice farmer My (younger) uncle is a rice farmer. samrac

kaal mun kaal-mun ciag chaa ciag-chaa 23. qawpuk-thom kii.om, kaal-mun twaa ciag-chaa. qaylaw-nih kri-ag tuu kri-ag-tok-tuu ne-aq-luaq-kri-ag-tok-tuu

time before before, at first skilled laborer wood carpenter My (older) uncle was formerly a carpenter. now thing, accessory cabinet furniture furniture salesman

Grammar and Drills

103

24. qaylaw-nih koat cia neaq-luaq-krial)-tok-tuu.

Now he's a furniture salesman. chuan Where is his shop?

25. haau rabah koat niw qae-naa?

samrac cit roou-twaa-baray 26. haag koat niw cit roou-twaabaray.

near cigarette factory His shop is near the cigarette factory.

kat saq haau-kat-saq 27. som-tooh, kiiom traw Uw haaJJ-kat-saq san.

to cut hair barbershop Excuse me, I must go to the barbershop.

28. soum lia san haay.

I must say good-by. chuan

29. baat, soum lia.

O.K., good-by. B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS

1. Noun Compounds As pointed out in Lesson 5, the specifier ne'aq 'person' is used in counting nouns whose referents are ordinary persons, e.g.: manuh bay neaq kruu-bagrian bay neaq

three persons three teachers

neaq also combines with verbs and nouns to form noun compounds whose referents are persons who characteristically perform the action of the verb, or who are categorized by the noun. Such compounds encountered so far are: a) neaq + verb or verb phrase neag + luaq-dou 'to trade': neag-luag-dou 'salesman' neag + twaa-kaa 'to work': neaq-twaa-kaa 'worker' neag + twaa-srae 'to farm': neaq-twaa-srae 'farmer' ne~aq + baak tagsii 'to drive a taxi': neag-baak-tagsii 'taxi-driver' b) neaq + noun ne~aq + camnuaii 'commerce': ne"aq-camnuaii 'merchant' neaq + riacckaa 'government service': neag-riacckaa 'civil servant'

The words ciag 'artisan', kruu 'teacher, master', haag 'shop, store', and roog 'building, factory' have also been encountered as heads of compounds formed in a similar way: ciag 'artisan' + chaa 'wood': ciag-chaa 'carpenter' kruu 'teacher' + baurian 'to teach 1: kruu-bagrian 'teacher' kruu 'teacher' + pctt 'medicine': kruu-ptd 'doctor'

Lesson 8

104

haag 'shop' +kat saq 'to cut hair': haag-kat-saq 'barbershop' roog 'factory'+ twaa baray 'to make cigarettes': roog-twaa-baray 'cigarette factory' roog 'factory'+ dambaafi 'weaving': roou-dambaaii 'weaving mill' 1-A. Composition Drill From the chart below compose the compounds indicated. Head Word

Attribute

ne~aq 'person' ciag 'artisan' kruu 'teacher' haag 'shop' rOO!J 'building I

I

lu"aq-dou 'to do trade' twaa-kaa 'to work' twaa-srae 'to farm' camnuaii 'commerce' baak taqsii 'to drive a taxi' lu"aq kri-al)-tok-tuu 'to sell furniture' teehsacaa 'tourism' pcct 'medicine' bagrian 'to teach' twaa baray 'to make cigarettes' chaa 'wood' kat saq 'to cut hair' riacckaa 'government service' lu"aq siawphi-w 'to sell books'

Teacher worker taxi-driver carpenter teacher salesman barbershop doctor merchant farmer tourist weaving mill barber book-salesman bookstore furniture store furniture salesman cigarette factory civil servant

Student ne"aq-twaa-kaa neaq-baak-taqsii ciag-chaa kruu-ba!Jrian ne"aq-luaq-dou haag-kat-sag kruu-pcct ne~aq-camnuaii

neaq-twaa-srae neaq-teehsacaa rooiJ-dambaaii cial)-kat-saq ne~aq-luaq-siawphi-w

haag-luaq-siawphi-w haag-luaq-kri-ag-tok-tuu neaq-luaq-kri-aiJ-tok-tuu rooiJ-twaa-baray neaq-riacckaa

2. twaa with Vocations by

In Cambodian, as in English, a subject can be related to a noun complement means of a copulative, such as cia 'be, is', e.g.:

qawpuk ki'iom cia neaq-twaa-srae.

My father is a f .....:mer.

Grammar and Drills

105

However, when the noun complement is the name of a vocation which doesn't involve the head-word ne'aq 'person', it is normally connected with the subject by means of the verb twaa 'to make, to do', in which case it means 'work as' or follows the profession of'; e.g.: qawpuk kfiom twaa kruu-pttt.

My father is (follows the profession of) a doctor. I want to be (work as) a teacher.

kiiom C kanlaen > kalaen > panmaan > pamaan > kanlah

> kalah

'place' 'how much, how many' 'half'

Lesson 8

110

The reduced form kalah 'half' nevertheless contrasts with the word klah 'some'. 3} Presyllables of shape CrV- are reduced to Cra- or simply Ca-:

prahael > prahael > pahael prapuim > prapuim > papuim prateeh > prateeh > pateeh

'perhaps, about' 'wife' 'country'

4) Presyllables of shape CVV- are shortened to CV-:

piipruah > pipruah qaayuq > qayuq baarau > barau(> prau)

'because' 'age' 'French'

5) Presyllables of shape CV- are reduced to Ca-:

rabah > rabah rateh > rateh manuh > manuh

'thing; of' 'cart' 'human'

6) The presyllables do- and sa- change first to Ca- and then to ta-; bachanges first to ba- and then to pa-:

dadael > dadael > tadael sasei > sasei > tasei babual > babual > pabual

'same' 'to write' 'to persuade'

7) When the word muay 'one' precedes a specifier, it is characteristically reduced to ~-· In fact many words involving the presyllable ~- almost never occur with the full form muay-, and have standardized spellings in the writing system, much like the English contractions "don't" and "I'll":

muay-plttt muay-phiy muay-neaq muay-raay

> > > >

maplttt maphiy maneaq maraay

'an instant, awhile' 'twenty' 'one person' 'one hundred'

8) Some words which end in a nasal are shortened toN- when they occur as unstressed elements in compounds:

prambay > pambay > mbay khaau-kraoy > khau-kraoy > u-kraoy pnum-pi-i'i. > num-pi-1'1. > m-pil'i.

'eight' 'behind, the back' 'Phnom Penh'

9) The negative auxiliary min may be reduced in unstressed position tom-:

min dael > m-dael min mttn > m-mttn mi-n qay tee > m-qay tee

'never' 'not really' 'never mind'

10) The future auxiliary ni-u is reduced in rapid speech to a nasal homorganic with the initial of the following word; e.g.:

ni-umaak > m-maak ni-IJ ti-w > n-ti-w ni-u kat > u-kat

'will come' 'will go' 'will cut'

11) Some monosyllabic words have variant forms whose occurrence is not conditioned by loss of stress, but seems to be a matter of degree of colloquialism (and perhaps of dialect):

111

Grammar and Drills twaa tgay mook yoak

> thaa > :gay >moo > yaa

'to do' 'day' 'to come' 'to take'

roak > r:>o maal > maa qway > qay

'to search' 'to watch' 'what'

9-A. Repetition Drills Repeat the following sentences after the teacher, first in a slow careful pronunciation, then in a rapid pronunciation. Ideally the first repetition should involve the full unreduced forms of the underlined words, and the second repetition the shortest, most reduced, forms. In fact, however, both of the teacher's pronunciations may fall between the two extremes. Furthermore, the rapid pronunciations may involve some changes not discussed above, as well as the addition of some particles which occur in rapid speech but which are not appropriate to more formal speech. The student should in all cases imitate the teacher's pronunciation as closely as possible. 14odel:

Teacher

Careful

student

qaiicaaii qa.gkuy qae-nih.

qaiicaaii qa.gkuy qae-nih.

iicaafi. nkuy qinih.

iicaafi. nkuy qinih.

Careful

Rapid

1) qaiicaaii m:>ok khaan-nih.

iicaaii moo g-nih. iicaaii nkuy ginih. ~ iiam baay ntac-ntuac tah.

2) look twaa-kaa kanlaeg naa? qaylaw-nih maog ponmaan? qaylaw-nih maog prambay kanlah.

look thaa-kaa kalaen naa? qalaw maog pamaan? qalaw maog mbay kalah.

3) koat qaayuq prahael maphiy-pram. kiiom min-toan mian prapu1m tee. kiiom mi-n-dael Uw prateeh-baarag tee.

koat gayug pahael maphiy-pram. kiiom m-toan mian papuan teh. kiiom m-dael Uw pateeh-barag teh.

4) sap-tgay-nih kiiom rowual nah. monuh nuh tin rabah craan nah.

sap-gay-nih kfi.om lawual nah. manuh nuh Uii rabah craan nah. kiiom ,!!-cih rateh-plaag ti-w-.-

5) look qaayuq ponmaan? kiiom nig tin kaafei muay kaew. kiiom cag rian phiasaa-baaran piipruah·srual sasel

look gayuq pamaan? kiiom !!-ti-ii ka.fei makaew. kiiom cag rian phiasaa-bara!J pipruah srual tasei.

6) qaiicaaii i'iam kaaiei muay-pltct san. siawphiw nih tlay muay-rooy rial. kiiom baan t4w maal qa:nkao-woat muay daO!J.

iicaaii iiam ka.fei maplttt san. saphiw nih tlay maraoy rial. knom baan ti-w maa !Jk:>:>-woat madaOlJ.

qaiicaan qtt!)kuy gae-nih. moak iiam baay bantac-bantuac tiw.

kiiom ni-n cih r:>teh-plaag Uw.

7) koun kiiom qaayuq prambay cnam. koun kiiom qayuq mbay cnam. prampU tnay tiat kiiom Hw pnum-piii. mpU nay tiat, kiiom tiw m-piii. kiiom min-dael ti-w pnum-pifi. tee. kiiom m-dael Uw m-piii teh. min-qay tee. m-qay teh.

Lesson 8

112

Rapid

Careful 8) kii.om nil] Uw pnum-pifi sqaek. t!)ay-nih kiiom nin Uw maal kon. koat twaa-kaa niw khaan-kraoy.

kii.om ~-Uw m-pifi sqaek. gay-nih kiiom !!-Uw maa kon. koat thaa-kaa niw g-kraoy.

C. COMPREHENSION

[Tape 15] 1. Discussing Vocations thuan:

baak Uw fiam baay niw haau nub mapl&tt .!2.!!-

Let's go get something to eat in that shop for a while, shall we?

137

Grammar and Drills

!!!.!! also carries the implication 'first, now, before doing anything else', as in: yaag Uw maal bantup san, baan tee?

We'll go see the room first, O.K.?

This is not a "different meaning," but part of the total meaning of sen. In Drill A below, the primary function of san is polite exhortation or persuasion, and is best translated something like I come on and . • . I ' while in Drill B, the meaning 'first' is emphasized, although even here there is an element of solicitation of permission or approval. 3-A. Substitution Drill Teacher m:>ak tiw i'iam baay cia-muay kftom san. daa-leeu maal kon tin qaywan twaa-kaa raak puaq- maaq ki\om

Student m:>ak Uw i'iam baay cia- muay ki\om san. maak tiw daa-leeu cia-muay kftom san. maak Uw maal kon cia-muay kftom san. maak tiw tin qaywan cia-muay kftom san. maak Uw twaa-kaa cia-muay kftom san. maak tiw rO>ak puaq-maaq kftom ciamuay kiiom san.

3-B. Substitution Drill Teacher kftom Uw maal bantup san, baan tee? tin baray i'iam baay daa-leeu maal kon twaa-kaa

Student kftom tiw maal bantup san, baan tee? ki\om Uw ti-ft baray san, baan tee? kftom Uw iiam baay san, baan tee? kftom Uw daa-leen san, baan tee? kftom Uw maal kon san, baan tee? kftom ti-w twaa-kaa san, baan tee?

4. The Response Particle qaa qaa is a familiar response particle which belongs to the same class as baat and caah (see Lesson 2, B, 3), but is used only in conversation between intimate friends or by a superior to an inferior. Its typical function is to indicate agreement with a previous statement, as in: santhakia nih sqaat lqaa nab. qaa, sqaat mEtn.

This hotel is nice and clean. Yes, it really is (clean)

Notice that in the Dialogue,~ and thi-m use qaa in speaking with each other, but that the Clerk and the Boy use the more formal baat in speaking with them. Unlike baat and caah, qaa is used by both men and women. Its actual pronunciation may vary from qaa to qaa to _q!! in very colloquial speech, but will always be represented by qaa in this text; the student should always follow the pronunciation of the teacher. 4-A. Response Drill Teacher santhakia nih sqaat lqaa nab. bantup nih thorn lqaa nab. bantup nub tlay nab.

Student qaa, sqaat mttn. qaa, thorn mEtn. qaa, Uay mtEn.

Lesson 10

138

Student

Teacher sray nuh lqaa nah. tnay-nih traceaq nah. poog- moan nih touc nab. phiasaa-kmae srual nah.

qaa, qaa, qaa, qaa,

lqaa mttn. traceaq mEEn. touc mttn. srual mttn.

5. Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner

Cambodians do not usually use time-specific terms when referring to meals, preferring the general term iiam baay 'to have a meal, to eat'. When it is necessary to refer to a specific meal, baay is modified by the time of day, e.g.: baay prik baay tnay-trag baay rasial (lgiac 'late afternoon, evening'] baay lgiac baay yup

morning meal, breakfast noon meal, lunch afternoon meal, snack evening meal, dinner late evening meal, snack

5-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kii.om yook tae baay prik tee. baay lgiac baay tgay-trag baay rasial baay yup baay prik

Student kii.om yook tae kii.om yook tae krtom yook tae Idiom yook tae kiiom yook tae kil.om yook tae

baay prik tee. baay lgiac tee. baay t;uay-trag tee. baay rasial tee. baay yup tee. baay prik tee.

6. Directional Verbs Directional verbs occur after primary verbs which are non-specific as to direction or goal, and specify the direction or general orientation of the action initiated by the verb. Directional verbs occur both with and without a following object or goal. When followed by an object, such verbs are frequenUy best translated as prepositions in English, e.g.: baak twia ~ kiiom phaag. yook qaywan nih tiw bantup.

Open the door for me, will you? Take these things to the room.

When not followed by an object, directional verbs function like adverbs: yaok qaywan nih tiw. yoak qaywan nih maak taam.

Take these things away. Bring these things along.

Notice that when the verb yaak is followed by the directional verb tiw, it is translated 'take', but when it is followed by maak, it is translated 'bring'. FrequenUy two directional verbs occur in a sequence, as in the fourth example above, and in the example below: look daa tiw taam plaw preah-baat moniiwuag nih.

Walk (away) ~Preah-Bath Monivong street here.

Both~ and~ as directional verbs have the meaning 'for, on behalf of, as a favor to'; ~is the form used in formal or polite speech, while~ occurs in more familiar speech, e.g.:

139

Grammar and Drills kfiom ni-g cob tlay cuun look. baak bagquac ~ kfiom phaag.

I'll lower the price for you. Open the window for me, will you?

Since the class of directional verbs is quite small, all its members are listed here. Those verbs which have not yet been introduced (as directional verbs) are preceded by an asterisk. 1) mook orientation toward speaker in space orientation away from speaker in space 2) Uw

3) cuun on behalf of, for (formal) 4) qaoy on behalf of, for (familiar) 5) taam along, following 6) ni-w still, remaining at down, downward 7) *coh up (on), upward; (to ascend) 8) *laag (laa) 9) *coul (knog) in, into; (to enter) out, out (of) 10) *cafi (pii)

6-A. Substitution Drill student

Teacher qaoy siawpMw nuh m:>:>k. baray muay kawqay nuh kmaw-day nuh qaywan nub chat nuh

qaoy siawpMw nuh m:>:>k. qaoy baray muay m:>ok. qaoy kawqay nuh mook. qaoy kmaw-day nuh m:>ok. qaoy qaywan nub m:>:>k. qaoy chat nuh m:>:>k.

6-B. Transformation Drill student

Teacher qaoy qaoy qaoy qaoy qaoy

siawpMw nuh m:>ak. baray muay m:>:>k. kawqay nub mo:>k. kmaw-day nuh m:>:>k. qaywan nuh mook.

qaoy qaoy qaoy qaoy qaoy

siawpMw nuh m:>:>k kftom. baray muay m:>ok kfiom. kawqay nuh mook kfiom. kmaw-day nuh maak kiiom. qaywan nuh m:>:>k kiiom.

6-C. Substitution Drill

Teacher y:>ok qaywan nih Uw. siawphi-w nih tok nih kawqay nih paag-mo1m nih plaa-chaa nih

Student y:>:>k qaywan nih Uw. yo:>k siawphi-w nih Uw. yoak tok nih Uw. yaak kawqay nih Uw. ya:>k p:>:>_!}·mo1m nih Uw. yaok plae-chaa nih Uw.

6-D. Transformation Drill Teacher y:>ak qaywan nih Uw. yo:>k siawphi-w nih Uw.

Student y:>ak qaywan nih Uw pteah. yo:>k siawphi-w nih Uw pteah.

140

Lesson 10 Teacher

student

yaak tok nih Uw. yaak kawqay nih Uw. y:>:>k p:>:>.g-mo1m nih ti-w.

y:>:>k tok nih Uw pteah. yaak kawqay nih Uw pteah. y:>:>k p:>:>.g-mo1m nih Uw pteah.

6-E. Substitution Drill Teacher

student

ya:>k qaywan nub Uw pteah. 'iii;)ak COUf'"knog can pii laau Iaa Uw

y:>:>k qaywan nub Uw pteah. ya:>k qaywan nub 'iii;);,k pteah. y:>ak qaywan nub Coiilknog pteah. y:>:>k qaywan nub cafl pii pteah. y:>:>k qaywan nub laau laa pteah. y:>:>k qaywan nub Uw pteah.

6-F. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

koat twaa-kaa niw pteah. iiam baay keeg maal siawpMw cuay mdaay

koat twaa-kaa niw pteah. koat iiam baay niw pteah. koat keen niw pteah. koat maal siawpMw niw pteah. koat cuay mdaay niw pteah.

6-G. SUbstitution Drill Teacher

Student

soum baak twia qaoy kiiom. bat twia Ufi baray baak bagquac bat balJquac y:>:>k qaywan

soum baak twia qaoy kiiom. soum bat twia qaoy kflom. soum Uii baray qaoy kfiom. soum baak balJquac qaoy kfiom. soum bat balJquac qaoy kiiom. soum pak qaywan qaoy kiiom.

6-H. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

soum baak twia ~ kiiom. soum bat twia qaoy kiiom. soum Uii baray qaoy kiiom. soum baak bagquac ~ kfiom. soum bat bagquac ~ kfiom. soum cob tlay ~ kiiom. 7. The Meaning

kiiom kfiom kiiom kfiom kfiom kfiom

nig nig nig nig ni.g ni.g

baak twia cuun look. bat twia cuun look. Uii baray cuun look. baak bagquaccuun look. bat bagquac cuun look. cob tlay cuun look.

of~

The difference between~ 'too, in addition', and dae 'also, as well (but separately)', was pointed out in Lesson 4, B, 7. phaag also frequently includes an element of mild supplication, as in: baak twia qaoy kiiom ~·

Open the door for me, will you?

Grammar and Drills

141

7-A. Substitution Drill Teacher baak twia qaoy kiiom phaok tiw maal kon nih tee? ma:>k Uw iiam baay n:iw haau nub tee? m:>:>k t:iw raak puaq-maaq cia-muay knom tee?

Student baat, baat, baat, baat, baat, baat, baat,

mian qay? mian qay? mian qay? mian qay? mian qay? mian qay? mian qay?

142

Lesson 10

10. sok-cat When sok-cat precedes a primary verb, it functions as a modal verb (described in Lesson 5, B, 10}, with the meaning 'to agree to, to be willing to, to be content to', as in: cuan sok-cat

y~~k

bantup nih tee?

Chuon, shall we take this room? (Are you content totake this room?)

10-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

kiiom sok-cat y~~k bantup nuh. Uw psaa~ U:w cia-muay phaau. pak siawphiw nih. Uw maal kon. twaa-kaa tgay-nih.

kiiom kfiom kfiom kfiom kfiom kiiom

sok-cat ya~k bantup nub. sok-cat Uw psaa. sok-cat Uw cia-muay dae. sok-cat ya~k siawphi-w nih. sok-cat ti-w maal kon. sok-cat twaa-kaa tgay-nih.

11. Days of the Week The names of the days of the week are compounds composed of the head-word

.!:!J& plus the appropriate specific proper name, as follows: tgay-qaaUt (-qaUt} tgay-can tgay-qankia (-qagkia, -gkia} tgay-put tgay-prahoah(-prahoah, -pahoah) tgay-sok tgay-saw

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

11-A. Response Drill Give the correct response, referring to the chart above. Teacher tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia tgay-nih cia

tgay-can. tgay-qaukia. tgay-put. tuay-prehoah. tgay-sok. tgay-saw. tgay-qatit.

student douccneh douccneh douccneh douccneh douccneh douccneh douccneh

sqaek cia tgay-qal)kia. sqaek cia tgay-put. sqaek cia tgay-prahoah. sqaek cia tgay-sok. sqaek cia tgay-saw. sqaek cia tgay-qatit. sqaek cia tgay-can.

11-B. Response Drill Teacher

Student

baa tgay-nih cia tuay-qatit, msal-maii cia 9Jay qway?

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-qatit, msal-maii cia !Day-saw.

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-sok, msal-maii cia tgay qway?

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-sok, msal-maii cia t:gay-prahoah.

Comprehension

143

Teacher

Student

baa ~y-nih cia tgay-qaiJkia, msal-mafl cia tgay qway?

baa tiJay-nih cia tgay-qagkia, msal-mafl cia tgay-can.

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-prahoah, msal-maii cia tgay qway?

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-prahoah, msal-maii cia tgay-put.

baa tnay-nih cia tiJay-can, msal-maii cia tgay qway?

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-can, msal-man cia tgay-qatU.

baa tgay-nih cia tuay-put, msal-maii cia tljay qway?

baa tgay-nih cia tgay-put, msal-maii cia tgay-qa!)kia.

baa tuay-nih cia tgay-saw, msal-maii cia tgay qway?

baa tnay-nih cia tgay-saw, msal-man cia tgay-sok.

11-C. Response Drill Repeat Drill 11-A above, but with the chart covered. 11-D. Response Drill Repeat Drill 11-B above, but with the chart covered. C. COMPREHENSION

[Tape 19] 1. Going to Phnom Penh

:ma:m:

mian Uw pnum-pin, samnaq niw qae-naa?

mian:

[santhakia-haaway 'the Hawaii Hotel'] thoammadaa, kiiom niw santhakia-haaway.

m~~n:

kanlaeg nuh sqaat tee?

mian:

qaa, sqaat lmaam dae. haay mian bantup thom-tuliay phaag.

m~an:

pteah-samnaq nub mian haag-baay tee?

m~an:

qaa, mian.

:maan:

kanlaeg nub tlay tee?

mian:

min tlay panmaan tee. baa n~w muay qaUt, kee cob tlay qaoy phaag.

2. Buying FUrniture sian:

saan qaeg Uw naa?

saan:

kiiom tiw haag-luaq-tok-tuu.

sian:

Uw tin qay?

saan:

kiiom eng tin tuu-daq-qaywan muay, tok muay,

sian:

traw-kaa tiii kr&& tee?

saan:

tee, kflom mian kr&& haay.

haay-n~g

kawqay buan.

144

Lesson 10 sian:

saan:

pteah saan qaeg mian bantup ponmaan? · (bantup-iiam-baay 'dining room'] [tatual (tatual) 'to receive'] [piiiaw 'guest(s)'] (bantup-tatual-piiiaw 'receiving room, parlor'] [bantup-keeg 'bedroom'] mian bantup teao-qah buan, kraw-pli bantup-Uk, kU bantup-iiambaay, bantup-tatual-piiiaw, haay-nig bantup-keelJ pii.

3. Meeting in the Hotel siag:

cumriap-sua look stan.

stan:

cumriap-sua look siaiJ. look ni-w santhakia nih dae rH?

sial]:

baat, nig haay.

stan:

look m:>:>k pnum-piii twaa qway?

slag:

kiiom nm:>k leeg baCUJ-proh kiiom maneaq dael cia neaq-cumnuaii.

stan:

look m:>ak pii tgay naa?

siaiJ:

kiiom maak pii tgay-saw.

stan:

tgay-nih kH tgay-qaJ]kia. douccneh look nmak bay tgay haay, mEEn tee?

slag:

nig haay. qaylaw-nih look qaiicaaii hw naa?

stan:

kiiom Uw maal kon. look cagtiw cia-muay kiiom tee?

sial]:

baat, qaa-kun.

4. Getting a Room chaOJ]:

look mian bantup tumnee tee?

Clerk:

baat, mian.

chaOJ]:

prahael cia pram tgay.

Clerk:

look traw-kaa bantup dael mian bantup-Uk tee?

chaOJ]:

nilJ haay. bantup nub ma-tiJay tlay panmaan?

Clerk:

ma-tgay tlay mar:>ay.

chaOJ]:

mian bantup thaok ciaiJ nih tee?

Clerk:

baat, mian bantup muay tiat tlay catsap-pram rial.

chaOJ]:

kiiom Uw maal bantup san, baan tee?

Clerk:

soum qaiicaaii.

look kU ni-w panmaan tgay?

Conversation

145 D. CONVERSA'riON

1. Looking for a Hotel a) A approaches B, and asks him if there is a hotel nearby. b) B replies that if he walks along this street, he'll see Monorom Hotel on the right. c) A asks B if that hotel is expensive. d) B replies that it isn't so expensive, then says that if he crosses the street, he'll see another hotel called the Sukkhalay Hotel. e) A asks which of these two hotels is the cheaper. f) B answers that they're both about equally expensive. g) A thanks B. h) B says he's welcome. 2. Getting a Room a) A asks the clerk if he has any vacant rooms. b) The clerk replies that he does, then asks A if he wants a room with one bed or two beds. c) A replies that he wants a room with one bed, and with a bathroom too. d) The clerk asks A if he'll take his meals (eat-formal) there. e) A replies that he'll take only dinner. f) The clerk says it's 120 riels per day, including dinner; then the clerk asks A when he plans to leave. g) A replies that he has to leave on Friday. h) The clerk says that today is Wednesday, and asks if it is right that A will be staying two nights. i) A says that's right. 3. Discussing the Hawaii Hotel a) A asks B if he has ever stayed at the Sukkhalay Hotel. b) B answers that he has stayed there, but usually he stays at the Hawaii Hotel because it's cheaper. c) A asks if the Hawaii Hotel is clean. d) B replies that it's clean enough, and that the rooms are quite spacious too. e) A asks if there is a dining room at the Hawaii. f) B replies that there is. g) A asks how much it costs per day at the Hawaii Hotel. h) B replies that it costs about 80 riels per day. 4. A Complaint a) A complains to the clerk that his room is too hot; he can't sleep. b) The clerk says he has another room which has two big windows, and that it is nice and cool. c) A asks how much that room costs. d) The clerk says that room is 125 riels per day. e) A says it's too expensive. f) The clerk says that, in that case, he'll lower the price for him. g) A asks if he can go see the room first.

Lesson 10

14~

h) The clerk tells him to go ahead, then instructs the Boy to take him to see room number 115. i) Back at the desk, the clerk asks A if he is willing to take that room. j) A says O.K. k) The clerk tells the Boy to take A's things and put them in room number 115.

LESSON 11. GETTING DRESSED [Tape 20]

A. DIALOGUE

nii to rise, to get up upward, up hortatory final particle to be bright, light, late (in the morning) Hey, get up! It's late already.

kraok laau naa (nah, nah) plH

1. qei, kraok laau nahl plH haayl nael tmiii pcct-tmin 2. niu haay; tuay-nih kiiom traw tiw pcct-tmin maou prambay kanlah.

tooth, teeth dentist Right; today I have to go to the dentist at eight-thirty. nii to get ready body; self, oneself to cause, make, let, allow to be fast, quick quickly imperative particle Then hurry and get ready I (Then get ready quickly!)

riap-cam kluan qaoy chap qaoy chap tiw 3. qaficau riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw! nael qway-klah tuay-niu 4. nii qaeiJ twaa qway-klah tgay-nig?

what (plural), what-all colloquial variant of tuay-nih What (pl.) do you plan to do today, Nii?

nii cawwaay 5. kiiom traw tiw nam baay cia-muay cawwaay kfiom niw tgay-trag.

boss, superior

I have to have lunch (to eat) with my boss at noon.

nael sliaq peaq sliaq-peaq sqaat-baat 6. qan.cau sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat tiw!

147

to put on or wear below the waist to put on or wear above the waist or on the feet to dress, to wear (in general) neat, careful, proper In that case, [you'd better] dress carefully!

Lesson 11

148

nii khao khao-qaaw baok qut baok-qut haa:g-baok-qut 7. nig haay, tae kiiom min-toan yook khao-qaaw mook pii haan-baok-qut phaOIJ.

trousers, pants suit; clothing to wash (by beating); to beat to iron to launder laundry Right, but I haven't yet gotten my clothes from the laundry.

mian-tae cah 8. qaiica:g mian-tae sliaq khao cah.

there's only to, I'll have to old, worn, used So I'll have to wear some old pants (some pants which have been worn). nael

kao puk-moat 9. kiiom tiw kao puk-moat san.

to shave beard (literally: mustache) I'll go shave (first). nii

:guut :guut-tik 10. prik nih nael qae:g :guut-tik tee?

to bathe to bathe Are you going to take a bath this morning? nael

kcH Iup muk 11. kiiom kcil guut-Uk nah t:gay-nih; kroan-tae lup muk tee.

to be lazy; not feel like to wash (the face) face I don't feel like bathing today; [I'll] just wash [my] face. nii

cam craah (crah) doh crah-doh-tmiii qaa- (qa-) qaanaa? (qanaa ?) qaanaa-muay? (qanaamuay?) 12. nael cam tee, crah-doh-tm3cii rabah kiiom qanaa-muay?

to remember brush to brush toothbrush pronominal prefix: the/a_one which one? which one? Nael, do you remember which toothbrush is mine? (my toothbrush [is] which one?)

nael rabah nii qae:g poa khiaw

yours (of Nii yourself) color blue to green

149

Dialogue

the color blue; to be bluecolored mine red to orange the color red; to be red-colored Yours is blue; mine's red.

poa-khiaw rabah ki\om krahaam (krahaam, kahaam) poa-krahaam 13. rabah nii qaeu p:>a-khiaw; rabah kiiom poa-krahaam. nii

medicine, preparation toothpaste This toothpaste is almost gone (used up).

tnam tnam-doh-tmi-ii 14. tnam-doh-tmi-ii nih cU qah haay.

to be new; some new, some more (We'll] have to buy some more.

tmay

15. traw ti-ft tmay tiat.

nael he]p by, please to hand soap handkerchief, cloth to rub, wipe towel Please hand me the soap and a towel.

cuay hoc saabuu (sabuu, sabuu) kansaeu (kansaeu, kasaeu) cuut kansaeg-cuut-kluan 16. cuay hoc sabuu haey-ni-u kansaeucuut-kluan qaoy kiiom phaau. nii

colloquial variant of nih to hurry; to hurry and (do something) to prepare oneself, to get ready Here; you hurry and dress.

neh prafiap (prafiap, pafiap) twaa kluan (thaa kluan) 17. neh; nael qaeu prafiap thaa kluan ti-w nab. kaq 18. kiiom can uuut-ti-k haay kaq saq phaau.

to wash (the hair), to shampoo

I want to take a bath and wash [my]

hair too. nael

sraom caau sraom-caau sot-tae (sat-tae) krakwaq (krakwaq, kakwaq) 19. sraom-caag kiiom sat-tae krakwaq teau-qah.

covering, envelope foot, leg socks, stockings inclusively, all without exception to be dirty My socks are all (without exception) dirty.

20. nii qaeg peaq sraom-caau leik ponmaan?

What size socks to you wear? nii

21. leik saamsap.

Size (number) thirty.

150

Lesson 11 nael

kcay kuu 22. Idiom kcay makuu ma:>k baan tee?

to borrow pair Could I borrow a pair? nii

23. mian qay; yaak tiw!

Of course; go ahead and take [some].

thaat-tuu 24. ni-w knoiJ thaat-tuu.

drawer [They're] in the drawer. nael

saa caQJj kraawat (krawat, krawat) baytaQJj kcay baytaQIJ-kcay 25. qaa-kun. tlJay-nih kf\om peaq qaaw saa haay-ni-IJ caQJ] krawat baytaQIJ-kcay.

white to tie, to wear (a tie) necktie green light, young, tender, inexperienced light green Thank you. Today I'm going to wear a white shirt and (wear) a light green tie.

nii sam cah khiaw-cah 26. qei, krawat p:>a qay sam ni-IJ qaaw khiaw-cah nih?

to be suitable, proper dark, deep, strong, concentrated dark blue to green Hey, what color tie goes with this dark blue shirt? nael

chiam cruuk chiam-cruuk qaa-chiam-cruuk 27. qaa-chiam-cruuk nih sam haay.

blood pig pig's blood red, maroon the maroon one This maroon one [would be] fine. nii

28. yii, nael qaelJ sliaq-peaq yuu nah!

Boy, you really take a long time to dress, Nael! nael

cam sat 29. cam bantac; kfiom sat saq san.

to wait to comb Wait a little; I [have to] comb [my] hair first.

preilj liap preilj-liap-saq 30. qou, preig-liap- saq kfiom qah haay.

oil to spread on, to paint hair-oil Oh, my hair-oil is all gone.

Grammar and Drills

151 Color Terms

paa-krahaam (cah/kcay) paa-khiaw (cah/kcay) paa-baytaa.g (cah/kcay) pa-Uau (cah/kcay) paa-sii-campuu (cah/kcay) pa-swaay (cah/kcay) paa-kmaw paa-saa paa-prapheh (prapheh, papheh) paa-sukkolaa paa-miah paa-slaa-tum paa-chiam-cruuk paa-pti-y-meek

(dark/light) red to orange (non-khiaw) (dark/light) blue to green (non-krahaam) (dark/light) green (dark/light) yellow (dark/light) pink (dark/light) purple black white grey brown (chocolate) gold orange (ripe areca-nut) maroon (pig's blood) sky-blue (surface of the sky)

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. Uw as an Imperative Particle

Uw 'to go', like maak 'to come', has a variety of duties in Cambodian. It occursas a primary verb, as in tuay-nih Idiom traw U.w psaa.

Today I have to go to the market.

It is also an important member of the class of directional verbs (see Lesson

10, B, 6), as in

Idiom ni-u yak qaywan nih Uw bantup. -

I'll take these things (go) to the room.

In this lesson, Uw occurs for the first time as an imperative final phrase particle, with the meaning 'go on and ... , go ahead and ... ',as in

riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uwl sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat Uw! yaak Uwl -

(Go ahead and) hurry and get ready. (You'd better) dress carefully. (Go ahead and) take [some].

1-A. Substitution Drill

Teacher riap-cam kluan Uw. sliaq-pe'aq ilam baay twaa-kaa kraok laag maal siawphi-w baak twia doh tmi-f!. bat bauquac sat saq

student riap-cam kluan Uw. sliaq-peaq tiw. iiam baay U.w. twaa-kaa Uw. kraok laan tiw. maal siawphi-w Uw. baak twia Uw. doh tmii'i Uw. bat bauquac tiw. sat saq Uw.

152

Lesson 11

1-B. Transformation Drill

Student

Teacher riap-cam kluan qaoy chap. sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat. y~;,k qaywan nih tiw pteah. y~~k sraom- caag makuu. Uw doh tmi-ii. kraok laag qaoy chap. bat twia qaoy kfiom. tiw kao puk-moat. 2. The Final Hortatory Particle

riap-cam kluan qaoy chap ti-w! sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat Uw! y~~k qaywan nih ti-w pte~ah tiw! yo:>k sraom-caag makuu Uw I Uw doh tmifi tiw! kraok laalJ qaoy chap Uw! bat twia qaoy kii.om tiw! tiw kao puk-moat tiwl ~

(nah, nah)

The particle naa (almost always reduced to nab in colloquial speech) is used at the end of imperative sentences to soften the command or to solicit compliance, as in kraok laag nah!

Get up (will you?)!

nah thus frequently occurs after commands which include the imperative particle tiw 'go ahead and . . . ', as in prafiap sliaq-peaq Uw nahl

Hurry up and dress (will you?)!

In the speech of some individuals, the particle nah tends to occur at the end of almost every sentence, as if to solicit agreement, or simply to maintain contact with a listener. In this function it is somewhat comparable to the rhetorical 'you

know?' or 'you see?' which occurs in a narrative style in the speech of some English speakers. 2-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kraok laag nah. sliaq-peaq flam baay twaa-kaa maal siawpMw doh tmifi sat saq baak siawphiw ya:>k makuu bat twia

Student kraok laag nab! sliaq-peaq nahl iiam baay nah! twaa-kaa nahl maal siawphiw nab! doh tmifi nahl sat saq nahl baak siawphiw nahl y~:>k makuu nah! bat twia nahl

2-B. Transformation Drill Teacher riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw. sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat tiw. y:>:>k qaywan nih tiw psaa tiw. y:>:>k kafei makaew tiw. tiw doh tmifi Uw. kraok laag qaoy chap tiw. baak laan qaoy chap Uw. twa a kluan tiw.

Student riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw nahl sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat Uw nahl yaak qaywan nih tiw psaa tiw nah! y:>:>k kafei makaew Uw nahl tiw doh tmiii. Uw nahl kraok laag qaoy chap Uw nahl baak laan qaoy chap tiw nahl twaa kluan tiw nahl -

153

Grammar and Drills 3.

~

as a Modal Verb

When ~ precedes another verb, it functions as a modal verb with the meaning 'to cause, make, let, allow'. In the following examples ~precedes . an adjectival verb with the meaning 'causing it to be , making it '. Such constructs can best be translated by adverbs in English. -riap-cam kluan qaoy chap. sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-ba.at. kiiom ni-g panyual qaoy cbah.

Get ready quickly (making it quick). Dress carefully (making it careful). I'll explain it clearly {making it clear).

3-A. Substitution Drill Teacher riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw. sliaq-peaq iiam baay baok khao-qaaw lup muk guut-Uk sat saq kao puk-moat kraok laag

Student riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw. sliaq-pewaq qaoy chap Uw. iiam baay qaoy chap Uw. baok khao-qaaw qaoy chap Uw. lup muk qaoy chap Uw. IJUUt-tik qaoy chap tiw. sat saq qaoy chap Uw. kao puk-mowat qaoy chap Uw. kraok laag qaoy chap Uw.

3-B. Substitution Drill Teacher cou look niyiay qaoy cbah. panyual claay thaa tasei prae maal

Student cou look niyiay qaoy cbah. cou look panyual qaoy cbah. cou look claay qaoy cbah. cou look thaa qaoy cbah. cou look tasei qaoy cbah. cou look prae qaoy cbah. cou look maal qaoy cbah.

3-C. Substitution Drill Teacher sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-ba.at Uw. riap-cam kluan baok khao-qaaw sat saq doh tmi-fi guut-ti-k lup muk kao puk-moat twaa kluan

Student sliaq-peaq qaoy sqaat-baat U:w. riap-cam kluan qaoy sqaat-ba.at Uw. baok khao-qaaw qaoy sqaat-baat tiw. sat saq qaoy sqaat-baat tiw. doh tmi-i'i qaoy sqaat-baat Uw. guut-tik qaoy sqaat-baat tiw. lup muk qaoy sqaat-baat tiw. kao puk-moat qaoy sqaat-baat U-w. twaa kluan qaoy sqaat-baat tiw.

4. kluan as a Reflexive Pronoun Certain verbs which express actions performed on the body may be followed by the word kluan 'body, self', which then functions as a kind of reflexive pronoun

with the meaning 'oneself, yourself, himself, etc.', as in riap-cam kluan qaoy chap tiw.

Get (yourself) ready quickly.

154

Lesson 11

Other verbs which may be followed by kluan are top-taeu 'to decorate', cuut 'to wipe, rub' (cuut kluan 'to dry oneseH'), and twaa 'to do' (twaa kluan 'to get ready'). 4-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw. top-taeu cuut twa a riap-cam cuut ~taeg

Student riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uw. top-taeg kluan qaoy chap Uw. cuut kluan qaoy chap Uw. twa a kluan qaoy chap tiw. twaa kluan qaoy sqaat Uw. riap-cam kluan qaoy sqaat tiw. cuut kluan qaoy sqaat tiw. tQP="taeg kluan qaoy sqaat tiw.

5. Interrogative Compounds with klah and muay The interrogative words qway 'what?' and~ 'wher~?, which?' are nonspecific as to number. Number may be specified, however, by adding the words klah 'some, several' or muay 'one', as in nii qaeg twaa qway-klah tgay-nig?

What (plural) are you going to do today, Ni?

crah-doh-tmifi rabah kiiom qanaa-muay?

Which toothbrush is mine? (My toothbrush [is] which one?)

Like ~ and~, these compound interrogative words may function both as interrogative pronouns and as interrogative adjectives (see Lesson 9, B, 12): As interrogative pronouns: look look look look

kit tin qway-muay? kU tin qway-klah? kit Uii (qa)naa-muay? kit Uw naa-klah?

What (one thing) do you plan to buy? What (things) do you plan to buy? Which (one) do you plan to buy? Where (which places) do you plan to go?

As interrogative adjectives: look nig Uii siawphiw qway-muay? look nig Uii siawphiw qway-klah? look cau Uw kanlaeg naa-muay? look

CO!)

Uw kanlaeg naa-klah?

What (one) book wlll you buy? What (pl.) books wUl you buy? Where (which one place) do you want to go? Where (which places) do you want to go?

naa-muay does not occur as an interrogative pronoun except when preceded by the prefix qaa-, whose function is discussed below. 5-A. Substitution Drill Teacher look

CO!)

twaa qway-klah? Uii maal baan fiam luaq

Student look cag twaa qway-klah? look cag tin qway-klah? look cag maal qway-klah? look cag baan qway-klah? look CQ]J fiam qway-klah? look cauluaq qway-klah?

Grammar and Drills

155

5-B. Substitution Drill Teacher look eng maal siawphiw qway-muay? maal kon iiam plae-chaa rian phiasaa bagrian tnaq Uw salaa

Student look look look look look look

eng eng eng eng eng eng

maal siawphiw qway-muay? maal kon qway-muay? iiam plae-chaa qway-muay? rian phiasaa qway-muay? bagrian tnaq qway-muay? Uw salaa qway-muay?

5-C. Substitution Drill Teacher look caul-cat kon qway-klah? Slawphiw plae-chaa radaw p:>a phoocaniiyathaan

Student look coul-cat kon qway-klah? look cool-cat Stawphiw qway-klah? look coul-cat plae-chaa qway-klah? look coul-cat radaw qway-klah? look coul-cat p:>a qway-klah? look coul-cat phoocaniiyathaan qway-klah?

5-D. Substitution Drill Teacher look eng Uii. ~ naa-muay? qaaw p:>a krawat khao criih-doh-tmift

Student tift laan naa-muay? Uii. qaaw naa-muay? tin p:>a naa-muay? tiii. krawat naa-muay? tin khao naa-muay? tift crah-doh-tmift naa-muay?

look look look look look look

eng can eng can eng eng

look look look look look look

Student coul-cat siawphiw naa-klah? cool-cat krawat naa-klah? coul-cat qaaw naa-klah? coul-cat p:>a naa-klah? coul-cat kanlaeg naa-klah? coul-cat pteah naa-klah?

5-E. Substitution Drill Teacher look cool-cat siawphiw naa-klah? krawat qaaw p:>a kanlaeg pteah 5-F. Transformation Drill Student

Teacher look look look look look look

eng Uw naa? eng tift qway? coul-cat p:>a naa? coul-cat plae-chaa ~? eng Uw kanlaeu naa? eng tiii. p:>a qway?

look look look look look look

eng tiw naa-klah? can tift qway-klah? coul-cat p:>a naa-klah? coul-cat plae-chaa qway-klah? can tiw kanlaeg naa-klah? eng tiii. p:>a qway-klah?

156

Lesson 11

5-G. Transformation Drill Teacher look kit Uw salaa naa? look COIJ Uii poa qway? look bagrian tnaq ~? look kit Uw tgay naa? look chup twaa-kaa khae naa? look kU Uii pteah naa? -

Student look kit Uw salaa naa-muay? look COIJ Uii poa qway-muay? look bagrian tnaq qway-muay? look kit Uw tgay naa-muay? look chup twaa-kaa khae naa-muay? look kit Ufi pteah naa-muay?

6. The Compound Auxiliary mian-tae When mian-tae precedes a verb, it functions as an auxiliary of the same class as kampU!)-tae 'in the process of' and kro~an-tae 'only, just', and has the meaning 'to have only to, the only thing to do is ... ',as in qaiica.g mian-tae sliaq khao cah.

So [I'll) have to wear some old (worn) pants.

6-A. Substitution Drill student

Teacher qaiicag mian-tae sliaq khao cah. tralap Uw pteah. Uii tmay tiat. Uw sqaek. kcay makuu mook. peaq qaaw khiaw. cam ni-w qae-nih. kcay luy bantac.

qaiicag qaiicag qaii.cag qaiicag qaiica.g qaiicag qaiica.g qaiicag

mian-tae sliaq khao cah. mian-tae tralap Uw pteah. mian-tae Uii. tmay tiat. mian-tae Uw sqaek. mian-tae kcay makuu mo:>k. mian-tae peaq qaaw khiaw. mian-tae cam ni-w qae-nih. mian-tae kcay luy bantac.

7. kcU as a Modal Verb

As an adjectival verb, kcH means 'to be lazy'; as a modal verb, however, it means 'not to feel like (doing something), to be too lazy to (do something)', as

in

kiiom kcU .guut-Uk nah; kroan-tae lup muk tee.

I don't feel like taking a bath; [I'm)just [going to] wash [my] face.

7-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kiiom kcH nuut-Uk nah tgay-nih. rian Uw twaa-kaa maal siawphi-w sliaq-peaq kao puk-moat doh tmifi sat saq cao-maal madaau. n.am sgao-mo"lm loo-maal madaau. iiam sac-koo loo-maal madaau. iiam lhonlo:>-maal madaan. iiam S(l!Jkyaa 1:>:>-maal madOCltJ. iiam samlaa-mcuu 1:>o-maa1 madaau. iiam mteeh bo-maal madaau.

3-B. Substitution Drill Teacher kfiom ca.g flam mhoup kmae lao-maal madaau. baak laan nuh niw santhakia nih cih rateh-plaau maal riau nuh twaa kruu-banrian twaa srae rian wiecia-pa:t twaa mhoup nuh

Student kiiom cau iiam mhoup kmae 1:>:>-maal madaau. kiiom ca.g baak laan nuh bo-maal madaau. kiiom cau ni-w santhakia nih 1:>:>-maal madaCltJ. kiiom cau cih rateh-plaagloo-maal madaau. kiiom ca.g maal rian nuh loo-maal madaa.g. kiiom cau twaa kruu-bagrian loo-maal medaan. Idiom ca.g twaa srae l:>o-maal madaan. kiiom cau rian wiccia-pttt 1:>:>-maal madaau. kn.om cau twaa mhoup nuh 1:>:>-maal madaau.

4. cam as an Initiating Auxiliary At the beginning of an imperative sentence,~ 'to wait' has the special meaning 'wait until ... , wait and ... ',as in cam lciiom haw ne"aq-bamraa san.

Wait until I (just let me) call the waiter.

In this function, cam is parallel with the previously met auxiliaries soum

'please' (Lesson 3, B, 2), mo:>k 'come on and' (Lesson 9, B, 10), and cuay 'help

by, please' (Lesson 11, B, 10).

4-A. Substitution Drill Teacher cam kiiom haw neaq-bamraa san. haw taqsii raah mhoup Uw psaa

Student cam kiiom cam kiiom cam kiiom cam kn.om

haw ne'"aq-bamraa san. haw taqsii san. raah mhoup san. Uw psaa san.

174

Less.on 12 Student

Teacher

cam Idiom sat saq san. cam ki'iom baak twia san. cam ki'iom twaa kluan san.

sat saq baak twia twaa kluan 4-B. Progressive Substitution Drill

Student

Teacher psaa cia-muay Idiom san. soum maak --baak twia qaoy Idiom san. soum cuay cam ~Uw

5.

~

cam Uw psaa cia-muay Idiom san. soum Uw psaa cia-muay Idiom san. maak Uw psaa cia-muay Idiom san. maak baak twia qaoy Idiom san. soum baak twia qaoy Idiom san. cuay baak twia qaoy Idiom san. ~ baak twi~ qaoy Idiom san.

as a Compound- Former

!!£ 'meat, flesh, texture', like ne'aq 'person, the one who', khae 'month', paa 'color', etc., frequently occurs as the head of compounds. In such compounds sac is modified by the name of specific animals, fish, or fowl, and the resulting compounds refer to various kinds of meat; e.g.: sac+ koo 'cow' sac + cruuk 'pig' sac+ moan 'chicken' sac +tray 'fish' sac+ bankaan 'prawn'

> > >

> >

sac-koo 'beef' sac-cruuk 'pork' sac-moan 'chicken (flesh)' sac-tray 'fish (flesh)' sac-bagkaan 'prawn (flesh)'

5-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher

qaoy chaa sac-koo macaan maak phaan. qaoy chaa sac-koo macaan maak phaag. sac-cruuk qaoy chaa sac-cruuk macaan maak phaan. sac-tray qaoy chaa sac-tray macaan maak phaan. sac-baukaan qaoy chaa sac-bankaan macaan maak phaan. sac-moan qaoy chaa sac-moan macaan maak phaan. 6. The Negative Imperative Auxiliary kom

kom is the negative imperative auxiliary which means 'don't', as in kom qaoy hal peek.

Don't make [it] too spicy.

kom never occurs with the final negative particle tee, but negative imperative sentences are frequently followed by the final hortatory particle nah (Lesson 11, B,2), as in kom daq mteeh craan peek nahl

Don't put too many hot peppers in [it]!

6-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kom daq mteeh craan peek nahl skaa

Student kom daq mteeh craan peek nah! kom daq skaa craan peek nahl

175

Grammar and Drills Teacher

Student

Uk-dah-koo Uk tray sac-koo kti-m

kom kom kom kom kom

me:.

daq Uk-dah-koo craan peek nah! daq Uk craan peek nah! daq tik-tray craan peek nahl daq sac-koo craan peek nahl daq kti-m craan peek nahl

6- B. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

kiiom praa kambat. kiiom Uw kanlaeg nuh. kiiom maal siawphi-w nuh. kiiom daq mteeh craan peek. kiiom peaq qaaw nih. kiiom niyiay leeiJ. kiiom iiam mhoup hal. kiiom qaoy hal peek.

kom praa kambat nahl kom Uw kanlaeiJ nuh nahl kom maal siawphi-w nuh nah! kom daq mteeh craan peek nah! kom peaq qaaw nih nahl kom niyiay leeg nah! kom iiam mhoup hal nahl kom qaoy hal peek nahl

7. The Interrogative Phrase haet qway baan cia

The interrogative phrase haet qway baan cia occurs at the beginning of questions and can be conveniently translated 'why?' (literally: what reason results that ... ?, why is it that ... ?'), as in haet qway baan cia kmian kambat ni-w laa tok?

Why are there no knives on the table? (Why is it that there are no knives on the table?)

It is somewhat more formal than mac (kaa) 'why?' (Lesson 3, B, 16), and would always replace.!!!!£. in self-conscious speech.

7-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

haet qway baan cia kmian kambat ni:w laa tok?

haet qway baan cia kmian kambat ni:w laa tok?

caan

haet qway baan cia kmian caan ni:w laa tok? --

saam

haet qway baan cia kmian saam ni:w laa tok? --

slaap-pria

haet qway baan cia kmian slaap-pria ni:w laa tok? haet qway baan cia kmian mhoup ni-w laa tok?

skaa

haet qway baan cia kmian skaa ni-w laa tok? -haet qway baan cia kmian qway -ni:w laa tok?

siawphi-w

haet qway baan cia kmian siawphi-w ni-w laa tok?

176

Lesson 12

7-B. Transformation Drill Student

Teacher mac kaa kmian kambat ni-w laa tok? mac mac mac mac mac

kaa look kaa look kaa look kaa look kaa look

mi-n Uw psaa? luaq pteah nih? m:>:>k khag-nih? rian phiasaa-kmae? kraok laaiJ pii pralim?

mac kaa look tralap Uw pteah? mac kaa look daa Uw taam plaw nih? mac kaa look m:>:>k pnum-piii? mac kaa look qaukuy kanlaen nih?

haet qway baan laa tok? haet qway baan haet qway baan haet qway baan haet qway baan haet qway baan praHm? haet qway baan haet qway baan nih? haet qway baan haet qway baan

cia kmian kambat niw cia cia cia cia cia

look look look look look

min tiw psaa? luaq pteah nih? m:>:>k khaiJ-nih? rian phiasaa-kmae? kraok laan pii

cia look tralap tiw pteah? cia look daa tiw taam plaw cia look m:>:>k pnum-pifl? cia look qaiJkuy kanlaeiJ nih?

C. COMPREHENSION

[Tape 23]

1. Having Lunch saran:

yi-n, ti-w iiam qay san tee?

yin:

tiw ka-ti-w; saran COIJ tiw kanlaeiJ naa?

saran:

[kandaal (kandaal, kadaal) 'middle, center; central'] [psaa-kandaal 'the Central Market'] kflom can tiw psaa-kandaal.

yi-n:

[Han 'fast'] U.w qaoy !ian; kflom klian nah!

saran:

kiiom ka-klian nah dae. m:>:>k qaiJkuY tok nih.

Waiter: look traw-kaa qway? saran:

kflom y:>:>k baay-liiiJ. yin traw-kaa qay?

yin:

[kuy-tiaw 'Chinese noodle dish'] kiiom y:>:>k kuy-tiaw.

saran:

[phak 'to drink (familiar)'] yi-n phak qay tee?

yin:

kflom y:>:>k byea.

saran:

y:>:>k byea qaoy kflom pii daap.

[Waiter brings the food] saran:

yin, kuy-tiaw CIJaii tee?

yin:

ciJan nah. haay baay-liiiJ c:gaii tee?

saran:

cnaii dae. yin traw-kaa ba:gqaeltl tee?

Comprehension yin:

177

min-bac tee; kiiom cqaet haay.

[To Waiter] saran:

teau-qah tlay ponmaan?

Waiter: baat, mhoup haay-nilJ byea tlay paetsap-pram rial. 2. Fruits thuan:

niw srok-qaameri-c mian plae-chaa craan tee?

Paul:

[douc 'to be like, similar'] baat, tae min douc plae-chaa niw srok-kmae tee.

thuan:

look coul-cat plae-chaa kmae tee?

Paul:

mian plae-chaa klah kiiom coul-cat ii.am, tae plae-chaa klah tiat kii.om iiam min baan tee.

thuan:

look coul-cat plae-chaa qway ciau-kee?

Paul:

kiiom coul-cat plae-swaay ciau-kee; matQay kiiom ii.am malou ka-qah dae.

thuan:

srok-qaameric mian plae-swaay tee?

Paul:

[pom 'apple(s)'] [tra_I:eau-baay-cuu (trapeau-, tapeau-) 'grape(s)'] mian klah dae, haay-nilJ mian plae-chaa psetu tiat, kH pom, trapeau-baay-cuu, haay-ni:n krouc. [thuureen (thureen) 'durian'] [lmut 'sapodilla' (a sweet brown-skinned fruit with the texture of a ripe pear)] [muaukhut (ma!Jkhut, makhut) 'mangosteen'] [yaau 'kind, way, variety'] [raak min baan 'to be unable to find'] srok-kmae mian plae-chaa craan yaau dael raak min baan niw srokqaameric, kii thureen, lmut, haay-niu maukhut.

3. Discussing Food kian:

look coul-cat mhoup kmae tee?

David:

kfiom kaa coul-cat dae, tae mhoup klah hal peek; kfiom iiam min baan tee.

kian:

niw srok-qaameric, mian phoocaniiyathaan kmae tee?

David:

kmian tee, tae mian phoocaniiyathaan can craan nab.

kian:

look coul-cat mhoup can tee?

David:

baat, kiiom coul-cat nah.

kian:

qaiicau look cau Uw pisaa baay niw phoocaniiyathaan cia-muay kii.om tee?

David:

qaa-kun nah.

Lesson 12

178 D. CONVERSATION 1. Discussing Restaurants a) b) c) d)

A asks B where he wants to eat this evening. B replies that they can go anywhere at all; it's up to A. A asks B if he would like European, Chinese, or Cambodian food. B replies that he can eat any kind of food at all, but that he'd like to try Cambodian food for once. e) A says that in that case, they'll go toLe Coq d'Or; then he asks B if he's ever been to that restaurant. f) B replies that he has never gone there. g) A says that they make very good Cambodian food there, and that they have many kinds of food there.

2. Ordering Food a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i)

A asks B what he would like to eat. Basks A to go ahead and order for him too. A asks the Waiter what they have today. The Waiter replies that they have many kinds of food, and that it depends on what A decides. A orders chicken soup, fish salad, and sour soup. The Waiter asks A what meat he wants in the sour soup. A answers that he'll take pork, and orders a plate of fried beef too. The Waiter asks A if they want some fried rice. A answers that they'll take only steamed rice, and tells the waiter to bring two bottles of beer too.

3. Ordering Dessert a) b) c) d) e)

The Waiter asks A if they want some dessert. A asks the Waiter what fruits they have today. The Waiter answers that they have bananas, pineapple, mango, and papaya. B asks the Waiter if they have any sweets besides fruits. The Waiter replies that they have custard, ice cream, and various kinds of cakes. f) B says he'll take some custard, and asks A what he wants. g) A replies that he'll try some papaya.

4. Discussing Food a) A asks B if he likes Cambodian food. b) B answers that he does like Cambodian food, but that he likes European food better. c) A asks B why he likes European food better than Cambodian food. d) B answers that Cambodian food is usually too hot, but that some dishes do have a very good flavor. e) A asks B if he likes Cambodian fruits. f) B answers that he does, and that he likes mango and papaya best of all. g) A asks B if they have papaya in America. h) B answers that there are some, and that there are other kinds of fruits which can't be found in Cambodia, such as apples and grapes. i) A asks B if he would like some mango now. j} B tells A not to joke (niyiay lee:g); he's already stuffed.

LESSON 13. REVIEW OF LESSONS 8-12

A. Review of Dialogues In preparation for the review lesson, review the Dialogues of Lessons 8-12. To test yourself, cover the English column and supply the English equivalents of the Cambodian sentences; then cover the Cambodian column and supply the Cambodian equivalents of the English sentences. If you cannot produce the Cambodian equivalents quickly and smoothly, review the relevant sections of the Grammar and Drills.

B. Review of Comprehension The teacher will read selected conversations from the Comprehension sections of Lessons 8-12, calling on individual students for English translations of the sentences. C. Questions (Test for Comprehension and Fluency) Provide an appropriate answer to each of the following oral questions. Make the answers factual when possible. Every response should be preceded by the appropriate response particle, baat or caah. ''Yes" or "No" answers should be followed by an affirmation or negation of the content of the question, in either the full form or an appropriate abbreviated form, e.g.: look tiw psaa tee? Are you going to the market?

baat, mi:n tiw tee. No, [I'm] not going.

Answers may be either written or oral; if oral, every student should have an opportunity to answer every question. If a test for grading purposes is desired, the answers may be written, but in either case the questions should be oral. The teacher will repeat each question twice. Listen to the question in its entirety the first time; an unfamiliar word may be cleared up by the context in which it occurs. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

look (look-sray) klian baay tee? mian bantup tumnee tee? look (look-sray) nam mhoup hal baan tee? koat niyiay phiasaa-kmae baan tee? som-tooh, qawpuk look (look-sray) twaa-kaa qway? niw srok-kmae, mian ponmaan radaw? look (look-sray) pisaa baay niw nih rH? 4Jay-nih kH tuay qway? pteah look (look-sray) mian bantup ponmaan? prik nih nael qaeg guut-ti-k tee? 4Jay-nih yaag tiw nam baay niw kanlaeg naa? look (look-sray) caii pii salaa, taa, kit twaa-kaa qway? radaw-kdaw mian ponmaan khae? som-tooh, mian phoocaniiyathaan niw cit nih tee? look (look-sray) cob tlay qaoy kiiom baan tee? (Student's name) peaq sraom-caag leik ponmaan? 4Jay-nih mian mhoup qway-klah? look (look-sray) COlJ bagrian tnaq qway? taa, ni:w radaw-pliag mian plialJ roal 4Jay ri-i? look (look-sray) coul-cat mhoup barag, kmae, rH mhoup can? 179

180 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

Lesson 13 kiiom ti-w maal bantup san baan tee? douccneh look (look-sray) niw muay qatit, m££n rH? thoammadaa, neaq-baok-qut m;);)k maou ponmaan? ~ay-nih look (look-sray) peaq qaaw p:>a qay? suao nuh, look (look-sray) y:>:>k sac-moan rH sac-cruuk? look (look-sray) traw-kaa bantup dael mian kr££ muay rH kr££ pii? niw radaw-plian mian plian pin muay tuay rH? look (look-sray) cam tee, siawphiw rabah knom qanaa-muay? ~ay-nih look (look-sray) kit twaa qway-klah? krawat poa qay sam nin qaaw khiaw-kcay nih? haau nuh kee twaa mhoup kmae cuai'i. tee? look (look-sray) twaa-kaa qae-nuh baan ponmaan khae haay? baon-proh look (look-sray) traw rian ponmaan cnam tiat? look (look-sray) coul-cat radaw naa ciau-kee? look (look-sray) traw-kaa qway tiat tee? pqoun-sray look (look-sray) mian pday haay-riniw? look (look-sray) dael samnaq niw santhalda-sokkhaalay tee? look (look-sray) coul-cat qaa-poa-krahaam nih tee? look (look-sray) tiw srok-srae, taa tiw taam qway? baa ~ay-nih cia tuay-can, tuay kraoy cia ~ay qway? peel-prik look (look-sray) kraok laau maou ponmaan? haet qway baan cia kmian siawphiw niw laa tok? baa khae nih cia khae-me~aqkaraa, khae mun cia khae qway? laan teau-pii nuh, taa laan naa tlay thaok cian? mac kaa look (look-sray) m;):>k taam plaw nih? baa tuay-nih cia ~ay-qatU, ~ay mun cia tuay qway? look (look-sray) tiw naa tee? haet qway baan cia look (look-sray) rian phiasaa-kmae? look (look-sray) can tin laan naa-muay tee? look (look-sray) can baan plae-chaa qway-muay tee?

D. Translation 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

My father is in government service. I have to go to the barbershop (first). Hey, [it's] really raining hard! [We'll] take only dinner. I have to go to the dentist today at nine o'clock. Let me call a waiter (first). I don't know yet for sure. I think it would be better to be a teacher. I forgot to bring an umbrella. I don't feel like shaving today; [I'll] just wash my face. I don't like the rainy season at all. If you stay a week, I'll lower the price for you. His is green; mine's red. [We] can eat wherever [you like]. [We'll] take chicken soup, pork salad, and sour soup. When I finish studying, I want to be a doctor. I'm not so wet, because I'm wearing a raincoat. The hot season is from March to May. If you cross the street, you'll see another hotel, called the Monorom Hotel.

Translation 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

181

Get ready quickly! (Hurry and get ready!) This toothpaste is almost gone. Bring a plate of fried rice and two plates of steamed rice. Don't put too many peppers in it now! It takes a long time to study to be a doctor. If you walk along this street, you'll see the Le Coq d'Or Restaurant on the right. It's 125 riels per day, including breakfast. If you want a lot of money, it would be better to go into business. My younger uncle is the manager of a cigarette factory. In the rainy season, it's difficult to go anywhere. I don't want to go anywhere. It's up to you. There are about 100 workers, including clerks, salesmen, and laborers. If this month is September, next month is October. If today is Friday, yesterday was Thursday. If you want to go anywhere (pl.), I'll take you (and go). It's neither hot nor cold; it's just pleasant. This red one would go with that dark blue shirt. The rain has almost stopped now. I don't want to eat anything more; I'm already full. Take these gentlemen to see room number forty-eight. I'd like to try some pineapple. Cambodia isn't as cold as France; it's just comfortably cool, that's all. Those two restaurants are about equally expensive. If you'd like to buy something (pl.), go ahead to the market. Come on, let's go downstairs. If you'd like to eat some (one) fruit, just tell me. We can go any place [you like]. (With] Cambodian food, they use only forks and spoons. My house has a kitchen, a living room, and two bedrooms. I'll take you to see whatever temples you want to see. (If you want to see any temples, I'll take you (and go).)

LESSON 14. STEAMBOAT TRAVEL (Tape 24]

A. DIALOGUE

chaan hurry I, quickly I to fear, be afraid (that) to miss ship, steamer Hurry up! [I'm] afraid [we'll] miss the boat.

chap-chap kraeo ti-w min to1m kapal (kapal) 1. chap-chap laagl kraeg Uw min to1m kapal. sian 2. kapal can maog ponmaan?

When does the boat leave? khi-n

3.

tho~ammadaa

[It] usually leaves at seven o'clock

can maog prampil

prik.

in the morning.

yHt maal-Uw (maa-Uw) 4. tae baa mian qaywan craan, prahael-cia cafi yHt haay, maa-tiw.

slow, late perhaps, maybe But if there is a lot of baggage, [it] might leave late (perhaps). sian

5. qei, kapal yaag m:>:>k dal haayl

Hey, our boat's here already!

sambot (sambot, sabot) sambot-kapal 6. Hii sambot-kapal niw qae-naa?

letter, ticket steamer-ticket Where do [we] buy the tickets? chaan

phae kaa-baan ... kaa-baan (ka-baan ... ka-baan) 7. Uii ni-w laa phae ka-baan, niw laa kapal ka-baan.

pier, dock either ... or ... (is a possibility) [We] can buy [them] either on the pier or on the boat. sian

hap hap-qaywan yaag-mac? 8. haay hap-qaywan nih, kit twaa yaag-mac?

box, suitcase things, luggage how?, in what way? What are we going to do with this luggage? (And these things, [we] plan to do how?) khin

kuulii (kulii) 9. cam haw kulii qaoy y:>:>k qaywan tiw daq laa kapal.

coolie, porter [We'll] just get a porter to take the things and put [them] on the boat.

182

183

Dialogue sian taap(-tae)-ni-g (taap-m) dak dak-noam 10. kapal dael taap-nig cai\ nuh dak-noam qway?

just, just now to carry to carry, to transport, to haul What is that steamer that just left (there] hauling? khi-n

siim muay-muay 'slowly', as in soum niyiay muay-muay.

Please speak slowly.

Repetitive compounds are typically pronounced (especially in rapid speech) with reduced stress on the first element and full stress on the second element. 1-A. Progressive Substitution Drill

Teacher sray-sray thoammadaa sliaq-peaq yuu nab. proh-proh kmeiJJ-kmeiu sot-tae coul-cat bcy:Jqaem. sray-sray proh-proh kmeiJ)-kmeig

Student· sray-sray thoammadaa sliaq-peaq yuu nab. proh-proh thoammadaa sliaq-peaq yuu nab. kmeiJ;J-kmeiu thoammadaa sliaq-peaq yuu nah. kmei:g-kmeig sot-tae coul-cat lxyJq.aem. sray-sray sot-tae coul-cat bauqaem. proh-proh sot-tae coul-cat bagqaem. kmeig-kmeig sot-tae coul-cat bauqaem.

1-B. Transformation Drill In this drill the function of repetition is intensification of the meaning of the

base.

Teacher riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uwl baok khao-qaaw qaoy sqaat tiw! maak qaoy Uan Uwl - mhoup nih Kc1aW nab. claay qaoy CDili Uw I bantup nih sqaat nah I kom daa lian peek!

Student riap-cam kluan qaoy chap-chap Uw! baok khao-qaaw qaoy sqaat-sqaat Uwl maak qaoy Uan-Uan Uwl mhoup nih kdiw-kdaw nab. claay qaoy cbah-cbah Uwt bantup nih sqaat-sqaat nab! kom daa Uan-Uan peek!

187

Grammar and Drills 1-C. Transformation Drill tion.

In this drill the function of repetition is both intensification and pluraliza-

Teacher krouc nih touc nab. kanlaen nih mian daam-chaa thorn nah. sray teag-'qah nub lqaa nab. pteah teag-qah nub sqaat nab. mian mhoup craan muk tlay nab. rabah touc mi-n tlay ponmaan tee.

Student krouc nih touc-touc nah. kanlaeu nih mian daam-chaa thom-thom nah. sray teag-qah nub lqaa-lqaa nab. pteah teag-qah nub sqaat-sqaat nah. mian mhoup craan muk· tlay-tlay nab. rabah touc-touc min tlay ponmaan tee.

2. Completive Verbs Completive verbs follow, and express the completion, expected result, or possibility of achievement, of primary verbs which initiate an action. When negated, the negative auxiliary precedes the completive verb rather than the primary verb; e.g.: kiiom sdap baan. kfiom sdap min baan tee.

I can understand I can't understand.

When any other kind of verb phrase is negated, the negative auxiliary precedes the first verb of the sequence; e.g.: kiiom min COIJ Uw daa-leeu tee.

I don't want to go for a stroll.

There are two classes of completive verbs: 1) specific completive verbs, which have a resultative relationship with a specific primary verb (or with a specific semantic group of primary verbs), and 2) general completive verbs, which occur after a wide variety of verbs, and express the completion, or the possibility of achievement, of the initiated action. When an object occurs in a completive verb phrase, it typically follows specific completive verbs: kraeu tiw mi-n toan kapal. but precedes general completive verbs: kfiom cih kapal min baan tee.

[I'm] afraid (we'll] miss the boat. I can't ride the boat.

The negation of either class implies failure or inability to achieve the initiated action. The most important members of each class are listed below; those words which have not yet been introduced are preceded by an asterisk. a) Specific completive verbs 1) khaaii 'to see' kit 'to think' + khaaii > kit khaaii 'to solve, to figure out' kit min khaaii 'to be unable to figure out' maal 'to look'+ khaaii > maal khaaii 'to see (to look and see)' maal min khaaii 'to fail to see, to look but not see' raak 'to seek' + khaaii > raak khaaii 'to find' raak mi-n khaaii 'to fail to find' *ni-k 'to reflect' + khaaii > ni-k khaaii 'to realize' ni-k mi-n khaaii 'to fail to realize'

188

Lesson 14 2) toan 'to be on time (for)' Uw 'to go' + toan > tiw toan 'to catch, be on time (for)' Uw m!n toan 'to miss, to fail to catch, to be too late (for)' (min-toan before a verb is a compound auxiliary meaning 'not yet'.) 3) lu'aq 'to fall asleep' *deik 'to lie down' + luaq > deik luaq 'to sleep, to lie down and sleep' deik min luaq 'to be unable to sleep' keeg 'to sleep' + luaq > keeg luaq 'to sleep, to sleep successfully' keeg min luaq 'to be unable to sleep' 4) *lH 'to hear' sdap 'to listen' + lU > sdap lH 'to hear (successfully)' sdap min lH 'to fail to hear, to listen but not hear' (sdap baan, on the other hand, means 'to understand'.) 5) *thum 'to smell (to receive an aroma)' *h~t 'to sniff' + thum > h~t thum 'to smell' h~t min thum 'to be unable to smell, unable to catch an aroma' E.g.:

kiiom hat min thum qway soh.

I can't smell anything at all.

6) *phot (pii) 'to be free of, clear of' *ci~h 'to avoid' + phot (pii) > ciah phot (pii) 'to escape (from)' ciah min phot (pil) 'to fail to avoid' 7) *mut 'to cut, go in' *caq 'to stab' + mut > caq mut 'to stab through, to pierce' caq min mut 'to fail to pierce (to stab but fail to pierce)' 8) ceh 'to know' rian 'to study' + ceh > ri~n ceh 'to learn' rian min ceh 'to fail to learn' b) General completive verbs The primary verbs used in the following completive verb phrases are only examples of the many verbs which may occur before general completive verbs. 1) baan 'to be able' t:iw 'to go' + baan > Uw baan 'can go' Uw min baan 'can't go' 2) *kaat 'to be able' occurs less generally than baan, and usually only in negative expressions; e.g.: -koat Uw m!n kaat tee. 3)

*~'to be

He can't go.

able, to finish' occurs in two contexts:

a) physical capability kiiom *l~ak tok nih min ru~c tee.

I can't lift this table.

b) completion in terms of time kiiom maal siawphiw nih min-toan ruac.

I haven't yet finished reading this book.

Grammar and Drills

189

5) *cap 'to complete, to get to the end' kfiom maal kasaet nih min cap tee.

I didn't finish reading this

newspaper.

6) *khaan 'to lack, fail, miss' look traw tiw min khaan. koat n!u mook m!n khaan.

You must go without fail. He will surely come.

(khaan has also been met as a modal verb meaning 'to fail (to)', as in khaan baan cuap knia yuu haay.

[We] haven't seen each other for a long time. ([We've] failed to meet for a long time.)

2-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kfiom tiw min toan kapal. rateh-plaau. laan. peel. kapal-hah. tuuk.

student kfiom Uw kfiom Uw kfiom Uw kfiom Uw kfiom tiw kfiom Uw

min toan kapal. min toan rateh-plaag. min toan laan. min toan peel. min toan kapal-hah. min toan tuuk.

2-B. Transformation Drill Teacher kiiom sdap baan haay. kfiom rook khaaii haay. kfiom maal kasaet cap haay. kfiom Uw toan kapal. kfiom twaa kaa nuh ruac haay. kfiom claay baan. kfiom kit khaafi haay.

student kfiom sdap min baan tee. kfiom r:>:>k min khaaii tee. kfiom maal kasaet min cap tee. kfiom Uw min to-an kapal tee. kfiom twaa kaa nuh min ruac tee. kfiom claay min baan tee. kfiom kit min khaafi tee.

2-C. Substitution Drill Teacher kftom sdap min lH qway sah. maal m!n khaafi rian min ceh hat min thum rook min khaafi sdap min lH

Student kftom sdap min lH qway sah. kftom maal· min khaaii qway sah. kfiom rian min ceh qway sah. kfiom hat min thum qway sah. kfiom rook min khaafi qway sah. kfiom sdap min lH qway sah.

2-D. Translation Drill Teacher I can't hear. He missed the train. I don't see anything. I don't understand.

Student kiiom sdap min lH tee. koat Uw min toan rateh-plaau. kfiom maal min khaafi qway sah. kfiom sdap min baan tee.

Lesson 14

190

Student

Teacher He didn't realize [it].

I didn't learn anything.

He will come without fail.

I can't answer. I haven't finished reading this book. I can't smell anything.

koat nik min khaafl. tee. kfl.om rian min ceh qway sah. koat nig m~ak min khaan. kiiom claay min baan tee. kfl.om maal siawphiw nih min cap. kiiom hat min thum qway sah.

3. The Adverbial maal-Uw

maal-Uw (maa-Uw, ma-Uw) is an adverbial which means 'perhaps, maybe, we'll see'. It may occur either at the beginning or at the end of the sentence: maa-Uw, prahael sqaek maog pii lgiac baan Uw dal.

Perhaps we'll get there tomorrow at about two o'clock in the afternoon.

tae baa mian qaywan craan, prahael- But if there is a lot of baggage, [it] might leave late (perhaps}. cia can yHt haay, maa-Uw. In both the foregoing examples, maal-Uw co-occurs with prahael (cia}, which has approximately the same meaning, so that, at least in the English translation, maal-Uw is redundant; its occurrence seems to add an additional element of uncertainty or indefiniteness to the statement.

3-A. Expansion Drill Teacher prahael-cia can maog pii. prahael-cia Uw sqaek. prahael-cia koat min maak tee. kraeg yaag tiw min toan kapal. prahael-cia koat Uw psaa. tuuk nuh prahael-cia dak tnam. prahael-cia kee tiw co1m khag-laa. prahael-cia kiiom tiw maal kon.

Student prahael-cia caii maog pii, maa-Uw. prahael-cia Uw sqaek, maa-Uw. prahael-cia koat min m~ak tee, maa-Uw. kraeg yaag Uw min toan kapal tee, maa-Uw. prahael-cia koat tiw psaa, maa-Uw. tuuk nuh, prahael-cia dak tnam, maa-tiw. prahael-cia kee Uw coan khag-laa, maa-tiw. prahael-cia kiiom Uw maal kon, maa-Uw.

3-B. Transformation Drill

Teacher prahael-cia caii maog pii, maa-Uw.

Student maa-Uw, prahael-cia caii maog pii.

prahael-cia tiw sqaek, maa-Uw.

maa-Uw, prahael-cia Uw sqaek.

prahael-cia koat min m:>:>k tee, maa-Uw.

maa-Uw, prahael-cia koat min ~:>k tee.

kraeg yaag Uw min toan kapal, maa-Uw.

maa-tiw, kraeg yaag tiw min toan kapal tee.

prahael-cia koat tiw psaa, maa-tiw.

maa-tiw, prahael-cia koat Uw psaa.

tuuk nuh, prahael-cia dak tnam,

maa-Uw, tuuk nuh prahael-cia dak tnam.

maa-Uw.

Grammar and Drills Teacher

191

Student

prahael-cia kee Uw co1m kha:g-laa, maa-Uw.

maa-Uw, prahael-cia kee tiw co1m kha:g-laa.

prahael-cia kii.om U.w maal kon, maa-Uw.

maa-Uw, prahael-cia kfiom Uw maal kon.

4. The Coordinate Construction kaa-baan ... kaa-baan It was pointed out in Lesson 8, B, 8 that kaa-baan (ka-baan) is a completive verb which means 'to be a possibility, to be feasible', as in yaa:g Uw maal kon ka-baan.

We can go see a movie (if you like).

When kaa-baan occurs in two successive coordinate phrases, the construction has the meaning 'either or is a possibility, both and are possibilities', as in: -- ---Uii ni-w laa phae ka-baan, niw laa kapal ka-baan.

[We] can buy [them] either on the pier or on the boat.

Notice that only as much of the sentence as is necessary to state the alternative is repeated; in the above example, the primary verb tin serves as the antecedent for both alternatives. In the following example, the second alternative involves a second verb, while the subject~ serves both alternatives: yaa:g tiw iiam baay ka-baan, Uw maal kon ka-baan.

We can either go eat or go to a movie.

Frequently only the two (or more) possibilities are repeated, coordinated by ka-baan, as in the following exchange: look cau maal kon nih rH kon nuh?

Do you want to see this movie or that movie?

kon nih ka-baan, kon nuh ka-baan.

Either one would be fine. (This film is fine, that film is fine.)

4-A. Transformation Drill In the following sentences, form a coordinate construction with the use of the alternatives provided.

Teacher

student

tin niw laa phae ka-baan.

tin ni-w laa phae ka-baan,

iiam mhoup kmae ka-baan. (mhoup can)

iiam mhoup kmae ka-baan, mhoup can ka-baan.

yaa:g Uw iiam baay ka-baan. (ti-w maal kon)

yaa:g tiw iiam baay ka-baan, tiw maal kon ka-baan.

U.ii p:>a-krahaam ka-baan. (paa-baytaau)

tin p:>a-krahaam ka-baan,

lee:g bia ka-baan. (maal sia'Wphiw)

lee:g bia ka-baan, maal siawphi-w ka-baan.

(niw laa kapal)

niw laa kapal ka-baan.

poa-baytaau ka-baan.

192

Lesson 14 Teacher

Student

niw khag-kraom ka-baan. (khag-laa)

niw khag-kraom ka-baan, khag-laa ka-baan.

qagkuy tok nih ka-baan. (tok nuh)

qagkuy tok nih ka-baan, tok nub ka-baan.

ya:>k sac-cruuk ka-baan. (sac-moan)

yaak sac-cruuk ka-baan, sac-moan ka-baan.

tiw haag nih ka-baan. (haag nuh)

tiw haag nih ka-baan, haag nuh ka-baan.

yaag tiw daa ka-baan. (cih taqsii)

yaag Uw daa ka-baan, cih taqsii ka-baan.

4- B. Response Drill Answer the following questions, using the construction ka-baan ••• ka-baan. Teacher look cag maal kon nih rH kon nub? look cag fiam mhoup kmae rH mhoup can? look cag tiw haag nih rH haaJ.J nuh? yaag Uw fiam baay rH tiw maal kon?

Student kon nih ka-baan, kon nuh ka-baan. mhoup kmae ka-baan, mhoup can ka-baan.

haag nih ka-baan, haag nub ka-baan. tiw fiam baay ka-baan, Uw maal kon ka-baan. look cag fiam kafei rH byea? kafei ka-baan, byea ka-baan. look cag tin siawphiw rH kasaet? siawphiw ka-baan, kasaet ka-baan. look cag Uw khag-laa rH khag-kraom? khag-laa ka-baan, khag-kraom ka-baan. yaag kit Uw tgay-nih rH sqaek? tgay-nih ka-baan, sqaek ka-baan. look coul-cat p:>a-khiaw rH paa-liag? paa-khiaw ka-baan, paa-liagka-baan. yaau tiw taam laan rH taam tuuk? taam laan ka-baan, taam tuuk ka-baan. look tiw rH min Uw? tiw ka-baan, min tiw ka-baan.

5. The Interrogative yaau-mac

ya.ag-mac is a compound interrogative word which means 'how?, in what way?' as in haay hap-qaywan nih, kit twaa yaag-mac?

What are we going to do with this luggage? (And these things, [we] plan to do how?)

5-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher qaywan nuh, kit twaa yaag-mac? praa lu'aq ya:>k tiw tift mhoup nuh fiam yaak twa a

Student qaywan nuh, kit twaa yaag- mac? qaywan nuh, kit praa yaag-mac? qaywan nub, kit~ yaag-mac? qaywan nub, kit yaak Uw yaag-mac? qaywan nub, kit tift yaag-mac? mhoup nuh, ki-t tiii yaag-mac? mhoup nub, kit fiam yaag-mac? mhoup nub, ki-t ya:>k yaag-mac? mhoup nub, ki-t twaa yaag-mac?

193

Grammar and Drills 6. The Compound Auxiliary taap-(tae) (nig)

taap-(tae) (nig), like kampuu-tae 'in the process of', kroan-tae 'just, only', and muk-tae 'likely, probably', is a compound preverbal auxiliary; it's meaning is 'just now (+verb), to have just(+ verb)', as in kapal dael taap-nilJ can nuh dak-noam qway?

What is that steamer that just now left carrying?

The full form taap-tae-niiJ occurs only in a formal or literary style; taap-tae sometimes occurs in normal speech, but the commonest form is teep-ni:g, reduced in rapid speech to taap-m. The representation used here is taap-nig; the student should imitate the form used by the teacher. 6-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

kiiom taap-nig cafi pii pteah. iiam baay. chup twaa-kaa. tiii laan tmay. maak pii pnum-pifi. tiw psaa. maal kon nuh. khaaii puaq-maaq kiiom.

kiiom taap-nig caii pii pteah. kiiom taap-nig iiam baay. kiiom taap-nig chup twaa-kaa. kiiom taap-nig tiii laan tmay. kiiom taap-n-ig maak pii pnum-piii. kiiom taap-nig tiw psaa. kiiom taap-nig maal kon nuh. kiiom taap-nig khaaii puaq-maaq kiiom.

6. Transformation Drill Teacher koat caii pii pteah. kiiom iiam baay. kee chup twaa-kaa. qawpuk kiiom tin pteah tmay. bao-woat. Idiom taap-niD maal kasaet nuh. wia taap-nig tiw psaa. yaaiJ taap-nig tiw maal kon.

7. kapal caii haayt Since Cambodian verbs are not marked for tense, the sentence kapal caii haay can mean either 'The boat has already left.' or 'The boat is leaving already.' In the following example, the ambiguity is resolved by the high sustained intonation (represented I in the transcription), indicating urgency or emotional involvement, as well as by the general context: qei, kapal caii haayl mo:>k laag chap-chap tiwl

Hey, the boat's leaving! Get aboard quickly.

Lesson 14

194

7-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Student

Teacher maak qaoy Uan; kapal cafi haay! rateh-plaau laan taqsii maak kapal rateh-plaan laan

maak qaoy maak qaoy m:>:>k qaoy m:>:>k qaoy maak qaoy maak qaoy maak qaoy maak qaoy

Uan; Uan; li-an; li-an; 1i-an; li-an; li-an; Uan;

kapal cafi haay1 rateh-plaag cafi haay! laan cafi haay1 taqsii cafi haay 1 taqsii maak haay 1 kapal maak haayl rateh-plaan maak haayt laan m:>:>k haayl

B. thay mi-n + Verb The phrase thay mi-n+ verb (hay min+ verb in some dialects) is an idiom meaning 'of course+ verb', as in thay min mianl

Of course [they] dol

The translation of the entire idiom depends on the context and the verb, as in the following examples: look mian siawphiw tee? thay min mianl koat tiw psaa tee? thay min tiwl

Do you have a book? Of course [I] have! Is he going to the market? Of course [he's] going!

Notice that when the question includes a completive verb, it is the completive verb rather than the primary verb which occurs in the response: look Uw t!)ay-nih baan tee? thay min baanl

Can you go today? Of course [I] can!

8-A. Response Drill Teacher yaau tiw maal kon tee? look iiam baay tee? koat mian laan tee? kee ceh phiasaa-barag tee? baau look maak tee? look iiam mhoup hal baan tee? look coul-cat mhoup kmae tee? niw haau nuh mian mhoup barag tee?

Student thay thay thay thay thay thay thay thay

mi-n tiw! mi-n fiam! min mian! min ceh! min maakl min baanl mi-n coul-catl mi-n mianl

9. Another Use of baan In some contexts, the word baan means 'results (in), is (that), is the reason (that)'. In such sentences baan always has a clause (consisting of a verb with or without a subject) as its complement, as in

kaal-naa baan yaag tiw dal kraceh?

When is it that we get to Kratie? (When do we get to Kratie ?)

prahael maog pii l!Jiac baan yaag tiwdal. --

It's about two o'clock in the afternoon that we get [there]. (We'll get there about two o'clock in the afternoon.)

195

Grammar and Drills

In some sentences, baan in this function is followed by the relative conjunction

cia 'that', as in

--

haet qway baan cia kmian kambat niw laa tok?

What reason is it that there are no knives on the table? (Why are there no knives on the table?)

kftom min-saw cia tee, baan cia kftom min Uw.

'I'm not so well' is the reason that I'm not going. (The reason that I'm not going is that I'm not so well.)

9-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kaal-naa baan yaa:g tiw dal kraceh? tiw srok-qaameric? tiw fiam baay? Uw maal kon nuh? tiw kanlaen nuh? tralap tiw pteah? caii pii salaa? chup rian? Uw daa-lee:g? laau kapal?

Student kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag kaal-naa baan yaag

tiw dal kraceh? tiw srok-qaameric? tiw flam baay? Uw maal kon nuh? Uw kanlaen nuh? tralap tiw pteah? caii pii salaa? chup rian? Uw daa-leeg? laau kapal?

9- B. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

prahael maog pii baan yaan tiw dal.

prahael maog pii baan yaag Uw dal.

kftom tiw flam baay.

prahael maog pii baan kiiom Uw flam baay.

kee chup twaa-kaa.

prahael maog pii baan kee chup twaa-kaa.

yaan tiw maal kon.

prahael maog pii baan yaag tiw maal kon.

kftom tiw rian.

prahael maog pii baan kiiom tiw rian.

rateh-plaau m:>:>k dal.

prahael maog pii baan rateh-plaan m:>:>k dal.

yaag cih kapal.

prahael maog pii baan yaan cih kapal.

koat tralap m:>:>k pteah wiii.

prahael mao:g pii baan koat tralap m:>:>k pteah wiii.

kiiom chup rian.

prahael maog pii baan kiiom chup rian.

196

Lesson 14

10. The Negative Auxiliary ~ ( ,....., ~) ~ ( .-v ~) is a negative auxiliary which is used instead of min in some dialects, notably that of Phnom Penh, as in

qou, kfiom qat yaak maak teet

Oh, I didn't bring [one]!

(The existence of two forms seems to be a matter of dialect difference (or free variation) rather than of simple reduction; the form ~, which also occurs as a verb meaning 'to lack, to do without', may have acquired the function of a generalized negative auxiliary because of its phonetic and semantic similarity to ~ 'not'. The representation ~ is arbitrarily chosen here; the student should imitate the teacher's pronunciation.) 10-A. Transformation Drill Teacher kfiom min yaak maak tee. kfiom min Uw tee. min qay tee. kfiom min baan Uii qay sah. kfiom min coul-cat mhoup can tee. knom min mian luy sah. kfiom flam mhoup hal min baan tee. koat min baan tiw psaa tee. yaau min-to~m flam baay tee. kfiom min traw-kaa kafei tee. kfiom sdap min baan tee.

student kfiom ~ y:>:>k m:>:>k tee. kfiom ~ Uw tee. ~qay tee. kfiom ~ baan tin qay sah. kfiom ~ coul-cat mhoup can tee. knom 9.!?,! mian luy sah. kfiom flam mhoup hal ~ baan tee. koat ~ baan Uw psaa tee. yaau 9.!?,!-toan nam baay tee. kfiom 9.!?,! traw-kaa kafei tee. kfiom sdap ~ baan tee.

11. Negative Questions Negative questions are formed in Cambodian by simply adding the question particle rH? to a negative statement, as in look qat y:>:>k kanteel m:>ak tee rH? -

Didn't you bring a mat [along]?

In such questions, the final negative particle tee frequently loses the falling intonation typical of statements, and is pronounced with reduced stress before

rH?, which has the rising intonation typical of questions. 11-A. Substitution Drill Student.

Teacher look min U:w tee rH?

"iiiaOk

COUi="cat kon nih leeg bia praa kambat traw-kaa baray dael Uw sok-sapbaay cia

look look look look look look look look

min Uw tee rU? min m;);,k tee rU? min COUi="cat kon nih tee rH? min leeg bia tee rH? min praa kambat tee rH? min traw -kaa baray tee rH? min dael Uw tee rH? min sok-sapbaay cia tee rH?

197

Grammar and Drills 11-B. Transformation Drill Teacher look cog Uw tee? look mian siawphi:w tee? look sdap baan tee? look dael U.w qauk>o-woat tee? look mian baog-pqoun tee?look nam mhoup hal baan tee? look sok-sapbaay cia tee?koat coul-cat mhoup kmae tee? koat baan Uw srok-barag tee?

Student look min cog tiw tee rH? look min mian siawphi:w tee rH? look sdap min baan tee rii? look min dael tiw qauk>o-woat tee rH? look min mian baog-pqoun tee rH? look iiam mhoup hal min baan tee rH? look min sok-sapbaay cia tee rH? koat min coul-cat mhoup kmae tee rH? koat min baan tiw srok-barau tee rH?

12. The Auxiliary min-saw min-saw is a preverbal auxiliary which means 'hardly, not really, not very much', as in lbaeg bia knom min-saw pukae tee.

I'm not very good [at] card games.

(min-saw is treated here as a compound preverbal auxiliary, parallel with mintoan 'not yet', since it typically occurs in negative form with the special meaning illustrated above; the non-negative form saw seems to occur only in a literary style, and then with a function which is not clearly related to min-saw.) 12-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher manuh nuh min-saw pukae tee. sqaat cia ceh klian sray nuh

Student manuh nuh min-saw pukae tee. manuh nuh min-saw sqaat tee. manub nuh mi-n-saw cia tee. menuh nuh min-saw ceh tee. manuh nuh min-saw klian tee. sray nuh min-saw klian tee. sray nuh min-saw lqaa tee. sray nub min-saw pukae tee. sray nuh min-saw sqaat tee. sray nuh min-saw cia tee.

12-B. Transformation Drill Teacher lbaeu nub, kiiom min pukae tee. kii.om min klian tee. koat mi-n coul-cat kaa nuh tee. kiiom min mian praq craan tee. bantup nih min sqaat tee. kanlaeu nuh min srual tee. krouc nih mi-n tlay tee. mhoup nih min cuafi tee. tgay-nih min kdaw tee.

Student lbaeg nub, kfiom min-saw pukae tee. kfiom min-saw klian tee. koat min-saw coul-cat kaa nub tee. kfiom min-saw mian praq craan tee. bantup nih min-saw sqaat tee. kanlaeg nuh min-saw srual tee. krouc nih mi-n-saw tlay tee. mhoup nih min-saw cgafi tee. 1\)ay-nih min-saw kdaw tee.

198

Lesson 14 C. COMPREHENSION

[Tape 25]

1. Discussing Boat Travel sein:

look dael cih kapal tee?

s!m:

baat, kiiom dael cih kapal craan da:>k pii

Soeun hasn't come (down) out of the house yet.

pte~ah

tee.

cha~m

always Whatever Soeun does, he's always late.

cia-n-ic 3. s-ian thaa qay, kaa yHt cia-n-ic. naa

demonstrative interjection: look!, there! There he comes! (There! Soeun's coming.)

4. naal s-ian mook haayl s-ian qat-tooh waen-taa 5. qat-tooh, kiiom r:>:>k waen-taa m-in khaaii tee, baan cia knom yHt banta c.

Excuse me, I'm sorry glasses I'm sorry; I couldn't find my glasses, is why I'm a little late.

kh-in puaq-yaag caol 6. baa yHt bantac tiat, puaq-yaag tiw caol haayl

we (exclusive) to leave, abandon, throw away If [you] had been a little later, we'd have gone without (leaving) [you].

tgay nah haay

to be very late (in the morning) It's late already; we still have to go pick up Sang.

7. tgay nah haay; yaag traw

Hw tatual saag tiat.

s-ian kiloumaet 8. ponmaan ld.loumaet baan tiw dal siam-riap?

ld.lometer How many kilometers is it (to go) to Siem Reap? chaan

camgaay (camgaay) 9. pii pnum-p-iii Uw siam-riap camgaay prahael bay-ro:>y dap-buan kiloumaet.

distance From Phnom Penh to Siem Reap [is] a distance of about 314 ld.lometers.

10. haay pit siam-riap t-iw qagk:>o-woat prammuay ld.loumaet tiat.

And from Siem Reap to Angkor Wat

[is] six kilometers further.

214

215

Dialogue khin ch:>:> 11. nub, saau ch:>:> cam yaau niw muk pteah.

to stand There, Sing's (standing) waiting for us in front of the house.

cia 12. qei, qaywan saau craan nah; min dag cia daq kanlae:g naa tee.

relative conjunction: that Hey, you (Sang) have a lot of things; [I] don't know where [we'll] put [them]. saau to be quick to All these things are for us to eat; if we eat [them] along the way, [they'll] likely be used up quickly.

chap 13. rabah tea:g-qah nih samrap puaqyaa:g ilam; baa yaag ilam taam plaw, muk-tae chap qah haay. sian

to be broken, damaged, or spoiled tool, instrument to repair tools If the car breaks down along the way, do you have tools?

khouc pradap (pradap, padap) cuah-cul pradap cuah-cul 14. baa laan khouc taam plaw, taa mian pradap cuah-cul tee? chaan kom ... qay phiy krup baep 15. kom phiy qay; kiiom mian pradap krup baep.

emphatic negative imperative to be afraid all, every kind, variety Don't worry; I have all kinds of tools.

tuanawih da:gkap (da:gkap, takap) n:>fiua (fiafiua, qafiua) klei 16. mian tuanawih, dagkap, fiafiua, haay-nig klei pseig-pseig.

screw-driver pliers hammer wrench [I] have a screw-driver, pliers, a hammer, and an assortment of wrenches. khin wheel (including tire}; bicycle to break (intr.} If we have a blowout along the way, what'll we do?

kau baek 17. baa kau baek taam plaw, thaa mac tiw? chaan sakua kau sakua 18. Idiom y:>:>k kag sakua m:>:>k dae.

emergency, extra spare wheel I brought a spare wheel along too.

kriip ,_ krip snap puah-wian 19. kraw-pii nub, mian kriip, snap, haay-nig puah-wian phaQU.

a jack, lift an air pump inner-tube Besides that, there's a jack, a pump, and an inner-tube too.

Lesson 16

216

rent, hire (noun) hired car, bus to pass, to overtake That bus seems to want to pass us.

cnual laan-cnual

waa

20. laan-cnual nub douc-cia cag waa yaau haay. chaan

bridge to be free (of), clear (of) to have the power or ability (to) As soon as I've gotten across that bridge, they'll be able to go ahead.

spian phot qaac 21. dal kftom claag spian nub phot, kee qaac Uw mun baan. [Later] 22. qou,

gasoline Oh, we're almost out of gas (the gas is almost gone).

S3.lJ

sau cit qah haay. khi-n

to enter There's a place [where they] sell gas; go in [and] stop there.

coul

23. nub kanlaeu luaq sag; coul chup kanlaeu nub.

saag machine, motor motor-oil Do [we] need oil?

maasUn (masin) preit)-masin 24. traw-kaa preit)-masin tee? chaan 25. mi-n-bac tee.

It's not necessary.

caq bourn klan caq preit) bourn klan 26. kilom baan y:>:>k laan Uw caq preit) bourn klaii mun can damnaa.

to insert, inject to pump grease to lubricate I took the car [and had it] lubricated before leaving [on the] trip.

sian to be crooked, to zigzag

krageik-kragaq (krageik-krauaq, kaueik-kauaq) 27. yU, plaw nih krageik-kralJaq nah!

Boy, this road is really crooked!

prayat (prayat, payat) mttn-tttn 28. prayat baak laan qaoy mttn-tttn Uw!

to be careful (to), take care (in) really, truly, extremely Drive very carefully! (Be really careful in driving the car I)

chaan suiam tuk-cat

to be quiet, silent to have confidence (in), rely (on)

Grammar and Drills

217

khaau

29. qaukuy qaoy suiam Howl tuk-cat laa kiiom cob, khaau baak laan.

in the area of, in the matter of Just sit quietly I Have confidence in me, in the matter of driving a car.

quhsaa 30. kiiom quhsaa m:>:>k taam plaw nih nab.

frequently, often I've driven (come along) this road often.

B. GRAMMAR AND DIDLLS

1. The Adverbial cia-nic cia-nic is a final adverbial which means 'always, invariably', as in sian thaa qay, kaa yHt cia-nic.

Whatever Soeun does, he's always late.

1-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

sian thaa qay, kaa yHt cia-nic. chap pukae coul-cat rahah pibaaq srual

S"aPliaY

prasap kcil

sian thaa qay, kaa yHt cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa chap cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa pukae cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa coul-cat cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa rahah cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa pibaaq cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa srual cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa sapiiay cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa prasap cia-nic. sian thaa qay, kaa kcU cia-nic.

2. r:>:>k min baan vs. r:>:>k min khaaii

r:>:>k min baan is a completive verb phrase which means 'to be unable to find, to be unsuccessful at finding (because it wasn't there)', as in kiiom r:>:>k waen-taa mi-n baan tee. kiiom r:>:>k peel U.w mi-n baan tee.

I couldn't find my glasses. I couldn't find time to go.

ra:>k min khaafi, on the other hand, means 'to be unable t' J find, or to come across, something which is nevertheless there to be found (such as one's own possession)', as in kii.om r:>ak waen-taa mi-n khaafi tee, baan cia kii.om yHt bantac.

I couldn't find my glasses is why

I'm a little late.

In this example, one assumes he found the glasses, but it was the necessity of looking for them that caused the delay.

2-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kiiom raak waen-taa min khaaii tee. khao-qaaw ~

Student kiiom r:>ak waen-taa minkhaaii tee. kiiom raak khao-qaaw min khaafi tee. kii.om r:>:>k ,!!!I min khaaii tee.

Lesson 16

218 Teacher laan kl\om

mit kilom krah-sat-saq crah-doh-tmifi sraom-caag siawphiw kilom kmaw-day

Student kilom r:>ak laan kl\om min khaaf\ tee. kiiom raak mit kfiom min khaaii tee. kl\om raak krah-sat-saq min khaaii tee. kfiom raak crah-doh-tmiii min khaafi tee. kiiom raak sraom-caau min khaaii tee. kiiom raak siawphiw kiiom min khaaii tee. kiiom raak kmaw-day min khaaii tee.

3. The Connective Verb Phrase baan cia

It was pointed out in Lesson 14, B, 9 that baan cia frequently connects a subject clause with a complement which is also a clause (consisting of a verb with or without a subject) with the meaning 'is the reason that, is why', as in kiiom min-saw cia tee baan cia kftom min Uw.

I'm not so well is the reason that I'm not going.

In the translation of such sentences, it is convenient to transpose the two clauses and to translate baan cia as 'because', rut notice that, in the F!lglish translation, the subject of baan cia becomes the complement of 'because· , _., in

kiiom raak waen-taa min khaafi. tee, baan cia kiiom yHt bantac.

I'm a little late because I couldn't find my glasses. (I couldn't find my glasses is why I'm a little late.)

kiiom qah baray haay, baan cia kiiom Uw psaa.

I'm going to the market because I'm out of cigarettes. (I'm out of cigarettes is why I'm going to the market.)

3-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kflom raak waen-taa min khaail tee, baan cia kftom y Ht bantac. kflom flam baay min-to1m ruac tee.

Student kilom raak waen-taa min khaan tee, baan cia Idiom yHt bantac. kilom ilam ba.ay min-toan ruac tee, baan cia kil.om yHt bantac.

kilom raak chat min khaan tee,

kilom raak chat min khaan tee, baan cia kflom y iit bantac.

kil.om prateah mit maneaq,

kiiom prateah mit maneaq, baan cia kilom yHt bantac.

kil.om r:>ak baray min baan tee,

kil.om raak baray min baan tee, baan cia kilom yU.t bantac.

kil.om traw Uw psaa san,

kiiom traw Uw psaa san, baan cia kiiom yHt bantac.

219

Grammar and Drills Teacher

Student

kiiom traw sat saq san,

kiiom traw sat saq san, baan cia kiiom yHt bantac.

kiiom cuallaan min baan tee,

kiiom cuallaan min baan tee, baan cia kiiom yiU bantac.

3-B. Transformation Drill Student

Teacher kiiom yHt bantac, pruah kiiom r:>:>k waen-taa min khaaii.

kiiom r:>:>k waen-taa min khaaii tee, baan cia kiiom yHt bantac.

kiiom min Uw tee, pruah kiiom min cag Uw.

kiiom min cag Uw tee, baan cia kiiom min Uw.

kiiom Uw min baan tee, pruah kiiom twaa-kaa min-toan cap.

kiiom twaa-kaa min-toan cap tee, baan cia kiiom Uw min baan.

kiiom min cag Uw tee, pruah kiiom r:>:>k peel min baan.

kiiom r:>:>k peel min baan tee, baan cia kiiom min cag Uw.

kiiom min baan m:>:>k tee, pruah kiiom cuallaan min baan.

kiiom cual laan min baan tee, baan cia kiiom min baan m:>:>k.

kiiom min-saw cia tee, pruah kiiom iiam baay craan peek.

kiiom fiam baay craan peek, baan cia kiiom min-saw cia.

kiiom klaac Uk criw, pruah kiiom min ceh hael-Uk.

kiiom min ceh hael-Uk tee, baan cia kiiom klaac tik criw.

kiiom chup kanlaeiJ nih pruah saiJ cit qah haay.

saiJ cit qah haay, baan cia kiiom chup kanlaeiJ nih.

kiiom samraaq niw laa tmaa nih pruah kfiom qah-kamlaiJ nab.

kiiom qah-kamlaiJ nah, baan cia kiiom samraaq niw laa tmaa nih.

4. The Pronoun puaq-yaag The pronoun~ 'we' may be either singular or plural. The compound pronoun puaq-yaag, on the other hand, usually means 'we, our group (as opposed to you)', and conveys a degree of solidarity or exclusiveness on the part of the group referred to, as in baa yHt bantac tiat, puaq-yaau Uw caol haay I

If [you] had been a little later,

we'd have gone without [you].

4-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher puaq-yaaiJ Uw iiam baay; mit cag Uw tee? maal kon

puaq-yaau Uw iiam baay; mit cag Uw tee? puaq-yaaiJ Uw maal kon; mit cag Uw tee?

220

Lesson 16 Teacher

Student daa-leeg

puaq-yaag tiw daa-leen; mU can tiw tee?

laan pnum

puaq-yaan tiw laan pnum; mH can Uw tee?

twaa picnic

puaq-yaan tiw twaa picnic; mit can Uw tee?

hael-tik

puaq-yaag Uw hael-tik; mit can Uw tee?

ruat pranan knia

puaq-yaag Uw ruvat pranag knia; mit cag Uw tee?

phak byea

puaq-yaag Uw phak byea; mit cag Uw tee?

5. Uw as a Preposition In some contexts Uw seems to have a purely prepositional function, as in

pii pnum-piii Uw siam-riap camgaay prahael pii-r:>ay dap-buan kiloumaet.

From Phnom Penh to Stem Reap (is] a distance of about 314 kilometers.

pii pnum-piii Uw siam-riap 'from Phnom Penh to Stem Reap' is the topic of the sentence, and the sentence has no main verb. Its structure is parallel with the sentence (Lesson 6, B, 2): manuh nuh qayuq mapMy-pram cnam.

That man [is] 25 years old.

5-A. Multiple Substitution Drill Teacher pii pnum-pHi Uw siam-riap, camgaay prahael bay-roay dap-buan kiloumaet.

Student pii pnum-pifi Uw siam-riap, camgaay prahael bay-ra:>y dap-buan kiloumaet.

qagk:>o-woat bay-raay maphiy

pii pnum-piii Uw qagk:>:>-woat, camgaay prahael bay-r:>:>y maphiy kiloumaet.

batdambaaJ) pii-ra:>y kawsap

pii pnum-piii tiw batdambaau, camgaay prahael pii-r:>:>y kawsap kiloumaet.

kampuag-caam mar:>ay maphiy-pram

pit pnum-pin Uw kampuau-caam, camgaay prahael maro:>y maphiy-pram kiloumaet.

pr!y-nak:>a pii-raay saesap

pii pnum-piil tiw priy-nak:>o, cam.gaay prahael pii-r:>:>y saesap kiloumaet.

kraceh bay-ra:>y saesap

pii pnum-piii tiw kraceh, cam.gaay prahael bay-r:>:>y saesap kiloumaet.

kamp:>:>t maroay haasap

pii pnum-piii tiw kamp:>at, camgaay prahael mara:>y haasap kiloumaet.

bagkaaq (Bangkok) prampil-ra:>y saamsap-pram

pii pnum-piii Uw bagkaaq, camgaay prahael prampil-r:>:>y saamsap-pram kiloumaet.

Grammar and Drills

221

6. cia as a Relative Conjunction

cia occurs with three different functions, as follows: 1) As a copulative, or connecting verb, meaning 'be, is', as in

qawpuk kilom cia neaq-twaa-srae. kiiom min dag cia prakat tee.

My father is a farmer.

I don't know for sure (being sure).

2) As an adjectival verb meaning 'to be well', as in look sok-sapbaay cia tee? kiiom min-saw cia tee.

How are you? (Are you well?) I'm not so well. --

3) As a relative conjunction meaning 'that', as in

kii.om min dag cia daq kanlaeg naa tee.

I don't know where [we'll] put

[them]. {I don't know that [we'll] put [them] what place.)

haet qway baan cia kmian kambat niw laa tok? -

Why are there no knives on the table? (What reason is it that there are no knives on the table?)

6-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

kiiom min dag cia daq kanlaen naa tee. tiw kanlaen naa twaa yaan-mac tift qway fiam kanlaen naa twaa-kaa qway koat niw qae-naa t:iw kaal-naa

kii.om kii.om kfiom kfiom kfiom kfiom kfiom kfiom

min dag cia daq kanlaen naa tee. min dag cia t:iw kanlaen naa tee. min dag cia twaa yaan-mac tee. min dag cia tift qway tee. min dag cia fiam kanlaeg naa tee. min dan cia twaa-kaa qway tee. min dag cia koat niw qae-naa tee. min dag cia Uw kaal-naa tee.

6-B. Response Drill Teacher koat twaa-kaa qway? kovat niw qae-naa? koat Uw kaal-naa? koat tiw naa? koat tift qway? koat daq kanlaeg naa? koat fiam mhoup qway? kovat twaa yaag-mac? koat thaa mac?

kfiom kiiom kfiom kilom kii.om kfiom kilom kfiom kii.om

student min dan cia koat twaa-kaa qway tee. min dan cia koat niw qae-naa tee. min dan cia koat tiw kaal-naa tee. min dan cia koat Uw naa tee. min dag cia koat Ui\ qway tee. min dan cia koat daq kanlaeg naa tee. min dan cia koat fiam mhoup qway tee. min dag cia koat twaa yaag-mac tee. min dan cia koat thaa mac tee.

7. General Specifiers General specifiers are words that occur in the specifier position {NX_) after a wide variety of nouns. baep 'kind, variety', and*~ 'kind, variety, way, method' are the commonest members of the class. kuu 'pair, couple' may follow any noun whose referent typically occurs in pairs.

222

Lesson 16

Examples: kiiom mian pradap krup baep. kee luaq siawphiw craan ~· kiiom cau Uii sbaek-caag muay kuu.

I have all kinds of tools. They sell many kinds of books. I want to buy a pair of shoes.

7-A. Substitution Drill student

Teacher haag nub mian siawphiw craan yaag. khao-qaaw qaywan mhoup laan pradap krian-tok-tuu

haag haag haan haag haag haan haalJ

mian siawphiw craan yaag. mian khao-qaaw craan yaag. mian qaywan craan yaag. mian mhoup craan yaag. mian laan craan yaan. nub mian pradap craan yaag. nub mian kriag-tok-tuu craan yaalJ. nub nub nub nub nub

7-B. Substitution Drill

Teacher

student

kanlaeg nub kee lu'"'aq pradap krup baep. kanlaen nub kee lu'"'aq pradap krup baep. plae-chaa kanlaeg nub kee lu'"'aq plae-chaa krup baep. siawphiw kanlaelJ nub kee lu'"'aq siawphiw krup baep. qaywan kanlae!J nub kee lu'"'aq qaywan krup baep. mhoup kanlaeg nub kee lu'"'aq mhoup krup baep. laan kanlaelJ nub kee lu'"'aq laan krup baep. 7-C. Substitution Drill

Teacher kfiom mian sraom-caag pii kuu. sbaek-caag koo moan cruuk tia

student kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kfiom

mian sraom-caau pii kuu. mian sbaek-caan pii kuu. mian koo pii kuu. mian moan pii kuu. mian cruuk pii kuu. mian tia pii kuu.

8. The Modal Verb qaac

qaac as a modal verb means 'to be able to, to have the power, ability, or authority, to'. It typically co-occurs with the completive verb baan 'to be able to', as in -dal kiiom claa.u spian nub phot, kee qaac Uw mun baan.

As soon as I've gotten across that bridge, they'll be able to go ahead.

8-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

student

kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac Uw iiam baay baan.

kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac Uw iiam baay baan.

Uw daa-leeu

knom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac Uw daa-leeu baan.

Grammar and Drills Teacher

223

Student

tiw maal kon

kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kftom qaac tiw maal kon baan.

Uw hael-tik

kftom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac tiw hael-ti-k baan.

cuah-cullaan

knom twaa-kaa ruac, kflom qaac cuah- cui laan baan.

plah khao-qaaw

kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac plah khao-qaaw baan.

Uw pnum-piii

kflom twaa-kaa ruac, kflom qaac ti-w pnum-piii baan.

Uw twaa mhoup

kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom qaac tiw twaa mhoup baan.

9. The Adverbial meen-teen meen-teen is a reduplicative adverbial compound derived from the verb be true'. Its meaning is 'really, truly, seriously', as in

~'to

prayat baak laan qaoy meen-tten Uw! koun-sah nub pukae meen-teen. tijay-nih kdaw metn-teen.

Drive (the car) extremely carefully! (Be extremely careful in driving the car.) That student is really clever. It's really hot today.

9-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher prayat baak laan qaoy mtm-tttn Uw! maal siawphiw sasei rian iiilei-tik sliaq-peaq baok khao-qaaw twaa-kaa 10. The Function

prayat baak laan qaoy mten-tten tiw! prayat maal siawphiw qaoy mttn-tttn tiwl prayat sasei qaoy mttn-tten tiwl prayat rian qaoy mttn-tetn tiw! prayat hael-Uk qaoy mten-tttn ti-w! prayat sliaq-peaq qaoy mttn-tttn tiwl prayat baok khao-qaaw qaoy mttn-tten tiwl prayat twaa-kaa qaoy metn-tttn tiwl

of~

~ is one of a class of nouns which serve to introduce adverbial phrases which are best translated as prepositional phrases in English. khaau has been met, usually with reduced vowel length, as the head of compounds which specify direction or location, as in

khag-sdam khau-cweig khag-muk khag-kraoy

'right' 'left' 'ahead' 'behind'

khau-laa khag-kraom khag-nih khag-nuh

'above' 'under' 'this way' 'that way'

At the head of adverbial phrases,~ means 'in the area of, in the field of, in the matter of', as in

Lesson 16

224

tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, khaau baak laan.

Have confidence in me, in the matter of driving a car.--

Another member of the class which we have met is camnaek 'part, share', which, at the head of an adverbial phrase, means 'on the part of, as for'; e.g.: camnaek kiiom win, kiiom min CO!J ti-w tee.

As for me, I don't want to go. (On my part, I don't want to go.}

10-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, khaau baak laan. tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, leeu bia. tuk-cat laa kii.om coh, hael-Uk. tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, cih tuuk. cuah-cullaan. tuk-cat laa kiiom cob, laan. twaa mhoup. tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, twaa damnaa. tuk-cat laa kii.om cob, praa kambat. tuk-cat laa kiiom cob, tuk-cat laa kiiom coh, Uii pteah. sasei sambot. tuk-cat laa kiiom coh,

khaau baak laan. khaau leen bia. khaag hael-Uk. khaan cih tuuk. khaag cuah-cul khaau khaag khaag khaag khaag

twaa mhoup. twaa damnaa. praa kambat. Uii pteah. sasei sambot.

11. The Modal Verb quhsaa As a primary verb quhsaa means 'to be diligent, industrious', as in That student is very industrious. koun-sah nuh quhsaa nab. In the modal verb position, however, quhsaa means. 'frequently, often', as in

kii.om quhsaa maak taam plaw nih nah.

I've often come along this road.

11-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kiiom quhsaa m:>:>k taam plaw nih nah. iiam baay baran Uw pnum-piii cih kapal baak laan Uw hael-Uk cih rateh-plaag Uw daa-leeg cuah-cullaan twaa mhoup

Student kfiom quhsaa maak taam plaw nih nab. kiiom quhsaa iiam baay bara!l nab. kiiom quhsaa Uw pnum-piii nab. kii.om quhsaa cih kapal nab. kiiom quhsaa baak laan nab. kii.om quhsaa Uw hael-Uk nab. kii.om quhsaa cih rateh-plaan nab. kiiom quhsaa Uw daa-leeg nah. kii.om quhsaa cuah-cullaan nah. kiiom quhsaa twaa mhoup nah.

Comprehension (Tape 29]

225 C. COMPREHENSION

1. A Bus Trip

baan:

haan dael tiw siam-riap tee?

haan:

kiiom baan tiw madaau dae.

baan:

haan qae:g baak laan tiw rH cih laan-cnual?

haan:

kiiom cih laan-cnual. [tiw maak 'to go and come'] mian laan-cnual tiw mook tae roal tl)ay.

baan:

cih laan-cnual, ponmaan mao:g baan tiw dal siam-riap?

haan:

prahael prambay mao:g baan tiw dal. kee chup taam plaw qaoy neaq-damnaa tift mhoup.

baan:

cih laan-cnual tiw, qah-kamla:gtee?

haan:

min qah-kamla:g ponmaan tee.

2. A Blowout saem: sqay ni:g; phim qae:g IH tee? [baek-kag 'to have a blowout'] lH sou douc baek-kau. phim: qou, kau nub cab haay. saem: baek-kOU mf:tn; kOU kraoy kha:g-sdam baek haayl phim: cuay yaok kriip maok qaoy kiiom nab. ruac yoak kcqJ sakua moak qaoy kiiom phacqJ. saem: qou, kau nih kmian kyal sahl [sap 'to inflate, pump air into'] phim: qaiica:g yaak snap tiw sap tiw. saem: puah-wian nih prahael cia baek phacqJ, maa-tiw. [pah 'to patch'] phim: qaiica:g kiiom ni:g pah puah-wian nih san. cuay hoc iiaiiua qaoy kiiom bentac. 3. A Truck-driver phaau: sarii-qae:g twaa-kaa qay? [tumni-ii 'merchandise'] [laan-dak-tumnin 'truck, van'] sarii: kiiom baak laan-dak-tumnin. phaau: thoammadaa dak tumnin qay? sarii: thoammadaa kiiom dak kria:g psei:g-psei:g tiw luaq taam khaet. [sraw 'unhusked rice, paddy'] ruac dak sraw pii khaet maak luaq niw pnum-piii.

Lesson 16

226 pha~:

dael mian laan khouc taam plaw tee?

sarii: thay min mian; quhsaa baek-kau nab. (sii 'to eat (of animals); to use, consume'] phaan: laan thom-thom qaiica:g sii sa:g craan nab, me en tee? [liit 'liter'] sarii: nilJ haay; maraay kiloumaet sii prahael mapMy liit. 4. Two Friends Discuss Driving mee:g: hia:g ceh baak laan tee? (stoat 'to be good (at), skilled (at)'] hia:g:

baat, kiiom ceh, tae min

sto~t

ponmaan tee.

mee:g: hia:g-qae:g baak laan ponmaan cnam m:>:>k haay? hia:g:

qou, prahael macnam haay. qawpuk kiiom ba:grian kiiom niw srok-srae.

maa:g: baak laan niw kno:g kro:g pibaaq nab, pruah mian laan tiw m:>:>k craan peek. hia:g:

tae qaylaw-nih baak laan niw taam khaet kaa min-saw srual dae. mian laan-dak-tumni-ii haay-n:ilJ laan-cnual craan nab.

mee:g: ni:g haay; baak laan, traw prayat qaoy mccn-tcen. D. CONVERSATION

1. Getting Ready to Leave on a Trip a) .Joe asks Bill if Fred has arrived yet. b) Bill replies that he hasn't arrived yet, and says that he doesn't know where he is. c) Joe comments that it's already late in the day, and they still have to go pick up John. d) Bill says that wherever Fred goes, he's always late. e) Joe says perhaps Fred went to have the car lubricated. f) Bill says there he comes now. 2. Getting Started a) Fred says he's sorry, and explains that the reason he's late is that he had a blowout on the way. b) Joe asks Fred if he had a spare and a jack. c) Fred answers that of course he had, but now he has to take the inner-tube and have it patched. d) Joe asks Fred what they will do if the car breaks down along the road. e) Fred replies that he has all kinds of tools, such as a screw-driver, pliers, a hammer, and various wrenches. f) Joe asks Fred if he knows how to repair cars. g) Fred tells Joe to rely on him when it comes to repairing cars.

Conversation

227

3. On the Way a) Bill asks how far it is to Battambang. b) John replies that from Phnom Penh to Battambang is a distance of about 290 kilometers. c) Bill asks how long it will take to get to Battambang. d) John replies that if they drive fast, they will get there in about seven hours, but adds that the road to Battambang is very crooked; one must drive very carefully. e) Bill says that that truck seems to want to pass them. f) John says as soon as they get across that bridge, the truck will be able to go ahead. 4. Getting Gas

a) Joe says that riding in a car makes him very tired, and asks how many more hours it will take (baan) to get to Battambang. b) Fred says that it's still a long way (still far further). c) Joe complains that he's hungry; the food that John brought is all gone. d) Fred tells him to sit quietly; then adds that pretty soon he'll have to stop and buy some gas; they can rest there. e) Joe asks Fred if his car uses much gas. f) Fred replies that it doesn't use so much; in 100 kilometers [it] uses about seven liters.

LESSON 17. SIGHTSEEING [Tape 30]

A. DIALOGUE

chaan 1. tgay-nih look cag twaa qway?

What do you want to do today? George

tii-krog 2. tgay-nih kftom cag Uw maal kanlaeg pseig-pseig knog tii-krog pnum-piii.

city Today I'd like to go sightseeing (go see the various places) in Phnom Penh. chaan

3. qou, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw.

Oh, I'll take you around. (I'll accompany you [and] go.)

krasuag (krasuag, kasuag) krasuag-teehsacaa 4. pruah kftom tloap twaa-kaa ni-w krasuag-teehsacaa.

department; function, duty Department of Tourism Because I used to work for (in) the Department of Tourism. George

5. tgay-nih look qat rawual tee rH?

You're not busy today?

chaan 6. baat, kftom tumnee pHi ma-tgay.

No, I'm free all day.

bagqah(bagqah,pagqah) mun bagqah preah- (pra-) pre~ah-wihia

preah-wihia preah-kaew 7. mun bagqah, kftom ni-g cuun look

Uw maal preah-wihia preah-kaew. 8. kH cia preah-wihia muay lqaa ciag-kee ni-w pnum-pHi.

most, most of all first of all word prefixed to sacred objects or to verbs performed by sacred persons sacred temple Wat Preah-Kaew (the Silver Pagoda) First of all, I'll take you to see Wat Preah-Kaew. [It's] the (one) most beautiful temple in Phnom Penh.

[On the way] George 9. sqay nuh?

What's that? chaan

sthaanii station, place qayeaqsmaayian train (elegant) sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian train station 10. nuh kH cia sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian. That's the train station. 228

Dialogue

229

prum-daen siam srok-siam 11. mian rateh-plaag ti-w dal prum-daen srok-siam.

border, territorial limit Thai; Thailand (Siam) Thailand There are trains that go as far as the border of Thailand.

[At Wat Preah-Kaew] George 12. qei, mian manuh craan nab! kee mook kanlaeg nih thaa qay?

Hey, there are a lot of people [here] I What have they come for (to do)? chaan

twaay bagkum (bagkum) twaay-bagkum preah 13. baat, kee mook twaay-bagkum prea h.

to give, offer, present (elegant) to greet with palms joined to venerate, to greet respectfully the Buddha Well, they've come to pay respects to the Buddha. George

kua kua qaoy kua qaoy cag maal 14. qou, preah-wihia nih lqaa nah; kua qaoy cag maal.

suitable, appropriate worthy of, conducive to worth seeing, interesting Oh, this temple is very beautiful; [it's certainly] interesting (makes one want to see it).

tii-kanlaeg 15. tii-kanlaeg thorn nuh kH qway?

place, establishment What's that big place? chaan

preah-barommariaccawealJ 16. nuh kH cia preahbarommariaccaweag.

the Royal Palace That's the Royal Palace. George Gee, that word's hard to say!

17. yii, piaq nuh pibaaq thaa nahl chaan

palace Then [you] can just call it weau (palace).

wean 18. qaiicag haw tae weag tiw ka-baan dae.

George Can tourists go in and see the palace?

19. teehsacaa coul maal weal] baan tee? chaan laak-leeg-tae 20. thay min baan; kee baak roal tljay laak-leEg-tae tljay-qatit.

except, except for Of course; they're open every day except Sunday.

230

Lesson 17

cbap qaqnuiifiaat cbap-qaqnuiii'iaat 21. kftom nig tiw som cbap-qaqnuMaat coul weag.

permission; single issue permission; to grant permission a permit I'll go ask for a permit to enter the palace.

George luag Iruag 22. taa, luag kuag niw kanlaeg nih rU?

king to sit, stay, reside (of royalty or clergy) Say, does the king reside here?

chaan damnaq {damnaq, tamnaq) camkaa-maan

royal residence Chamcar Mon (a district in Phnom Penh) Right, but there's another royal residence at Chamcar Mon.

23. nig haay, tae mian damnaq muay tiat niw camkaa-ma:m.

George 24. qaylaw tiw kanlaeg naa tiat?

Now where else shall [we] go? chaan

woat-qonaalaom ("-' woatpraloom)

Wat Onalaom (seat of the Patriarch of the Mahanikay Sect in Cambodia) Well, [let's] go see Wat Onalaom, [which is] near here.

25. baat, tiw maal wo-at-qonaalaom,

niw cit nih.

George building, house Tell me, what are all these buildings?

qaakia (qakia) 26. coh, qakia teag-qah nih sqay?

kot look-sag 27. nuh kH cia kot samrap look-sag kuag niw.

chaan

caetday (caday) pacchaa (pachaa) 28. kraw-pii nuh, mian preah-wihia, caetday pseig-pseig, haay-nig pacchaa. woat-pnum 29. qaylaw kftom cuun look tiw maal woat-pnum. kpuah bamphot (bamphot) 30. woat nuh kH cia woat kpuah ciag-kee bamphot niw pnum-piii.

monastery, monk's quarters monk, priest Those are the quarters for the monks to live in. stupa, chedi, tapering monument crematorium Besides that, there are the temple, various stupas, and a crematorium. Wat Phnom (the foundation site of Phnom Penh) Now I'll take you to see Wat Phnom. to be high most, most of all That temple is the highest temple of all in Phnom Penh.

Grammar and Drills

231

[After visiting Wat Plmom] raccanaa salaa-raccanaa

fine arts, handicraft; to decorate School of Fine Arts; also commonly used to refer to the National Museum Now would you like to go see the National Museum?

31. qaylaw look can tiw maal

salaa-raccanaa tee?

George 32. baat, Uw. ni:w kanlaeg nuh mian qay-klah?

Fine. What-all do they have there? chaan

tag woatthoq bouraan (boraan) woatthoq-bouraan douc-cia kbac camlaq (camlaq) kbac-camlaq miah pic kriag-miah-pic kriag preah-riaccatroap cia-daam 33. niw tii-nuh, mian tag

woatthoq-bouraan, douc-cia kbac-camlaq, kriag-miah-pic, haay-nig kriag pre·ah-riaccatro·ap cia-daam. bantoap pii nuh

34. bantoap pii nuh, yaag nig Uw

psaa-kandaal.

to set up, display articles, artifacts ancient, former ancient artifacts such as design carving, sculpture sculpture gold diamond, precious stone jewelry royal treasures as examples, and so forth, et cetera There they have displayed ancient artifacts, such as sculpture, jewelry, (and) royal treasures, and so forth.

after that After that, we'll go to the Central Market.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS

1. bagqah and bamphot bQUqah and bamphot are both adverbs which add a superlative meaning, such as 'most, last, most of all' to the words they modify, as in the following examples: mun bQUqah, kii.om nig cuun look Uw maal preah-wihia pre·ah-kaew.

First of all, I'll take you to see Wat Preah-Kaew.

kraoy bcy)qah, yaag nig Uw psaa-kandaal.

Last of all, we'll go to the Central Market.

kraoy bamphot, yaag nig tiw maal woat-pnum.

Last of all, we'll go to see Wat Plmom.

Lesson 17

232

Notice that when bamphot modifies ciag-kee 'most', it is redundant in the English translation: woat nuh kH cia woat kpuah cia.g-kee bamphot ni-w pnum-pi-fl.

That temple is the highest temple of all in Phnom Penh.

1-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Student

Teacher mun bcluqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw maal preah-wihia preah-kaew.

mun bcluqah, kiiom nig cuun look ti-w maal preah-wihia preah-kaew.

preah-barommariaccawea.g.

mun bcluqah, kfiom nig cuun look Uw maal preah-barommariaccawean.

woat-qonaalaom.

mun bagqah, kiiom nig cuun look Uw maal woat-qonaalaom.

salaa-raccanaa.

mun bagqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw maal salaa-raccanaa.

woat-pnum.

mun bagqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw maal woat-pnum.

psaa-kandaal.

mun bcluqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw maal psaa-kandaal.

sthaanii-gaye'aqsmaayian.

mun bcluqah, kiiom nig cuun look Uw maal sthaanii-qaye)gsmaayian.

kraoy bagqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw kraoy I?anqah, kiiom ni-g cuun look Uw maal sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian. maal sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian. preah-wihia preah-kaew.

kraoy bagqah, kiiom nig cuun look Uw maal preah-wihia preah-kaew.

preah-barommariaccawea.g.

kraoy bagqah, krtom nig cuun look Uw maal preah-barommariaccaweag.

woat-qonaalaom.

kraoy bagqah, kiiom nig cuun look tiw maal woat-qonaalaom.

salaa-raccanaa.

kraoy bagqah, Idiom nig cuun look tiw maal salaa-raccanaa.

woat-pnum.

kraoy bagqah, Idiom nig cuun look Uw maal woat-pnum.

psaa-kandaal.

kraoy bagqah, kftom ni-g cuun look tiw maal psaa-kandaal.

1-B. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher

student

woat nub kH cia woat kpuah ciag-kee bamphot ni-w pnum-plii. thom

woat nub kH cia woat kpuah ciag-kee bamphot niw pnum-piii. woat nub kH cia woat thorn ciag-kee bamphot nlw pnum-pig:--

233

Grammar and Drills Teacher

Student cah

woat nuh kH cia woat cah ciau-kee bamphot niw pnum-pi-ii. woat nuh kH cia woat lqaa ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-p!ii. psaa nuh kH cia psaa lqoa ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-p!ii. psaa nuh kH cia psaa tlay ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-pi-ii.

thoro

psaa nuh kH cia psaa thorn ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-p!~

thaok

psaa nuh kH cia psaa thaok ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-p!r-

cah

psaa nuh kH cia psaa cah ciau-kee bamphot niw pnum-p!ii.

1-C. Transformation Drill Teacher

student

woat nuh kH cia woat kpuah ciau-kee bamphot n!w pnum-piii.

woat nuh kH cia wo-at kpuah ciau-kee bauqah n-iw pnum-pin.

woat nuh kH cia woat thoro ciau-kee bamphot niw pnum-pHt.

woat nuh kH cia wo-at thorn ciau-kee bauqah n!w pnum-piii.

woat nuh kH cia woat cah ciau-kee bamphot niw pnum-piii.

woat nuh kH cia woat cah ciau-kee bagqah niw pnum-p!ii.

psaa nuh kH cia psaa thorn cian-kee bamphot n!w pnum-piii.

psaa nuh kH cia psaa thorn ciau-kee l:xy)qah ni-w pnum-piii.

qakia nuh kH cia qakia kpuah ciau-kee bamphot ni-w pnum-pi-ii.

qakia nuh kH cia qakia kpuah ciau-kee lxln9ah n!w pnum-pi-ii.

mun bamphot, kiiom niu cuun look Uw maal salaa-raccanaa.

mun banqah, kiiom ni-u cuun look Uw maal salaa-raccanaa.

kraoy bamphot, yaau Uw psaa-kandaal.

kraoy bagqah, yaau Uw psaa-kandaal.

sray nuh kH cia sray lqao ciau-kee bamphot.

sray nuh kH cia sray lqaa ciau-kee l:xy)qah.

2. kua qaoy can+ Verb The phrase kua qaoy can means 'is worth, is worthy of, inspires one to, makes one want to, is interesting to'. Its translation is determined by the nature of the subject and the stock of adjectives usually associated with it in English, as in the following sentences: qou, preah-wihie nih lqoo nah; kua qaoy can rnaal.

Oh, this temple is very beautiful; [it's certainly] interesting (makes one want to see it).

Lesson 17

234

mhoup nih c:gaii nah; kua qaoy CCUJ iiam.

This food is very delicious; [it's] tempting (to eat).

siawphiw nih lqaa nah; kua qaoy CCUJ maal.

[it's] worth reading.

laan nih lqaa nah; kua qaoy CCUJ Uii..

This car is very pretty; [it] makes [one] want to buy [it].

phiasaa nub srual nah; kua qaoy CCUJ niyiay.

[it] makes [one] want to speak [it].

This book is very good;

That language is very easy;

2-A. Multiple Substitution Drill Teacher

student

woat nub kua qaoy CCUJ maal. laan baak. i)iifasaa niyiay. siawphiw maal. mhoup iiam. kaa twaa. Uk :guut. qaaw U:ii.

woat nuh kua qaoy CCUJ maal. laan nuh kua qaoy CCUJ baak. phiasaa nuh kua qaoy CCUJ niyiay. siawphiw nuh kua qaoy CCUJ maal. mhoup nuh kua qaoy CCUJ iiam. kaa nuh kua qaoy CCUJ twaa. Uk nuh kua qaoy cog guut. qaaw nuh kua qaoy cog Uii.

2-B. Expansion Drill Add the phrase kua qaoy cog + an appropriate verb to the sentences provided

by the teacher.

Student

Teacher woat nub lqaa nab. laan nuh H-an nab. siawphiw nub lqaa nab. mhoup nuh cgafi nah. qaaw nuh thaok nab. phiasaa nuh srual nab. Uk nub traceaq nah. kaa nuh srual nab.

woat nuh lqaa nab; kua qaoy cog maal. laan nuh Uan nab; kua qaoy cau baak. siawphiw nuh lqaa nab; kua qaoy cog maal. mhoup nuh c:gaii nah; kua qaoy CCUJ qaaw nuh thaok nab; kua qaoy cau tin. phiasaa nub srual nab; kua qaoy cau n yiay. Uk nuh traceaq nah; kua qaoy cog guut. kaa nub srual nah; kua qaoy cau twaa.

nam:--

3. Formal vs. Colloquial Vocabulary In Cambodian, as in other languages, many formal, literary, or learned vocabulary items which occur in speeches, radio broadcasts, or in written Cambodian, are replaced in normal conversation by shorter terms having essentially the same meaning. Examples from English are such pairs as metropolis : city; convocation : meeting; conflagration : fire. A similar pair is illustrated in the following exchange:

preah-barommariaccaweau pibaaq thaa nah. qaiicag haw tae weag Uw ka-baan dae.

. preah-barommariaccaweag (royal palace) is (very) hard to say. Then [you] can just call [it] weav (palace).

other examples from Cambodian are the following:

235

Grammar and Drills Formal sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian preah-wihia preah-kaew woat-qonaalaom santhaakia, santhakia phoocaniiyathaan cbap-qaqnunnaat samliaq-bampeaq saareaqmuantii -ciat

Colloquial gaa (Fr. gare) 'train station' woat-prakaew 'Wat Preah-Kaew' woat-praloom 'Wat Onalaom' pteah-samnaq, hotael 'hotel' haa.g-baay 'restaurant' cbap 'permission' khao-qaaw 'clothing' salaa-raccanaa 'the National Museum'

3-A. Response Drill Teacher

student

preah-barommariaccawea!J pibaaq thaa nab. sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian pibaaq thaa nab. cbap-qaqnuiiiiaat pibaaq thaa nab. phoocaniiyathaan pibaaq thaa nab. santhakia pibaaq thaa nab. preah-wihia preah-kaew pibaaq thaa nab. woat-qonaalaom pibaaq thaa nab. samliaq- bampeaq pibaaq thaa nab. saareaqmuantii-ciat pibaaq thaa nab.

qaiicau haw tae wea!J tiw ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae ~ Uw ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae cbap Uw ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae haa!l-baaY Uw ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae hotael Uw ka-baan dae. qaiica:g haw tae ~prakaew tiw ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae woat-preloom ti-w ka-baan dae. qaiicau haw tae khao-qaaw U:w ka-baan dae. qaiica:g haw tae salaa-raccanaa tiw ka-baan dae.

4. laak-l££D-tae laak-l££D-tae is a compound preposition with the meaning 'except for, with the exception of', as in kee baak roal t:gay laak-lEED-tae t:gay-qatU.

They open [it] every day except Sunday.

4-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

student

kee baak roal tgay laak-ltt:g-tae t:gay-qatu.

kee baak ro-al t:gay laak-lttu-tae tgay-qatu.

tgay-sok.

kee baak ro-al t;uay laak-lEt:g-tae tDay-sok.

tgay-saw.

kee baak roal t;uay laak-ltttJ-tae !!Jay-saw.

tgay-put.

kee baak roal t;uay laak-ltttJ-tae tDay-put.

tgay-prahoah.

kee baak roal tnay laak-ltt:g-tae t!Jay-prahoah.

236

Lesson 17 Teacher

Student

9Jay-can.

kee baak roal tnay laak-lccg-tae t!)ay-can.

tnay-q:>k puaq-maaq.

maal woat-pnum.

bantoap pii nuh, yaag nig tiw maal woat-pnum.

salaa- raccanaa.

bantoap pii nuh, yaag nig tiw salaa-raccanaa.

Lesson 17

238

7. douc-cia ... cia-claam

A list or sequence of items is frequently preceded by douc-cia 'such as' (or by kH 'being'), and followed after the last item of the list by cia-claam 'as ex-

amples, and so forth, et cetera', as in

niw tii-nuh, mian tag woatthoq-bouraan, douc-cia kbac-camlaq, kriag- miah-pic, haay-nigkriag preah-riaccatroap cia-claam.

There they have ancient artifacts, such as sculpture, jewelry, (and) royal treasures, and so forth.

Notice that haay-nig 'and' before the last item of the list is redundant if one translates cia-claam as 'and so forth, etcetera', but is necessary if it is translated literally 'as examples'.

7-A. Expansion Drill For each of the following sentences supplied by the teacher, provide a list

of three likely items, preceded by douc-cia and followed by cia-daam; the sentences on the right are merely models, and need not be followed by the student.

Teacher

student

niw psaa nuh mian qaywan craan yaag.

niw psaa nuh mian qaywan craan yaa:g, douc-cia mhoup, khao-qaaw, haay-nig siawphiw cia-daam.

niw srok-kmae mian plae-chaa craan yaag.

niw srok-kmae mian plae-chaa craan yaa:g, douc-cia krouc, ceik, haay-ni:g mnoah cia-daam.

mian mhoup craan muk.

mian mhoup craan muk, douc-cia samlaa-mcuu, baay-chaa, haay-nig noam-moan cia-daam.

haag nuh luaq khao-qaaw craan yaa:g.

haa:g nub luaq khao-qaaw craan yaag, douc-cia qaaw, sampuat, haay-ni:g sraom-caau cia-daam.

mian sac craan yaa:g.

mian sac craan yaa:g, douc-cia sac-moan, sac-koo, haay-ni:g sac-cruuk cia-claam.

kfi.om mian pradap cuah-cul laan craan yaag.

kl\om mian pradap cuah-cullaan craan yaa:g, douc-cia tuanawih, dagkap, haay-nig fiofiua cia-daam.

koat niyiay phiasaa craan.

koat niyiay phiasaa craan, douc-cia kmae, qauglee, haay-nig can cia-daam.

kee mian sampuat craan p:>a.

kee mian sampuat craan poa, douc-cia p;,a-krahaam, p;,a-khiaw, haay-ni:g poa-Ha:g cia-daam.

haa:g nuh mian kria:g-tok-tuu

haag nuh mian kria:g-tok-tuu craan yaag, douc-cia tok, kawqay, haay-ni:g krtt cia-claam.

craan yaag.

239

Comprehension [Tape 31]

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Sightseeing in Phnom Penh

mi-an:

look ni-g ni-w pnum-pi-fi ponmaan tgay?

Robert: kiiom ni-g ni-w tae bay tgay ponnoh. bay tgay maal krup kanlaen ni-w pnum-piii baan tee? mi-an:

baat, baan; tii-kron pnum-pi-fi mi-n thorn ponmaan tee.

Robert: niw pnum-pi-ii mian kanlaeu naa-klah dael kua Uw maal? mi-an:

baat, kanlaen daelteehsacaa coul-cat Uw maal bamphot kU preah-barommariaccaweau. tae kee coul-cat Uw maal woat-pnum dae. ni-w kanlaeg nuh mi-n-bac som cbap-qaqnufiiiaat tee.

Robert: ruac-pii nuh mian kanlaen naa-klah tiat? mhn:

ruac-pii nuh mian woat-qonaalaom, preah-wihia pre¥ah-kaew, haay-ni-g salaa-raccanaa.

Robert: niw knog salaa-raccanaa mian rabah qway-klah? mi-an:

mian kri-ag-miah-pi-c, kri-ag-preah-riaccatroap, haay-nig woatthoq-bouraan pseig-pseig.

Robert: salaa-raccanaa kee baak qaoy coul maal ni-w tgay naa-klah? mi-an:

kee baak qaoy coul maal roal tgay laak-1E£g-tae tgay-qati-t. bantoap pii pnum-pi-fi, look ni-g ti-w kanlae:g naa tiat?

Robert: Idiom cag Uw maal qagk:>a-woat. [piphup-look 'world'] qa:gk:>:>-woat kH cia woat muay thorn ciag-kee bamphot knog piphuplook. 2. Working as a Tourist Guide ph:>an:

qaylaw-nih phaen-qae:g twaa-kaa qay?

phaen:

kflom cuun teehsacaa ti-w maal kanlaeiJ pseig-pseilj.

pho:>n:

qancag thaa-kaa niw krasual)-teehsacaa rH?

phaen:

ni-g haay, ni-w krasuag-teehsacaa.

ph:>:>n:

noam kee ti-w maal qay-klah?

phaen:

ki\om noam kee Uw maal kanlaeu psei:g-psei:g ni-w tii-kroiJ pnum-pi-ii.

ph:>:>n:

taam-thoammadaa, teehsacaa coul-cat tiw maal kanlae:g naa-klah?

phaen: ph:> on:

thoammadaa kee coul-cat tiw maal woat pseig-pseig. cuan-kaal kee coul-cat daa Uw Ufl rabah ni-w psaa. thoammadaa teehsacaa craan mo:>k pii srok naa?

phaen:

[yipun ("' cipun) 'Japan; Japanese'] kee craan maok pii srok-qaameri-c, srok-bara:g, haay-ni-g srok-cipun.

240

Lesson 17 pooan:

phaen:

phaen-qaeiJ mian dael Uw kanlaeiJ naa kraw-pti pnum-p~ii tee? [qotdoiJ ~ qutdolJ 'Oudong (a historic site in Kampong Chhnang Province)'] (bokkoo 'Bokor (a mountain resort in Kampot Province)'] [kaep 'Kep (a seaside resort in Kampot Province)'] nilj haay, kl'lom dael noam kee Uw maal qal]kaa-woat, qotdoiJ, bokkoo, haay-nifJ kaep. D. CONVERSATION

1. A Visit to the Royal Palace a) b) c) d) e) f)

A asks B if he has ever gone to see the Royal Palace. B replies that he has been to see the Royal Palace many times. A asks B if, in that case, he could take him to see the palace. B replies that he can, because he's free all day today. A asks B if the palace is open to tourists on Wednesdays. B replies affirmatively, and adds that they open it every day except Sunday. g) A suggests that they go to see the palace right now. h) B agrees, but adds that they'll have to ask for permission to enter the palace. 2. Working for the Department of Tourism a) b) c) d) e) f)

A asks B what work he is doing now. B replies that he works for the Department of Tourism. A asks him what he does at the Department of Tourism. B replies that he takes tourists to see various places in Phnom Penh. A asks B what places tourists usually like to go to see. B replies that they usually like to go to see the various temples, such as the Silver Pagoda, Wat Phnom, and Wat Onalaom, as examples. g) A asks B if he ever takes tourists anywhere outside of Phnom Penh. h) B replies that of course he does, and adds that sometimes he takes them to see Oudong, Bokor, Angkor Wat, and Kep.

3. A Visit to the Silver Pagoda a) b) c) d) e) f)

g) h) i)

A asks B if he's ever been to see the Silver Pagoda. B replies that he's never been to see it. A says that he's not busy today, and that he'll take B to see it. B remarks that there are a lot of people there, and asks what they have come for. A replies that he doesn't know for sure, but he thinks that they have come to pay respects to the Buddha. B remarks that this temple is very beautiful, and that it's very worth seeing. A agrees, and says that this temple is one of the most beautiful temples in Phnom Penh. B asks A what these yellow buildings are. A replies that they are quarters for the monks to live in. A then adds that, besides the temple, wats are likely to have monk's quarters, various stupas, and a crematorium.

Conversation

241

4. A Visit to the Museum A asks B where else they might go. now. B replies that now he'll take B to see the National Museum. A asks what things they have there. B replies that they have many kinds of ancient artifacts, such as sculpture, jewelry, and royal treasures (and so forth). e) A says that last of all they'll go eat something at the Central Market. f) Basks A when he has to go to the train station. g) A replies that the train to Battambang leaves at 5:15.

a) b) c) d)

LESSON 18. AT THE THEATBR [Tape 32}

A. DIALOGUE

chaem lkhaon 1. yup nih yaag nig ti-w maal lkhaon.

drama, play We're going to see a play this evening.

2. look cag ti-w tee?

Would you like to go?

Jack 3. baat, mian qay.

Sure, why not?

riag 4. yup nih lkhaon leeg riag qay?

story, subject, matter What story is playing tonight? phim

preah-cinnawuag psaa-kap-koo

a Cambodian drama the ox- slaughter market; name of a market in Phnom Penh the psaa-kap-koo Theater

roog psaa-kap-koo 5. yup nih kee leeu riag preahcinnawuag niw roog psaa-kap-koo.

lqaa-maal

They're putting on the story of preahcinnawuan at the psaa-kap-koo Theater tonight. to be interesting (to see or to watch) love, romance This story is very interesting, because it's a love story.

snae-haa

6. riag nih lqaa-maal nab, pipruah

cia riag snae-haa.

tua-qaek tua-qaek-proh-sray sralafl (sralafl, salafl) sralaii knia 7. tua-qaek-proh-sray sralaii knia nab.

principal character the hero and heroine to love to love each other The hero and heroine love each other very much.

Jack qae-tiat (qitiat) 8. cob, roog qae-tiat kee leeg riag qay-klab?

other What stories are they showing at the other theaters? chaem a market in Phnom Penh skin, bark banana-tree bark; name of a Cambodian drama At the psaa-sllap theater they're putting on the story of srab:>p-ceik.

psaa-sllap srat:>:>p (srab:>p, sat:>:>p) srat:>:>p-ceik 9. niw roog psaa-silap kee leeg riag srab:>p-ceik. 242

Dialogue

243

kamsat (kamsat, kasat)

sad, miserable, destitute; beggar, destitute person to pity, take pity on pitiable, deserving of sympathy In that story the main character is very sad; [he's] deserving of sympathy.

qaanat (qanat) kua qaoy qaanat 10. knog ri-ag nub mian tua-qaek kamsat nah; kua qaoy qaanat. Jack rabam (rabam) roam roam-kbac rabam-roam-kbac 11. kn.om baan IH thaa ni-w srok-kmae mien rabam-roam-kbac lqaa nah.

dance; dancing to dance stylized dancing ballet I've heard that Cambodia has very beautiful ballet.

pMm riam-kei

the Ream-Kerti (Cambodian version of the Ramayana) usually, mostly That's right; the ballet usually performs stories from the Ream-Kerti.

craan( -tae) 12. ni-g haay; rabam-roam-kbac nub kee craan roam ri-ag riam-kei. 13. tae yup nih kee kmian roam-kbac tee.

But there's no ballet tonight.

chaem 14. qaiicag maak, yaau noam look Jack Uw maal ri-a:g srataap-ceik.

Then let's take Jack to see srata:>p- ceik.

[At the Theater]

samleig (samleig) 15. maak Uw qa:gkuy khag-muk, pruah srual maal haay lH samleig cbah phaa:g.

voice, sound Let's go sit in front, because it's easy to see and [one can] hear (the voices) clearly too.

pMm 16. nub, mian kanlaeg tumnee bay.

There are three vacant seats. Jack often, frequently Do you go to the theater often, Chhem?

fii-k-f\oap 17. chaem Uw maal lkhaon iii-k-iioap tee?

chaem

18. mi-n iiik-iioap ponmaan tee; kiiom coul-cat maal kon ciag.

Not so often; I prefer movies.

Jack 19. look coul-cat maal kon ri-ag qay ciau-kee?

What kind of film do you most like to see?

244

Lesson 18 chaem

qaaki-1\ cao qaakHi-qaacao r!ag qaak!n-qaacao cambag (cambag, cabag) riag cambag 20. kfiom coul-cat ri-ag qaaki-fi-qaacao haay-ni-g ri-ag cambag craan ciag-kee.

diminutive or derogatory prefix police thief

cops and robbers police story, crime story battle, war war story I like police stories and war stories best of all. What about you?

21. coh, look?

Jack kamplaeg (kamplaeg, kaplaeg) r!ag kamplaeg · 22. kfl.om craan-tae Uw maal riag kamplaeg. roog-kon

23. n!w roog-kon kmae kee mlan leeu

tae r!ag kmae tee rH?

funny, humorous comedy I usually go to see comedies. cinema, movie-theater

Do they show only Cambodian films

in Cambodian movie theaters?

chaem baarateeh klag ruhsii 24. tee, mian riag maak pii baarateeh dae, kH barag, qaamerlkag, klag, ruhsli, haay-n!g can cia-daam.

abroad, foreign countries Indian Russian; Russia No, [we] have films (stories) from abroad too, such as French, American, Indian, Russian, and Chinese (and so forth). to begin (to) Oh, the play is about to start (playing).

pdaam

25. qou, lkhaon cit pdaam leeg haay.

Jack 26. kee kraok chaa thaa qay nig?

What are they standing up for? chaem

daambay(-nig) koorup bat qagkaa-riac (qagkaa-, gkaa-) bat qagkaa-riac 27. kee kraok chaa daambay koorup bat qagkoa-riac.

in order to to honor, pay respect to set, composition, verse, song kingdom, nation royal anthem They're standing up in order to pay respect to the royal anthem.

pMm chaaq pleeg 28. kee laeg pleeg baak chaaq haay.

scene, set song, music (instrumental) They're playing the overture now (the curtain-opening song).

Grammar and Drills

245

Jack piruah 29. yii, pleen nuh piruah nahl

to be pretty, sweet (to hear) Hey, that music is very pretty.

samliaq (samliaq) bampeaq (bampeaq) samliaq-bampeaq neaq-leeg-llthaon 30. haay-ni-g samliaq-bampeaq neaq-lee:g-lkhaon lqaa nah.

clothing worn around the waist clothing other than samliaq clothing (elegant) actor(s), player(s) And the costumes of the players are very attractive.

[Later]

chaem

cap 31. llthaon cap haay.

to finish, come to a close The play is over. Jack

teah teah-day 32. qei, kee teah-day kla.g nahl

to slap, smack to clap the hands Hey, they're really clapping loudly!

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. The Adjectival Verb lqaa-maal

There is no single word in Cambodian which is semantically equivalent to the English word 'interesting'. We learned in Lesson 17 that kua qaoy CO!) (+ verb) can in some instances be translated 'interesting to(+ verb)'. The compound lqaa-maal comes as close as any word to the meaning 'interesting', but its application is limited to such things as books, stories, films, pictures, etc. which may be mentally as well as visually interesting, as in ri-ag nih lqaa-maal nah, pipruah cia ri-ag snae-haa.

This story is very interesting, because it's a love story.

1-A. Substitution Drill Teacher riau nih lqaa-maal nah. siawpMw nuh lkhaon nih kon nuh rabam-roam-kbac ri-ag kamplaen kbac nih lbaeg nuh

Student rian nih lqaa-maal nah. siawpMw nuh lqaa-maal nah. llthaon nih lqaa-maal nah. kon nuh lqaa-maal nah. rabam-roam-kbac lqaa-maal nah. ri-ag kamplaeg lqaa-maal nab. kbac nih lqaa-maal nah. lbaeg nuh lqaa-maal nah.

2. qae-tiat qae-tiat 'other' is one of the few words in Cambodian which occur only as modifiers, and can thus truly be called an adjective, as in the following sentences:

Lesson 18

246

roou qae-tiat kee leeg r:iag qay-klah?

What stories are they showing at the other theaters?

kiiom CCUJ Uw maal kon qae-tiat.

I want to go see another (different) film.

Notice that kon qae-tiat in the second example above means 'another film' in the sense of 'a different film', and not 'an additional film', which would be kon muay tiat, as in kiiom CCUJ Uw maal kon muay tiat.

I want to go see another (additional) film.

2-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher kii.om cag Uw maal kon qae-tiat. roou-kon roog-lkhaon kanlaen phoocaniiyathaan pteah-samnaq wo~at

sal a a srok

Idiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kiiom kii.om

CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ CCUJ

Uw maal kon qae-tiat. Uw roog-kon qae-tiat. t:iw roog-lkhaon qae-tiat. t:iw kanlaeg qae-tiat. Uw phoocaniiyathaan qae-ti~t. Uw pteah-samnaq qae-tiat. Uw woat qae-tiat. hw salaa qae-tiat. Uw srok qae-tiat.

3. kua qaoy In Lesson 17 it was pointed out that kua qaoy CCUJ (+verb) means 'worthy of, makes one want to', as in

preah-wihia nih lqaa nah; kua qaoy CCUJ maal.

This temple is very beautiful; [it's] worth seeing (makes one want to see it).

kua qaoy can frequently be translated by the English suffix '-able', as in knou r:iau nuh mian tua-qaek kamsat nab; kua qaoy qaanat.

In that story the hero is very sad; [he's] pitiable (deserving of sympathy).

other examples are the following; new vocabulary is starred: kua qaoy kua qaoy kua qaoy kua qaoy

coul-cat 'likable' srala.ii 'lovable' CCUJ baan 'desirable' CCUJ flam 'delectable'

kua kua kua kua

qaoy qaoy qaoy qaoy

koorup tuk cat *sqap *ni-k-raUk

'honorable' 'dependable' 'detestable' 'memorable'

3-A. Expansion Drill Teacher

Student

tua-qaek nuh kamsat nah. (qaanat)

tua-qaek nuh kamsat nah; kua qaoy qaanat.

tua-qaek-sray lqaa nah. (srala.ii)

tua-qaek-sray lqaa nab; kua qaoy sralai\.

Grammar and Drills Teacher

247

student

manuh nuh pukae nah. (tuk cat)

manuh nuh pukae nah; kua qaoy tuk cat.

ri-a.g nuh kamplaeg nah. (coul-cat)

r-ia.g nuh kamplae.g nah; kua qaoy coul-cat.

pkaa nuh lqaa nah. (cog baan)

pkaa nuh lqaa nah; kua qaoy can baan.

taa nuh cah nah. (koorup)

taa nuh cah nah; kua qaoy koorup.

pleeu nuh piruah nah. (cog sdap)

pleeg nuh piruah nah; kua qaoy can sdap.

mhoup nuh c.gaii nah. (cog fi.am)

mhoup nuh c.gaii nab; kua qaoy ca.n iiam.

4. thaa as a Quotative Conjunction It was pointed out in Lesson 3 that thaa functions both as a transitive verb, as in look thaa mac?

What did you say?

and as a quotative conjunction after certain verbs, with the meaning 'that, saying, as follows', as in rabah nih kee haw thaa qway?

What is this thing called? (This thing they call ~ what?)

In addition to haw 'to call', six more verbs have been encountered which occur

before thaa: -

~:

kiiom niyiay thaa m-in Uw tee.

I said (that) I'm not going.

maal:

piaq nih maal thaa mac?

How is this word pronounced? (This word reads saying how?)

prae:

klia nih prae thaa mac?

How is this sentence translated? (This sentence translates as how?)

k-it:

kiiom kU thaa look qayuq prahael maph-iy-pram.

I think that you're about twentyfive.

P!3!.:

kiiom prap thaa Uw m-in baan tee.

I told [them] that I couldn't go.

IH:

kiiom baan lH thaa n-iw srok-kmae mian robamroam-kbac lqaa nah.

I've heard that Cambodia has beautiful ballet.

Thus it can be seen that thaa tends to occur after verbs which express the action of speaking or of mental processes and relates these verbs to their direct objects or complements.

Lesson 18

248

4-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher manuh nub niyiay thaa mac? ~

piaq nub

kit haw

maal prae

student manuh nuh niyiay thaa mac? manuh nuh ~ thaa mac? manuh nub kit thaa mac? manuh nub haw thaa mac? piaq nub haw thaa mac? piaq nub maal thaa mac? piaq nub prae thaa mac?

4- B. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher ki'i.om kit thaa look qayuq maphiy-pram. lH niyiay koat maak pii-msal-maii. koat niu maok sqaek.

Student ki'i.om kit thaa look qayuq maphiy-pram. kiiom lH thaa look qayuq maphiy-pram. kiiom niyiay thaa look qayuq maphiy-pram. kiiom niyiay thaa koat maak pii-msal-maii. kiiom ~ thaa koat maok pii-msal-maii. kiiom kit thaa koat mook pii-msal-maii. kiiom kit thaa koat nig mook sqaek. kiiom lH thaa koat nig maak sqaek. kiiom prap thaa koat nig mook sqaek.

5. The Adverb iHk-iioap iiik-iioap is an adverb meaning 'often, frequently', as in chaem Uw maallkhaon Mk-iioap tee?

Do you (Chhem) go to the theater often?

min iiik-iioap ponmaan tee.

Not so often.

5- A. Substitution Drill

Teacher look Uw Uw Uw Uw

maallkhaon iiik-iioap tee? maal kon hael-Uk maal rabam-roam-kbac

maok kanlaeg nih cih kapal Uw pnum-pin Uw twaa picnic Uw qagkao-woat

Student look Uw maallkhaon iii-k-iioap tee? look Uw maal kon iiik-iioap tee? look Uw hael-Uk iiik-iioap tee? look Uw maal rabam-roam-kbac iiik-iioap tee? look maak kanlaeg nih Mk-iioap tee? look cih kapal ii.ik-iioap tee? look Uw pnum-piii ii.ik-ii.oap tee? look Uw twaa picnic ii.i-k-iioap tee? look Uw qagkao-woat fiik-iioap tee?

5- B. Response Drill

Teacher look Uw maallkhaon Mk-fioap tee? look Uw maal kon iHk-fioap tee? look Uw hael-Uk iiik-iioap tee?

Student min ftik-fioap ponmaan tee. min fHk-fioap ponmaan tee. min fiik-ii.oap ponmaan tee.

Grammar and Drills

249

Teacher look tiw maal rabam-roam-kbac iiik-iioap tee? look maak kanlaeu nih iiik-iioap tee? look cih kapal iiik-iioap tee? look tiw pnum-piii iiik-iioap tee? look tiw twaa picnic iii-k-iioap tee? look tiw qaukaa-woat iiik-iioap tee?

Student min iii-k-1\oap ponmaan tee. min iii-k-iioap ponmaan tee. min iii-k-iioap ponmaan tee. mi-n iiik-iioap ponmaan tee. min iii-k-iioap ponmaan tee. min iiik-iioap ponmaan tee.

6. The Preverbal Auxiliary craan(-tae) When craan-tae (in rapid speech shortened to craan) precedes a primary or modal verb, it functions as a preverbal auxiliary with the meaning 'usually, mostly', as in rabam-roam-kbac nuh kee craan roam ri-au riam-kei.

The ballet usually performs stories from the Ream-Kerti.

kiiom craan-tae tiw maal ri-au kamplae:g.

I mostly go to see comedies.

6-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kee craan-tae roam riag riam-kei. maal riag kamplaeg. tiw maal woat-pnum. maak twaay-bagkum preah. tiw rian peel prik. qagkuy khag-muk. teah-day kla:g nah. leeu tae ri-au kmae. maak taam plaw nih. tiw taam rateh-plaau.

student kee kee kee kee kee kee kee kee kee kee

craan-tae roam riag riam-kei. craan-tae maal ri-ag kamplaeg. craan-tae tiw maal woat-pnum. craan-tae maak twaay-bagkum preah. craan-tae tiw rian peel prik. craan-tae qagkuy khag-muk. craan-tae teah-day kla.g nab. craan-tae leeg tae riag kmae. craan-tae maak taam plaw nih. craan-tae tiw taam rateh-plaag.

7. Review of Preverbal Auxiliaries Preverbal auxiliaries are words which qualify a following modal verb or primary verb, but which never themselves occur as verbs, or whose meanings as auxiliaries differ from their meanings as verbs. Auxiliaries are defined by the following criteria: 1) In sentences involving both auxiliaries and modal verbs, auxiliaries precede modal verbs. 2) They never occur as verbs. 3) They are never negated (although some are inherently negative). Many compound auxiliaries include the preposition tae 'but, only, just' or the future auxiliary ni!J, or both; e.g.: koat taap-ni-g caii pii salaa. koat taap-tae caii pii salaa. koat taap-tae-nig cal\ pii salaa.

He's just now gotten out of school. (Same) (Same)

Lesson 18

250

In other auxiliaries, tae is a derivational element which derives auxiliaries from verbs. In the following example, ceh is a modal verb which means 'to know how to': ----

kee ceh niyiay phiasaa-kmae.

He knows how to speak Cambodian.

ceh-tae, however, is a compound auxiliary which means 'always', as in kee ceh-tae niyiay phiasaa-kmae.

He always speaks Cambodian. The future auxiliary nig 'will, about to' precedes negative auxiliaries but follows all other auxiliaries, as in kiiom cit nig min U:w tee. I almost didn't go. or: I'm on the point of not going. Following is a list of the commonest preverbal auxiliaries. Those which have not yet been introduced in the lessons are preceded by an asterisk. min qat (qat) *pum kom min-saw min-to1m n!IJ cit kaa craan(-tae) sot(-tae)

'not' kampnu(--t:ae) (-niiJ) 'not (colloq.)' taap(-tae)(-niu) 'not (literary)' kro"im-tae 'don't' muk-tae 'hardly, not very' *ceh-tae 'not yet' *kua-tae 'will, about to' *srap-tae 'nearly, almost' *taeg-tae 'so, then, accordingly' *rit-tae 'usually, mostly' *kan-tae 'all without *traw-tae exception'

'in the process of' 'just now' 'just, only' 'probably, likely to' 'always' 'should' 'suddenly' 'usually' 'increasingly' 'increasingly' 'absolutely must'

7-A. Progressive Substitution Drill Teacher knom min coul-cat Uw psaa tee. ~

baan Uw psaa tee. min-to"im min

student knom min coul-cat Uw psaa tee. knom ~ coul-cat Uw psaa tee. knom qat baan tiw psaa tee. knom min-to~m baan Uw psaa tee. knom min baan tiw psaa tee.

7-B. Progressive Substitution Drill

Teacher kee nig Uw maal lkhaon. craan-tae taap-nig muk-tae sot-tae kro"im-tae kampu.g-tae chup twaa-kaa. nig craan-tae taap-niu muk-tae sot-tae

Student kee nig Uw maal lkhaon. kee craan-tae tiw maal lkhaon. kee taap-n!n Uw maallkhaon. kee muk-tae Uw maallkhaon. kee sot-tae Uw maallkhaon. kee kroan-tae tiw maal lkhaon. kee kampun-tae tiw maal lkhaon. kee kampnu-tae chup twaa-kaa. kee n!n chup twaa-kaa. kee craan-tae chup twaa-kaa. kee taap-nig chup twaa-kaa. kee muk-tae chup twaa-kaa. kee sot-tae chup twaa-kaa.

251

Grammar and Drills 7-C. Translation Drill Teacher I haven't yet gone to the market. I usually go to the market on Saturday. She's not very good at driving a car. Don't forget to take an umbrella. I will go to Battambang tomorrow. This toothpaste is almost all gone. We just now saw a funny movie. I just came to look, that's all. I'm (in the process of) reading a book. He's just left the house. I don't like the rainy season either. They'll probably go along this road. Don't make it too spicy. The students all went into the school. They usually come on Sunday. The play is about to begin (to play).

student ki'iom min-to1m t.iw psaa tee. kiiom craan-tae tiw psaa tgay-saw. koat min-saw pukae baak laan tee. kom pUc yook chat tiw. knom nig tiw batdambaau sqaek. tnam-doh-tmiii nih cit qah haay. yaag taap-nig maal kon kamplaeg. kfiom kroan-tae mook maal ponnoh. kftom kampug-tae maal siawphiw. koat taap-tae caii pii pteah. kftom kaa min coul-cat radaw-pliag dae. kee muk-tae tiw taam plaw nih. kom qaoy hal peek. koun-sah sot-tae coul salaa teag-qah. kee craan-tae mook tg-.y-qatU. lkhaon cit pdaam lee:g haay.

8. The Subordinating Conjunction daambay( -nig) The function of a subordinating conjunction is to introduce a subordinate clause in a complex se'ltence. The subordinating conjunction daambay (sometimes followed by nig) means 'in order to, with the intention of', as in kee kraok choo daambay koorup bat qagkoo-riac.

They're standing up in order to pay respect to the national anthem.

8-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kee kraok choo daambay koorup bat qCl!)koa-riac. maal qaoy khaaii. teah-day. plah kanlaen qagkuy. peaq qaaw. caii pii roon-lkhaon. maal neaq -leeg-lkhaon. rook puaq-maaq. Uw tin mhoup.

student kee kraok choo daambay koorup bat qagkao-riac. kee kraok choo daambay maal gaoy khaaii. kee kraok choa daambay te'"ah-day. kee kraok choo daambay plah kanlaen qankuy. kee kraok chao daambay peaq qaaw. kee kraok choa daambay caii pii roon-lkhaon. kee kraok choo daambay maal neaq-leeg-lkhaon. kee kraok chao daambay rook puaq-maaq. kee kraok choo daambay tiw Uii mhoup.

8- B. Translation Drill Teacher

student

They're standing up in order to leave the theater.

kee kraok chao daambay caii pii roog lkhaon.

I'm going home in order to change clothes.

kiiom Uw pteah daambay plah khao-qaaw.

Lesson 18

252

Teacher

student

He came to Phnom Penh in order to buy things.

koat m;>ak pnum-piii daambay tiii qaywan.

They went to Stem Reap in order to see Angkor Wat.

kee Uw siam-riap daambay maal qaultaa-woat.

I'll ask for a permit in order to enter the palace.

ki\om niu som cbap-qaqnuiiiiaat daambay coul weag.

They went to that restaurant in order to have some Chinese food.

kee tiw haag-baay nub daambay iiam mhoup can.

He rented a car in order to learn to drive.

koat cual laan daambay rian baek.

Students go to school in order to learn.

koun-sah tiw salaa daambay rian.

We work in order to get a salary.

yaag twaa-kaa daambay baan praq-khae.

[Tape 33]

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Going to a Film sambat: yup nih yaau Uw daa-leeu kanlaeu naa? phan:

tiw naa ka-baan, tae sambat cag Uw kanlaeg naa?

sambat: cam tiw phan:

tin kasaet m;>;>k maal san.

qaiicau Uw; kiiom kaa min baan maal kasaet dae, tuay-nih.

[plaw-baek 'intersection'] sambat: kee mian luaq kasaet niw plaw-baek. [To neaq-luaq-kasaet] qaoy kasaet muay m;>;>k. phan:

baak maal tump;>a khag-kraoy maa. kee mian daq riag kon knog tumpaa nub.

[ roog-kaasinou 'the Casino Theater'] sambat: qei, mian riag qaakiii-qaacao leeu niw roog-kaasinou. [roou-qeidaen 'the Eden Theater'] haay-nig niw roog-qeidaen mian lee:g riau cambag. phan:

kiiom min-saw coul-cat riau cambag rH ria:g qaakiii-qaacao tee. coh, sambat qaeg?

sambat: kiiom coul-cat maal riau kamplae:g craan cia:g-kee. tae ria:g qay kaa kiiom maal baan dae. phan:

coh, lkhaon kee lee:g ria:g qay-klah?

sambat: niw roo:g psaa-kap-koo kee lee:g riag srat;>ap-ceik. cag Uw maal riaiJ nub tee? phan:

mian qay. tae roo:g psaa-kap-koo niw cuaay nab; kiiom klaac yaag daa Uw min toan.

Conversation

253

[roou-siineluc 'the Cinelux Theater'] sambat: baa qaficau, yaau tiw maal riaiJ klalJ niw roog-siineluc nah! [criaiJ 'to sing'] rialJ nuh mian tua-qaek-proh kee coul-cat maal nah, haay-nilJ tua-qaek-sray crialJ piruah phaau. phan:

qaficau Uwl

2. An Evening Out

tun:

cumriap- sua suau.

suau:

cumriap-sua tun. kiiom cam yuu nah haay; kU thaa tun-qaeu qat maok tee.

tun:

qat-tooh, kiiom yUt bantac. suau cam kiiom yuu rH?

suau:

qaa, kiiom cam prahael pram-dandap niatii haay. min-qay tee; kfiom nig qat-tooh qaoy madaOIJ, pontae tuay kraoy kom yHt tiat nahl

tun:

tuay kraoy kfiom nilJ mook qaoy toan maou.

suau:

qaylaw tun-qaeu kit Uw daa-leeu kanlaeu naa?

tun:

srac-tae laa suau-qaeg coh. [baa 'bar'] yaau Uw maal kon ka-baan, lkhaon ka-baan, rH tiw roam niw baa ka-baan.

suau: tun:

kon leeu riaiJ qay? mian kon lqaa-lqaa craan, tae ni-w roou-kon haaway kee Ieeu riau kmae.

suau:

coh, lkhaon kee leeu riag qay?

tun:

yup nih kee mian rabam-roam-kbac.

suag:

qou, kfiom min dael tiw maal roam-kbac sah.

tun:

qaiicau tiw maal yup nih Uwl

suau:

mian qay; yaau kit cih qay tiw?

tun:

cih laan kfiom tiwl D. CONVERSATION

1. At the Theater a) A comments that a lot of people have come to see the play tonight. b) B agrees, and says that the story of sratoop-ceik is a very popular story (is a story which they like to see very much). c) A asks B where he wants to sit. d) B suggests they sit in front, because it's easy to see the actors. e) A agrees, and says that in front one can hear the voices clearly too. f) B points out two vacant seats, and suggests they sit there.

Lesson 18

254

g) A remarks that the play is about to begin (playing), because they're playing the overture already. h) B asks if they usually clap when the play is over. i) A replies that they don't, but that they usually stand up in order to pay respect to the royal anthem. 2. Discussing the Ballet a) A asks B if he has ever been to see the ballet. b) B replies that he has never had the occasion to go. c) A says he heard that they're having a ballet at the palace tonight, and asks B if he wants to go. d) B says that it's fine with him, and asks A what story they're portraying {dancing) tonight. e) A replies that he doesn't know for sure, but that they usually portray stories from the Ream-Kerti. [At the Ballet] f) B exclaims that the music is very pretty. g) A agrees, and says that the players' costumes are very pretty too. 3. Discussing Films a) A asks B if he'd like to go to the movies tonight. b) B replies that it's fine with him, and asks what stories they're showing at the various theaters. c) A replies he doesn't know, because he hasn't yet seen a newspaper. d) B says he hears there's a police story playing at the Hawaii Theater. e) A comments that he likes comedies best of all, but that sometimes he likes to go see a love story. f) B says he likes police stories and war stories best. g) A asks B what's playing at the Cinelux Theater. h) B says he doesn't know, but that at the Cinelux they usually show foreign films (films from abroad). i) A asks B if he likes foreign films. j) B replies that he sometimes goes to see a French or Indian film, but that he usually goes to Cambodian films. k) A asks B if he goes to the movies often. 1) B replies that he doesn't go so often; about once in two weeks.

LESSON 19. REVIEW OF LESSONS 14-18 A. Review of Dialogues In preparation for the review lesson, review the Dialogues of Lessons 14-18. To test yourself, cover the English column and supply the English equivalents of the Cambodian sentences; then cover the Cambodian column and supply the Cambodian equivalents of the English sentences. If you cannot produce the Cambodian equivalents quickly and smoothly, review the relevant sections of the Grammar and Drills.

B. Review of Comprehension The teacher will read selected conversations from the Comprehension sections of Lessons 14-18, calling on individual students for English translations of the sentences. C. Test for Comprehension Write the numbers 1-50 on a sheet of paper. The teacher will read 50 statements at normal speed. Write "true" or "false" beside the appropriate number. Most of the statements will be inherently true or false, although a few may be based on simple facts covered in the Dialogues. With true-or-false questions it is always possible to quibble by pointing out exceptions and extreme cases, but if the student considers each statement in general, the intent of the statement should be obvious. The teacher will repeat each statement twice. Listen to the statement in its entirety the first time; an unfamiliar word may be cleared up by the context in which it occurs. 1. ni-w srok-kmae mian prambay-dand.ap khaet. 2. baa yaag daa yHt, muk-tae Uw mi-n toan kapal. 3. Uii sambot-kapal ni-w laa kapal ka-baan. 4. neaq-damnaa Uii mhoup niw laa kapal min baan tee. 5. kampuag-caam ni-w cU moot-tuanlee. 6. kee craan-tae cih kapal Uw batdambaag. 7. baa kmian kanteel, mian kee cual qagrig niw laa kapal. 8. baa cag cih kapal, traw Uii sambot-kapal-hah. 9. kee craan-tae cual kulii qaoy ya:)k qaywan caft pii kapal. 10. niw knog suan-cbaa muk-tae mian dam daam-pkaa. 11. niw knog priy mian plaw-tnal craan nah. 12. kee craan-tae caul-cat Uw twaa pi-cnic niw cit Uk-cruah. 13. manuh dael ni-w ci-t moat-tuanlee muk-tae prasap hael-Uk nah. 14. laag pnum muk-tae twaa qaoy yaag qah-kamlag nah. 15. baa min stoat hael-Uk ponmaan tee, traw ni-w tae kanlaeg Uk criw. 16. niw kraom daam-chaa, muk-tae mian mlup traceaq. 17. manuh dael prasap hael-Uk muk-tae luan-Uk iii-k-iioap. 18. hael-Uk twaa qaoy yaag klian baay nah. 19. iiam baay ni-w pteah pibaaq ciag iiam baay ni-w knog priy. 20. baa hael roal tuay Uw, muk-tae pukae hael-Hk nab. 21. baa yHt haay, traw daa chap-chap laag. 22. pii pnum-pi-ii tiw siam-riap camgaay prahael bay-r:):>y dap-buan kiloumaet. 23. baa laan khouc taam plaw, traw cuah-cullaan Uw. 24. · kee praa snap samrap sap puah-wian. 255

Lesson 19

25ti

25. 36. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

kee praa spian samrap claau tuanlee. baa plaw kra:oeik-kra:oaq, traw baak qaoy Uan. kee muk-tae yaak laan Uw caq pre4J bourn klaii mun cafi damnaa. baa kag baek, traw praa kau-sakua. baa min stoat baak laan ponmaan tee, traw prayat qaoy mccn-tctn. kee craan-tae baak laan-dak-tumniii knon tuanlee. woat preah-kaew kH cia woat muay lqaa cia:o-kee niw pnum-pi-fi. baa cau cih kapal-hah, traw Uw sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian. kee craan-tae tiw woat daambay twaay-ba:okum preah. preah-barommariaccawean haw thaa salaa-raccanaa ka•baan dae. look-sou craan-tae kua:o ni-w kot. qa:ok:>a-woat kH cia woat muay thorn cia~kee knog piphup-look. luag mian damnaq muay tiat ni-w psaa-kandaal. ni-w salaa-raccanaa kee mian tag woatthoq-boraan pseig-pseig. ni-w woat muk-tae mian preah-wihia, kot, haay-nig caetday. teehsacaa craan-tae tiw tin qaywan niw woat pseig-pseig. baa cag maallkhaon, kee craan-tae tiw roog psaa-silap. niw roog-kon kmae, kmian riag maak pii baarateeh tee. kee craan-tae kraok ch:>:> daambay koorup bat qagkaa-riac. lkhaon leen cap haay, kee craan-tae teah-day. riau qaakifi-qaacao kH cia riag snae-haa. rabam-roam-kbae kee craan-tae roam riag riam-kei. baa qagkuy khag-muk, sdap min lH qway sah. thoammadaa tua-qaek kamsat nah kua qaoy qaanat. neaq-roam-kbac craan-tae mian samliaq-bampeaq lqaa nah. baa kfiom coul-cat riag-kamplaeg, knom Uw maal riaJJ-cambag.

D. Translation 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18, 19. 20.

When does the plane leave? We can eat either on the boat or in Kampong Cham. Our steamer has just arrived at the pier. That boat carries cement to sell in the provinces. Just call a coolie to take those things off the boat. Hey, the train's leaving! Get aboard quickly! There are a lot of people in third class. Have you bought your steamer-ticket yet? We can sleep either on a mat or on a hammock. How much does it cost to rent a car to go to Kep? When will we get to Battambang? J1 [one] wants to take a steamer to Saigon, [one] goes Jy the Mekong River. There's a mountain near here which we can climb. Eating in the forest is not so comfortable. J1 there are tables for picnicking, it's not so difficult. We can swim at the waterfall. There's a village near the waterfall [where] we can buy food. Where are you going to park the car? Under that tree there's cool shade, and it's not very far from the house, either. I swim only in the shallow places, because I'm afraid of drowning.

Translation 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.

42. 43. 44.

45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

257

not afraid of deep water, because he's a good swimmer (he's good at swimming). After I've changed my clothes, I'm going to the movies. Swimming makes me very tired. Let's go rest for awhile on that big rock. Whatever John does, he's always clever [at it). I ate too much, is the reason that I don't feel too well. There he comes nowf (Theref [He's] coming alreadyf) It's late (in the morning) already; we still have to go pick up George. From Phnom Penh to Battambang is a distance of 290 kilometers. I don't know where he's gone. (I don't know that he's gone where.) If you amuse yourself (Uw daa-leeu) a lot, [your] money is likely to be used up quickly. If the car breaks down along the way, I have tools of all kinds. Don't worry about anything; I'm good at fixing a car. I'm stopping here because we're about out of gas. I'm going to drive carefully because this road is very crooked. Have confidence in me in the matter of traveling. I very frequently drive to Siem Reap. Chan used to work for the department of tourism. First of all, I'll take you to see the royal palace. Wat Phnom is the highest wat in Phnom Penh. Last of all, we'll go to the train station. This temple is very beautiful; it's worth seeing. They're open every day except Saturday. Besides a temple, wats usually have various stupas, and quarters for the monks to live in. In the national museum they have on display various ancient artifacts, such as jewelry and sculpture. This play is very interesting, because the hero is very sad. In a love story the hero and heroine usually love each other very much. I've heard that they're going to perform (dance) a story from the Ream-Kerti. I like crime stories better than comedies. In Phnom Penh they have films from abroad too, such as French, American, Indian, (and} Russian, and so forth. S~ng's

LESSON 20• .AROUND THE BOUSE [Tape 34]

A. DIALOGUE

qaan heart, mind; disposition to be happy, content, glad

cat sapbaay-cat (sapbaay-, sabaay-) daoy

with, with the fact that; because husband; you (wife to husband) I'm (very) glad (that) you (Husband) are not going to work today.

baag 1. kilom sapbaay-cat nab daoy baag min tiw twaa-kaa 4)ay-nih. but

2. kiiom kaa sapbaay dae.

I'm glad too.

[in] a week, [in] the week

muay-qaatit (maatit) paa 3. maatit paa niw pteah tae ma-t;uay tee.

Father; you (child to father) You (Father) are home only one day a week.

qaan

4. baag tgay-nih niw pteah kit thaa qay?

What do you plan to do [while] you're home today? bun

baag but rabaau (rabaag) kat rabaau 5. baag kit noam but tiw kat rabaau niw muk pteah.

I (husband to wife) Bouth (personal name) fence, hedge to trim the hedge I plan to take Bouth and go trim the hedge in front of the house.

ruac pii nub kolaap daam-pkaa-kolaap bay-buan 6. ruac pii nub, baag cau dam daam-pkaa-kolaap bay-buan daam niw knog suan phaag.

after that rose rose-bush three or four After that, I want to plant three or four rose- bushes in the garden too.

qoun qoun-qaeg 7. cob, qoun-qaeg kit thaa qay t;uay-nih?

Wife; you (husband to wife) you yourself (husband to wife) Say, what do you (Wife) plan to do today? qaan

mhoup 8. lgiac nih piiiaw maok leeg pteah, haay Idiom traw twaa mhoup-mhaa tatual pfliaw phaag.

258

various kinds of food Guests are coming to visit this evening, and I must prepare the food for (receiving) them.

259

Dialogue baoh somqaat (samqaat) baoh- somqaat 9. mun pii.iaw m:>:>k, kii.om traw baoh-samqaat pteah.

to sweep to clean, make clean to clean Before the guests come I have to clean the house.

boboa (ooboa, paboa) qambaoh (qambaoh, mbaoh) 10. fiam ooboa ruac, som 1Jaau Hw Ufi qambaoh tmay m:>:>k qaoy kfiom muay. ric-rU

soup, porridge (usually eaten for breakfast) broom [When] you've finished your breakfast (soup), would you please go buy me a new broom. decrepit, disintegrated, worn out This broom is completely worn out.

11. qambaoh nih cah ri-c-rU nah. bopphaa

Boppha (common name for girls) [When] I've finished sweeping the house, I'll have Boppha dust the furniture in the living room.

12. kii.om baoh pteah ruac, kfiom qaoy bopphaa cuut tok-tuu ni-w knog bantup-tatual-piiiaw.

[In the Garden] but riik 13. paa, pkaa nih cit riik haay.

to bloom, to flourish Dad, these flowers are about to bloom.

klan kraqoup (kraqoup,kaqoup} 14. haay mian klan kraqoup pha:>k day m:>:>k lup Uw.

beh banlae (banlae, palae) 24. qaylaw paa Uw camkaa beh krouc haay-nig banlae klah.

[In the House] bopphaa Mother; you (child to mother) What would you (Mother) like to have me do now?

maq

25. qaylaw maq cag qaoy Idiom thaa

qay?

qaan cuancuun (cailcuun) liag 26. qaylaw koun-qaeg cuail.cuun caan Uw liag Uw nah.

to carry, move to wash (the surface of) Now [would] you take the dishes and wash [them].

sal mhoup-sal 27. haay y:>ak mhoup-sal nih Uw qaoy ckae sii Uw.

to remain, be left over left-over food Then take this left-over food [and] give it to the dog to eat.

Dialogue

261

plaag cagkraan(cagkraan, cakraan) raluat (raluat) 28. qou, plaag niw knog cagkraan raluat qah haay.

to go out, be extinguished Oh, the fire in the stove has completely gone out.

tyuuu (kyuuu, kcuuu) bagk.at (bagkat, pakat) 29. koun yaak kcuuu maak bagkat tiat tiw.

coal, charcoal to light, to ignite (trans.) (You) bring some charcoal and light it again.

fire, light stove

bopphaa cheh

30. plaag cheh haay; maq kit thaa qay?

to burn, to be on fire The fire's burning; what are you going to do?

qaan kamsiaw (kamsiaw, kasiaw) dam 31. yaak kamsiaw daq tik dam san Uw.

tea-kettle to cook, to boil First take the tea-kettle and put [some] water in [it] to boil.

maq 32. ruac yaak cnag thoro nub maak qaoy maq phaag.

I, me (mother to child) Then bring me that big pot, will you?

rU 33. yii, kambat nih rU nab.

to be dull, worn Gee, this knife is really dull.

samliag (samliag) rout 34. yaak tiw qaoy paa samliag qaoy muttiw.

to sharpen by whetting to cut; to be sharp (cutting) Take [it] and have [your] father sharpen [it] (whet it making it sharp).

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. Kinship Terms Used As Pronouns

It was pointed out in Lesson 4, B, 14 that among fairly close acquaintances, personal names are frequently used in place of a second-person (or third-person) pronoun, as in saraan klian baay tee?

Are you (Saran) hungry?

In Lesson 15, mit 'friend' is used instead of a pronoun in the sentence

tgay-nih mit cag Uw daa-leeu qae-naa?

Where would you (friends) like to go today (for amusement)?

In this lesson, we have seen that, within a family, kinship terms are frequently used instead of pronouns. Thus, in a given situation, the word which describes the speaker's relationship to the addressee is used for the first-person pronoun 'I', and the word which describes the addressee's relationship to the speaker is used for 'you', as in the following exchange:

Lesson 20

262

Son What do you (Father) plan to do today?

tgay-nih paa kit twaa-kaa qway? Father tgay-nih paa tiw kat rabaau.

Today I (Father) am going to trim the

koun cau cuay paa tee?

Would you (Child) like to help (Father)?

hedge.

~

Son baat, koun cuay.

Yes,_! (Child) will help.

Between a husband and wife,~ for the husband and qoun (a reduction of pqoun) for the wife may be used as terms of affection, as in the exchange: Wife ~kit

What do you (Husband) plan to do today?

twaa qway tgay-nih? Husband

I (Husband) am going to trim the hedge. Say, what do you (Wife) plan to do?

kit Uw kat rabaau. coh, qoun(-qaeg) kit twaa qway dae?

~

It should be pointed out, however, that these reciprocal kinships pronouns are used in place of the more impersonal kfiom only when the speaker wishes to convey a certain amount of intimacy or affection. They are more commonly employed in place of second-person pronouns, especially when addressing an older friend or relative, such as look-taa 'Grandfather, old respected gentleman', look-yiay 'Grandmother, old respected lady', ne'aq-miin 'Auntie, older female friend of the family', etc. The following chart shows the reciprocal kinship pronouns which might be used in specific situations. Those kinship terms which have not yet been introduced in the Lessons are preceded by an asterisk. Kinship Terms Used As Pronouns Situation

First Person

Second Person

Husband to wife

baau

qoun

Wife to husband

qoun

baau

paa, *qaw, qawpuk maq, *mae, mdaay

koun

Parent to child

Sex

m. f.

Child to Parent

m.

koun

f.

koun

koun paa, qaw, qawpuk, look-qawpuk maq, mae, mdaay, *neaq-mdaay, *look-mae

Grammar and Drills Situation

263

Sex

First Person

Second Person

Older to younger friend or relative

l:xtan piiaa 3. min mttn tee; kiiom sasei tiw maq-paa qaoy koat piiaa praq m:>:>k qaoy kiiom. slaap-paqkaa (-pakaa) Uk-kmaw 4. yii, slaap-pakaa nih qah tik-kmaw haayl

to send No, I'm writing to my parents to have them send me some money. fountain pen ink (of any color) Oh, this pen's out of ink!

5. hii-qaeg mian Uk-kmaw tee?; kiiom som bourn oontac.

Do you have some ink, Hee?; let

me have (pump) some.

hii way teelekraam way teelekraam 6. Idiom krnian tee; mac kaa min way teelekraam tiw?

to hit, strike, type telegram; to telegraph to send a telegram I don't have any; why don't you send a telegram? gaan

7. tiw teelekraam niw qae-naa?

Where [does one] go to telegraph? hit

prehsaniiyathaan 8. kee way teelekraam niw prehsaniiyathaan.

post office They send telegrams at the post office. gaan

9. qaiicau tiw.

Let's go then.

[At the Post Office]

10. Idiom cau pftaa sambot nih Uw srok-barag.

I want to send this letter to France.

308

Dialogue

309

Clerk taam kapal-hah taam kapal-tik 11. look piiaa taam kapal-hah rU taam kapal-Uk?

by air (by airplane)

by sea (by ship) Are you sending it by air or by sea?

:gaan 12. baat, taam kapal-hah.

By air.

Clerk

bat

to attach, affix stamp You'll have to put on a sixteen-riel stamp.

taem 13. look traw bat taem prammuay-dandap rial. ri-kkamandei 14. look piiaa r-ikkamandei tee?

to register; registered Do you want it registered? (Are you sending it registered?) :gaan

samkhan (samkhan) 15. min bac tee; sambot nih pf'laa ti-w puaq-maaq kiiom; mi-n samkhan ponmaan tee.

to be important It's not necessary; this letter's going to my friend; it's not very important. hii

16. piiaa kaiicap nih Uw srokqaameric tlay ponmaan?

How much is it to send this package to America? Clerk

tla:g 17. cam kf'lom tlag maal san.

to weigh (trans.) Let me weigh it first (and see).

tum:gu1m (tam:gu1m) kraam 18. tum:guan pii kilou pii-raay kraam.

weight gram(s) It weighs (its weight is) two kilos two hundred grams. hii

traa bah traa kom qaoy bah-baok(baok-bah) 19. soum look bah traa prap kee kom qaoy bah-baok klag peek.

to throw, drive (a nail or stake), stamp, print a seal, stamp, mark to stamp (with a seal) don't allow (here: not to) to throw about, to handle roughly Would you please stamp it "Handle with Care"? (Would you please stamp it telling them not to throw it around too hard?)

20. haay kiiom traw-kaa taem-pramrial dap ni:g taem~dap-rial pram.

And I need ten five-riel stamps and five ten-riel stamps.

bah

Lesson 23

310

Clerk Altogether it's three hundred fiftyeight riels.

21. tlay teag-qahbay-raay

haasap-prambay rial.

hii

bau (-bag) 22. qaylaw kf!.om traw yaak praq U.w

bank Now I have to go deposit some money in the bank.

daq bau san.

gaan kog

23. hii-qaeg mian kog niw

account

bau naa?

In what bank do you have your account?

hii thaniakia ciat thaniakia-ciat 24. niw thaniakia-ciat.

bank nation; national the National Bank In the National Bank. g:>:m

sansam (sansam)

25. qou, qaftcag sansam luy baan craan

haay, me e:n tee?

to save up, collect Oh, then you've saved up a lot of money, right?

hii staa-tae caay 26. sansam qae-naa? staa-tae raak luy caay min kroan phaOlJ.

almost, on the point of to pay out, to spend How would I save? I just barely make enough to spend.

niyiay qaftcag saek ( ~ saek) baak 27. qou, niyiay qaiicag, kiiom mian saek muay kftom COlJ yaak t4w baak dae.

speaking of that, now that you mention it, by the way check to cash (a check) Oh, now that you mention it, I have a check I want to take and cash too.

(At the Bank] hii tac 28. t4w kanlaeg nuh wiii; mt.lnuh tac banta c.

to be few, little (in quantity) (Let's] go over there; there aren't too many people. (the people are rather few.)

[To Clerk] poan mapo1m 29. kiiom COlJ daq praq mapo1m nih knog kog kiiom.

thousand one thousand I want to deposit this one thousand [riels] in my account.

Grammar and Drills

311

Clerk prakan (prakan, pakan) prakan-day 30. nih prakan-day.

to maintain, guarantee receipt Here's (your] receipt. gaon

31. kiiom cog baak saek nih.

I want to cash this check. Clerk

sil'lflei 32. soum look siiiiiei cmuah san.

to sign Please sign [your] name first. gaon

kbaal

specifier for books, volumes, tablets, and certain animals And I need another check-book.

33. haay kflom traw-kaa saek muay kbaal tiat.

[They leave the bank] hii

praqap-sambot 34. qou, kiiom plic daq sambot nih niw knog praqap-sambot haay.

letter-box Oh, I forgot to put this letter in the letter-box.

:goon poh 35. qaiicag Uw poh win.

post office Then (let's] go back to the post office. B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS

1. Word study: Affixation It is one of the cliches about Cambodian that it has a complex system of prefixes and infixes. This statement is misleading if it leads to the conclusion that Cambodian speakers "use" affixation as a derivational process in speaking. lt is a fact that the Cambodian lexicon contains a large number of words (derivatives) which are related to other words (bases) by various prefixes and infixes, but these affixes are not productive in the modern language. An example of a productive affix is the English prefix re- 'to repeat an action', which can be freely applied to any English verb: redo, remake, ~lay, £!Write, etc. This is not true of any Cambodian affix. Thus Cambodian affixes are "frozen" or "crystallized" in the words in which they occur; they are roughly analogous to such prefixes as in- in English, which in a great many words functions as a negative prefix, as in-inaccurate, incorrect, incapable, etc., but which in other words has a different function, e.g:incite, indicate, induce, etc., and which cannot be freely applied to any word, e.~ unable, not *inable; undo, not *indo; unhappy, not *inhappy. It would be misleading to tell aforeignstudent ofEnglish that he can use in- whenever he wants to negate a verb or adjective; all that we could usefully tell him is that in many words in- has a negative meaning; this might help him

312

Lesson 23

to infer the meaning of some (but not all) words with initial in- which he hears or reads. This, aside from its intrinsic interest as ifeature of the lexicon, is our sole justification for investigating Cambodian prefixes and infixes in a course in spoken Cambodian. While Cambodian affixes may historically have had clearly defined functions (and were perhaps productive), a given affix may now have a variety of functions, while a given function, e.g. nominalization, is represented by several different affixes. We will attempt here to present only the commonest affixes with their commonest, or typical, functions. Affixes will be cited only in their full or unreduced forms; reduction in unstressed syllables is discussed in Lesson 8, B, 9. · Bases or derivatives not previously introduced are preceded by an asterisk. A. Prefixes

1) Prefixes of Shape C (Consonant) /p t c k s/ all occur as prefixes. (These same consonants also commonly occur as the first member of initial consonant sequences in words which are not derivatives; e.g. pte~h 'house', tmay 'new', ckae 'dog', kbaal 'head', and ~'listen'.) /p/ is by far the most common prefix of this shape, and its typical function is 'causation', e.g.: dac 'to tear (intrans.)' kaat 'to be born' *sag 'to be tame'

*pdac 'to tear (trans.), to cut off' *pkaat 'to create, cause' *psag 'to tame'

other functions of /p/: tuk 'to put' daam 'origin' kuu 'pair' leeg 'to play'

*ptuk 'to load (a boat, etc.)' pdaam 'to begin, to originate (trans.)' *pkuu 'to pair off' pleeg 'song (instrumental)'

other single-consonant prefixes have mixed functions: *biat(-bian) 'to oppress' *muul 'round' *bat 'to turn, to fold' mian 'to have' *doh 'to take off, loose'

*tbiat 'to pinch' *cmoul 'to make into a ball' (with vowel change) *khat 'to deceive, betray kmian 'not have, not exist' *sdah 'to expectorate'

2) Prefixes of Shape CV- (Consonant + Vowel) When C of a CV- prefix is the same consonant as the first C of the base, it is a reduplicative prefix; the function of such prefixes is usually 'repetitive action' or 'intensification', or both:

*kaay 'to dig (with the hands)' teah 'to slap' baoh 'to sweep'

kakaay 'to dig around, scratch about' 'to flap (the wings)' *babaoh 'to sweep energetically back and forth, raise a dust'

*bte~h

Some words seem to have a reduplicative prefix but no underlying base; e.g. *babual 'to agree, to persuade' *babou 'the lips'

Grammar and Drills

313

Another common CV- prefix is ro-; in some words it derives adjectival verbs from transitive verbs or from intransitive verbs: daaq 'to pull up' *luat 'to extinguish' *wual 'to revolve'

*radaaq 'uprooted' raluat 'extinguished' rawual 'to be busy'

In other words it derives intransitive verbs from transitive verbs:

*bout 'to pull off'

*rabout 'to come off, slip off'

In still other words its function is nominalization:

*bag 'to hide'

*rabag 'a screen, shade'

The prefix rna- is a reduction of muay 'one': daau 'time, occasion' neaq 'person' *-phiy 'twenty'

madaau 'once' maneaq 'alone, one person' maphiy 'twenty'

3) Prefixes of Shape CrVPrefixes of shape CrV- are prV-, trV-, crV-, krV-, or srV-, with prV-

by far the most frequent. (CrV- is also a common unstressed syllable shape in

unanalyzable words: pradap 'instrument', *traciaq 'ear', *cramoh 'nose', *krabay 'water buffalo', and sramaoc 'ant'.) The function of CrV- prefixes is vague and inconsistent. Perhaps the typical function of prV- is 'reciprocity': *kham 'to bite' *cluah 'to argue'

*prakham 'to bite each other' *pracluah 'to argue back and forth'

other CrV- prefixes and their functions are shown below: kaat 'to be born' douc 'to be similar' *kan 'to hold, believe' *baac 'to scatter' *muc 'to dive, go under' *wiac 'crooked' *qap 'to be dim'

*prakaat 'to originate, set up' *pradouc 'to compare' prakan 'to maintain, be conservative' *trabaac 'to crumble in the fingers' *cramuc 'to put under, submerge' *krawiac 'twisted and deformed' *sraqap 'to be obscure, foggy'

4) Prefixes of Shape CVN- (Consonant-Vowel-Nasal) In most prefixes of shape CVN-, N is a nasal which assimilates to a following consonant according to the following pattern:

N becomes /m/ before /b p m n u/ In/ before I d t 1 y s/ /fl./ before I c n./ lui before /k r h w q f/ (CVN- also occurs as an unstressed syllable in many unanalyzable disyllables: ~ 'window', *damloun 'potato'' kanlaen 'place'' tuanlee 'river'' cuan.ceau ~ By far the most common prefix of shape CVN- is baN- whose principal function is 'causation': baek 'to break (intrans.)' daa ' to walk' cafi. 'to exit' rian 'to study, learn'

*bambaek 'to cause to break' *bandaa 'to walk (a dog, etc.)' *bafi.cafi. 'to expel, send out' bagrian 'to teach, cause to learn'

314

Lesson 23

In some words the function of baN- is nominalization:

peaq 'to wear above the waist, or on the feet' tuk 'to place, put'

bampeaq 1. 'clothing worn above the waist' 2. 'to decorate, attach (a medal, etc.) *bantuk 'cargo, load'

other CVN- prefixes have mixed and inconsistent functions: kat 'to cut' kat 'to cut' *sam 'to match, go together' *traau 'to strain, filter' dag 'to know' dap 'ten leep 'to swallow' baoh 'to sweep' *teaq 'to trap, snare' n!w 'to stay, live, reside' daa 'to walk'

l:xq)kat 'to ignite; to create a halfbreed' *saukat 'division, sector' sansam 'to save, amass' *kantraau 'a strainer, filter' *dandag 'to ask in marriage' dandap '-teen' *rumleep 'to cause to swallow' qambaoh 'a broom' *qanteaq 'a trap, snare' *lumn!w 'address, residence' *cuandaa 'stairs'

5) The Prefix qaaThe pronominal prefix qaa-, unlike the prefixes discussed above, is productive, which explains the fact that it has already been introduced in Lesson 11, B, 8. It has a pronominalizing function before adjectival verbs or adjectives: naa? 'which' touc 'small' p:>a-kmaw 'black'

qaa-naa? 'which one?' qaa-touc 'the small one(s)' qaa-p:>a-kmaw 'the black one(s)'

Before nouns, pronouns, or proper names, it has a diminutive or derogatory meaning (which is probably not entirely absent from its apparently purely pronominal use above): cao 'thief' *qaeg 'you (familiar)' but 'Bouth (a personal name)'

*qaa-cao 'you thief!' *qaa-qaeg 'you (derogatory)' qaa-but 'little Bouth'

6) The Negative Prefix qaqThe negative prefix ~- a 'justice'

*qaqphiy 'without fear, fearless' *qaqmanuh 'supernatural being' *qaqyuttath:>a 'injustice'

B. Infixes 1) Infixes of Shape

-c-

Single-consonant infixes are one of the consonants /n b m g/, with /n/ by far the most common. (These same consonants also commonly occur as C2

in unanalyzable words, or perhaps in derivatives whose underlying forms have been lost.) The function of almost all single-consonant infixes is 'nominalization':

Grammar and Drills cual 'to rent' *slat 'to insert' cam 'to wait' Uan 'fast' leeiJ 'to play' soum 'to beg' *saoy 'to eat (royal)' .

315

cnual 'rent (n.)' *sniat 'an insert, a wedge' cnam 'a year' *lbian 'speed' lbaeiJ 'game' (with vowel change) *smoum 'beggar' *s:gaoy 'royal food'

Initial /b/ and /d/ in the base change to /p/ and /t/ before an infix: baek 'to break' dam 'to plant'

*pnaek 'section, fragment' tnam 'a plant, herb, medicine'

Initial /r/ in the bases changes to /ra-/ before an infix: *roah 'to rake' roam 'to dance'

*rano-ah 'a rake' rabam 'a dance' (with vowel change)

2) Infixes of Shape -VmIn infixes of shape -Vm-, -V- is /a/ or /u/, and /m/ is invariable. The typical function of the infix -Vm- is 'causation'. Since it occurs only in derivatives whose bases have an initial consonant sequence, it is probably to be related to the causative prefix baN-, which occurs only in derivatives whose bases have a single initial consonant. sqaat 'to be clean' srual 'to be easy' slap 'to die' *criap 'to learn' tleaq 'to fall'

samqaat 'to clean, to make clean' *samrual 'to facilitate, make easy' * samlap 'to kill' cumriap 'to inform' *tumleaq 'to fell, overthrow'

The following examples illustrate some marginal functions of - Vm-: *sbam 'to be slender' claOIJ 'to cross' *krat 'law' *kraa 'to be poor'

*samb:>m 'ridiculously slender' *camlaOIJ 'to copy' *kamrat. 'to decree; a decree' *kamraa 'to be poor at'

3) Infixes of Shape -VN(n)The commonest infix in Cambodian is the infix - VN(n)-, whose primary function is 'nominalization'. The shape - VN- occurs in bases with an initial consonant sequence, and the shape - Vmn- in bases with a single initial consonant, with -n- providing the initial of the second syllable of the derivative. In the shape -VN-, -V-is /a/, /u/, or /ua/, and -N- is a nasal which in some words assimilates to a following consonant. according to the pattern described in A, 4 above, but which in most words remains invariably /m/. The shape - Vmn- is either /amn/ or /umn/. a) Derivatives of bases with initial consonant sequences: Shape -Vm- (where /-m-/ is invariable): kdaw 'hot' kla:g 'strong' khaiJ 'angry' CIJaay 'distant' *criag 'to sing'

kamdaw 'heat' kamla:g 'strength' *kamhag 'anger' camJJaay 'distance' camriaiJ 'song'

316

Lesson 23 craan 'much, many' *claq 'to carve' *slaa 'to make a stew' claay 'to answer' tloap 'accustomed to' tguan 'to be heavy' lqaa 'to be pretty' cr:iw 'to be deep'

*camraan 'success, increase; to increase' camlaq 'carving, sculpture' samlaa 'stew' *camlaay 'an answer' *tumloap 'custom' tumguan 'weighf' *lumqaa 'beauty, embellishment' *cumr:iw 'depth'

Shape - VN- (where -N- assimilates to a following consonant): sdap 'to listen, understand' klah 'some' *kcap 'to wrap' *chan 'to eat {of clergy)' tloap 'accustomed to' plH 'to be bright' Initial /p/ and

*sandap 'understanding, convention' kanlah 'half' kaiicap 'parcel, bundle' *caghan 'priest's food' *tuanloap 'custom' (a doublet) *puaniH 'light'

/t/ change to /b/ and /d/ before -aN-:

praa 'to use' pqaem 'to be sweet' tlay 'expensive' *tbaaii 'to weave' tlag 'to weigh'

bamraa 'servant' bagqaem 'sweets, dessert' *damlay 'value' dambaaii 'weaving' *damlag 'an ounce'

b) Derivatives of bases with single consonant initial: dag 'to know' *damnag 'information' dam 'to plant' *damnam 'a plant' kat 'to cut' *kamnat 'a cut piece, a slice' damnaa 'trip, process' daa 'to walk' sua 'to ask' samnua 'a question' qaoy 'to give' *qamnaoy 'a gift' *kamnaat 'birth' kaat 'to give birth' Ufi 'to buy' tumn:in. 'merchandise' kit 'to think' *kumnit 'thought' cia 'to believe' *cumni-a 'belief' Initial /p/ and /t/ change to /b/ and /d/ before /-amn-/: *pang 'to hope, intend' *bamnaag 'hope, aim, intention' taa 'to continue' *damnaa 'extension' 4) Infixes of Shape -rV(n)In a few words the infix -rV(n)- (-rV- in bases with an initial consonant sequence, and -rVn- in bases with a single initial consonant) occurs with the function of 'nominalization': *saok 'to pity' *tum 'to perch' *st:>ap 'to cover, envelop'

*sranaok 'pity' *tranum 'a perch' srabap 'covering, bark (of the banana tree)'

317

Grammar and Drills

c.

Resume

Of all the affixes discussed above, only the causative affixes lxlN-/-Vmand the nominalizing infix - VN(n)- occur with significant frequency in the language. The only productive affixes discussed above are the pronominalizing prefix qaa-, and to a lesser degree, the reduplicative prefixes of shape cv-.

2. mac kaa min+ Verb In Lesson 3, B, 16 it was pointed out that mac (kaa) at the beginning of a sentence means 'why?'. mac kaa min ... at the beginning of a question, then, means 'Why don't you ... ?, why isn't it ... ?, etc.' as in

mac kaa min way teelekraam Uw?

Why don't you send a telegram?

2-A. Response Drill Teacher kfiom sasei sambot. (way teelekraam) kfiom praa kmaw-day. (praa slaap-pakaa) kfiom tiw twaa-kaa. (tiw daa-leeg) kfiom tiw maal kon. (tiw maal lkhaon) kfiom kcay luy. (baak saek) kfiom maal kasaet. (maal siawpMw) kfiom Uw taam rateh-plaag. (tiw taam kapal-hah) kiiom piiaa taam kapal-tik. (piiaa taam kapal-hah) kfiom cih taqsii. (Uw daa) kfiom Wi p:Ja-krahaam. (tin p:Ja-khiaw)

student mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa

min way teelekraam? min praa slaap-pakaa? min Uw daa-leeg? min Uw maallkhaon? min baak saek? min maal siawpMw? min Uw taam kapal-hah?

mac kaa min piiaa taam kapal-hah? mac kaa min Uw daa? mac kaa min tiii p:Ja-khiaw?

3. Idiomatic Use of qae-naa The interrogative word qae-naa 'where?' sometimes occurs with the idiomatic meaning 'where would I ... , how could I ... '. qae-naa in this function typically occurs after an assertion, implication, or suggestion which the speaker wishes to ridicule, as in the following exchange: qaiican sansam luy baan craan haay, mttn tee?

Then you've saved a lot of money, right?

sansam qae-naal staa-tae rook luy caay min kroan phaan.

How would I save? I just barely make enough to spend.

3-A. Response Drill Teacher mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa mac kaa

min sansam luy? min flam baay? min tiw maal kon? min kcay luy? min Uii laan? min ro:Jk kaa twaa? min maal kasaet? min sasei sambot? min baak laan?

Student sansam qae-naal flam qae-naal tiw maal qae-naal kcay qae-naal tift qae-naal r:>ok qae-naal maal qae-naa! sasei qae-naal baak qae-naal

Lesson 23

318 4. The Compound Auxiliary staa-tae

staa-tae belongs to the class of preverbal auxiliaries discussed in Lesson 18, B, 7. Its meaning is 'almost, on the point of, just about to', as in Idiom klian staa-tae slap haay.

I'm almost dying of hunger. (I'm hungry almost to the point of dying.)

When staa-tae is followed by the negative auxiliary min at any point in the predicate, the two auxiliaries, taken together, mean 'almost not, barely, hardly, scarcely', as in staa-tae raak luy caay min kro1m.

I hardly make enough money to spend. (I almost make money to spend not

-

enough.)

4-A. Substitution Drill Teacher kfiom klian staa-tae slap haay. &kamlalJ kcU ra.gia kdaw khag ii.am sraa rian

Student Idiom klian staa-tae slap haay. kii.om (j(iii:kamlag staa-tae slap haay. kiiom kcH staa-tae slap haay. ki'iom ragia staa-tae slap haay. kiiom kdaw staa-tae slap haay. ki'iom kha!J staa-tae slap haay. kiiom ii.am sraa staa-tae slap haay. ki'iom rian staa-tae slap haay.

4- B. Substitution Drill Teacher Idiom staa-tae raak luy caay min kroim. hw kanlaeg nuh min baan. keen min Iuaq. twaa mhoup min kroim. rian min cap. ti-w rateh-plaag min to"cm. raak waen-taa min khaan. caii.cam ciiwU min baan. twaa kaa nuh min ruac. maal kasaet min CO{?.

Student ki'iom staa-tae raak luy caay min kro1m. kiiom staa-tae Uw kanlae!J nuh min baan. kiiom staa-tae keeg min luaq. ki'iom staa-tae twaa mhoup min kroim. kiiom staa-tae rian min cap. kiiom staa-tae Uw rateh-plaag min to"cm. kii.om staa-tae raak waen-taa min khaan. kii.om staa-tae caiicam ciiwU min baan. ki'iom staa-tae twaa kaa nuh min ruac. kii.om staa-tae maal kasaet min cap.

5. The Adverbial Phrase niyiay qaii.cag When the adverbial phrase niyiay qaii.cag precedes a proposition, it means 'by the way, speaking of that, now that you mention it', as in qou, niyiay qaii.cag, kii.om mian saek muay kftom cog yaak Uw baak dae.

Oh, now that you mention it, I have a check I want to cash too.

In a more literary style of Cambodian, niyiay qaii.cag as a preposed adverbial may

also mean 'having said that, having spoken in this manner'.

319

Grammar and Drills 5-A. Substitution Drill Teacher niyiay qaiicau, kiiom cau baak §aek muay dae. y:>:>k sambot nih Uw poh Uw psaa Uwb kumn:>:> (kamn:>a) 20. kee y:>ak kandiaw tiw crout sraw, ruac caau cia kandap yaak maak kaa cia kumnaa.

sickle, scythe grasp, handful, sheaf, bundle to pile up a pile, stack They take a sickle and harvest the rice, then tie it into bundles [and] (bring it and) pile it into piles.

rateh-koo 21. ruac kee yook rateh-koo dak sraw pii srae ma:>k pteah haay baok yook kroap sraw.

ox-cart Then they use ox-carts to haul the paddy from the rice-fields to the house, and beat it to get the grains of rice.

bafico'im (baficoan) cruh 22. cuan-kaal kee yaok koo-krabay tiw baiicoan sraw qaoy cruh kro-ap.

to trample, stomp to shed, drop off, loosen Sometimes they use oxen and buffalo to trample the paddy to (making it) loosen the grains.

tnuu rH khae-meaqkaraa.

saphein 23. twaa yaag-mac Uw, baan Uw cia qagkaa?

What do they do to convert (it] into (husked) rice?

Dialogue

343

sarun kan roou-kan-sraw 24. qaylaw-nih kee craan yaak sraw Uw kan niw roog-kan-sraw.

to thresh, to mill rice-mill These days they usually take the paddy and [have it] milled in a rice-mill.

neaq-srae bok

farmers, peasants to pound (in a pestle), to mill by pounding a mill, millstone family rice-mill, mortar and pestle But some farmers pound the paddy themselves by means of a mortar and pestle.

tbal tbal-bok 25. pontae neaq-srae klah bok sraw

kluan-qaeu daoy praa tbal-bok.

saphe in 26. kraw-pii sraw, kee mian dam qway

tiat?

Besides rice, what else do they plant?

sarun damnam (damnam, tamnam) poot kapbaah"' krabaah (krabaah, kabaah) sandaek (sandaek) sandaek-day mric tnam-cuaq 27. kee mian dam damnam craan tiat, douc-cia poot, kabaah, sandaekday, mric, haay-niu tnam-cuaq.

a plant, crop corn (maize) cotton bean(s) peanut(s) black pepper smoking tobacco They plant many other crops, such as corn, cotton, peanuts, black pepper, and smoking tobacco.

doug daam-douu tnaot . 28. kraw-pii nuh, neaq-srae craan dam daam-doug, krouc, tnaot, swaay, ceik cia-daam.

coconut(s) coconut palm sugar-palm Besides that, farmers usually plant coconut palms, orange (trees), sugarpalm (trees), mango (trees), [and] banana (trees), for example.

slak slak-tnaot praq ralia (ralia, lalia) rolla-doug tralaok (tralaok, talaok) daau tralaok-daag-tik 29. kee yaak slak-tnaot tiw praq pteah, haay yaok ralia-douu twaa tralaokdaag-tik rii kriau psei.J.J-psei!J.

leaf, leaves sugar-palm leaves to thatch, to roof shell, frame, skull coconut-shell dipper, ladle to dip up, draw up water-dipper They use sugar-palm leaves to thatch their houses, and use coconut-shells to make water-dippers or various [other] utensils.

Lesson 26

344

sarun kaa r:>:>k-sii kaa-r:>:>k-sii 30. qaiicag kaa-r:>:>k-sii twaa-srae sapbaay nah.

work, activity (forms abstract noun compounds with verbs and verb phrases) to earn a living earning a living Then earning a living [by] farming is very pleasant.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS

--We have met kaal 'time, occasion' in the following contexts:

1. kaal vs. dal

qawpuk kftom, kaal-mun twaa ciag-chaa. cuan-kaal pliag pHi ma-tgay. kaal n!w pii touc, kiiom tloap Uw hael-Uk roal tgay. kaal-naa baan yaag Uw dal kraceh? kaal-naa nam baay ruac, yaag laag pnum.

My father was formerly a carpenter. Sometimes it rains all day. When I was still a kid, I used to go swimming every day. When will we get to Kratie? -When [we've] finished eating, we'll go climb the mountain.

When kaal occurs as a conjunction or preposition, its meaning is 'when (in the past), at the (past) time of', as in kaal peel-chup-rian, sarun-qaeg --rrwnaa? kiiom Uw srok-barag madaag,kaal -kiiom twaa tiahian. .

Where did you go at vacation-time, Saruii? I went to France once, when I was -- -a soldier.

dal as a conjunction, on the other hand, means 'when (in the future), at the (future) time of', as in dal peel-chup-rian, sarun-qaeg -Uwnaa? dallook chup rtan, taa, kit -twaa-kaa qway?

Where are you going during (at the time of) vacation, Sarun? When you finish school, say, what --ci()you plan to do?

1-A. Transformation Drill Convert the following future-time sentences to past-time, and vice versa. Teacher kaal peel-chup-rian, kiiom tiw --si-ok-srae. dal kfiom chup rian, kiiom twaa tiahian. dal kfiom kaa haay, kfiom twaa-srae. kaal kftom nam baay ruac, kiiom tiw ~aa-kaa. da1 kftom twaa-kaa ruac, kfiom tiw ~am baay.

Student dal peel-chup-rian, kiiom tiw -srok-srae. kaal kiiom chup rian, kiiom twaa tiahian. kaal kii.om kaa haay, kiiom twaa-srae. dal kiiom nam baay ruac, kiiom tiw twaa-kaa. kaal kiiom twaa-kaa ruac, kiiom tiw nam baay.

Grammar and Drills

345

Teacher kaal kfiom pralaan coap, Idiom laaiJ

~aq.

dal kfiom maal kasaet cap, kfiom Uw

deik.

kaal kfiom U:w dal siam-riap, kfiom U-w maal qalJk:>o-woat.

Student dol kfiom pralaan coap, kfiom laalJ tnaq. kaal kfiom maal kasaet cap, kfiom tiw

deik.

dal kfiom Uw dal siam-riap, kiiom Uw -maal qagkoo-woat.

2. khoh knia vs. douc knia In Lesson 23-C we met the word khoh 'to be wrong', in:

yii, sasei khoh banbcl

Darn, I've made a mistake (in writing)!

khoh knia means 'to differ, to be different from each other', as in rabiap te~alJ·Pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac?

How do those two methods differ? (How are those two methods different from each other?)

2-A. Substitution Drill Teacher rabiap teaiJ-Pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? pteah siawpMw plae-chaa sat riag laan jiii'iasaa

Student rabiap teag-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? pteah teag-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? siawphiw teag-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? plae-chaa teaiJ-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? sat teag-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? riau teaiJ-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? laan teag-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac? i)iiiasaa teau-pii nub khoh knia yaan-mac?

The opposite of khoh knia is douc knia 'to be similar, alike', as in rabiap teaiJ-pii nuh douc knia.

Those two methods are alike.

2- B. Transformation Drill In the following sentences replace khoh knia 'different' with douc knia 'alike', and vice versa.

Teacher

Student

rabiap tea1J-pii nuh min douc knia rabiap teaiJ-Pii nub min khoh knia ponmaan tee. ponmaan tee. riag tea1J-pii nub khoh knia nab. riag teau-pii nub douc knia nab. siawphiw teaiJ-pii nub douc knia siawphiw tea1J-pii nuh khoh knia yaan-mac? yaan-mac? phiasaa teaiJ·pii nuh niyiay khoh knia nab. phiasaa tea1J-pi1 nub niyiay douc knia nab. sraw pii yaan nuh khoh knia nab. sraw pii yaan nub douc knia nab. manuh te~au-pii nuh sliaq-peaq manuh teag-pii nub sliaq-peaq khoh knia nab. douc knia nab. srae-wuahsaa haay-niu srae-pran srae-wuahsaa haay-nilJ sraw-pran dam khoh knia. dam douc knia. mhoup-kmae haay-ni-IJ mhoup-baran mhoup-kmae haay-niiJ mhoup-baran douc knia nab. khoh knia nab.

Lesson 26

346

3. The Preposition qae qae has been met in the compound interrogative word qae-naa?'where?', as in kee dam sraw-wuahsaa ni-w qae-naa? Where do they plant wet (season) rice? qae as a preposition frequently occurs after the verb ni-w 'to be located, reside', with the meaning 'at', as in qawpuk kiiom n!w qae pteah.

My father is at the house.

When qae occurs in a preposed adverbial phrase, it means 'as for, with regard to, with', as in qae sraw-prag win, kee traw baghou U.k Uw srae.

As for dry (season) paddy, on the other hand, they have to irrigate the rice-field.

3-A. Transformation Drill Teacher sraw-prag kee traw baghou ti-k caul srae. riag nuh kii.om min coul-cat sah. kon nuh min-saw lqaa-maal tee. laan nuh tlay peek. sraw-stuug qaoy phal craan nah. manuh nuh koat twaa meethiawii. proh nuh wia cia neaq-srae. sraw-pruah qaoy phal tac nah.

Student qae sraw-prag win, kee traw baghou ti-k coul srae. qae riag nuh win, kii.om min caul-cat sah. qae kon nuh win, min-saw lqaa-maal tee. qae laan nuh wit\, tlay peek. qae sraw-stuug w!i\, qaoy phal craan nah. qae manuh nuh win, koat twaa meethiawii. qae proh nuh wifi, wia cia neaq-srae. qae sraw-pruah wit\, qaoy phal tac nah.

4. haet nih haay baan cia · In Lesson 12, B, 7 we discussed the interrogative phrase haet qway baan cia .•. 'Why is it that . . . ?'. The idiomatic phrase haet nih haay baan cia . . . means 'this is the reason that, this is why', as in

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-laag-tik.

This is why they call it floating rice.

4-A. Response Drill Teacher

student

kee dam niw moat-tuanlee; kee haw thaa sraw-laag-Uk.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-laag-Uk.

kee dam niw radaw-wuahsaa; kee haw thaa sraw-wuahsaa.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-wuahsaa.

kee dam niw radaw-prag; kee haw thaa sraw-prag.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-prag.

kee stuug sraw niw knog srae; kee haw thaa sraw-stuug.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-stuug.

Grammar and Drills Teacher

347

Student

kee pruah niw knoiJ srae tae-madaan; kee haw thaa sraw-pruah.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-pruah.

sraw nuh doh daoy Uk cumnuan; kee haw thaa sraw-wuahsaa.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa sraw-wuahsaa.

kee yaak sraw maak saap niw kanlaeg nuh; kee haw thaa samnaap.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa samnaap.

koat raak-sii twaa-srae; kee haw thaa neaq-twaa-srae.

haet nih haay baan cia kee haw thaa neaq-twaa-srae.

5. The Adverbial tae- madaan The adverbial tae-madaan, depending on the context, can be translated 'all at once, directly (without doing anything else), in one operation, once and for all', as in haet qway baan cia kee min pruah sraw Uw knog srae tae-madaag?

Why don't they sow the paddy directly into the rice-field (in one operation; i.e. without first making a nursery plot and then transplanting)?

niw roog-kan-sraw kee kan sraw hw cia qagkaa tae-madaag.

At a rice-mill they convert the paddy into (husked) rice in one operation.

pii srok-yipun kii.om tiw srok-qaameric tae- madaO!J.

From Japan I went directly to America (without stopping over).

haet qway baan cia kee min way teelekraam tae- madaag?

Why don't they send a telegram and be done with it?

5-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

haet qway baan cia kee min pruah sraw tae-madaag?

haet qway baan cia kee min pruah sraw tae-madaO!J?

Uw srok-baran

haet qway baan cia kee min Uw srok-baran tae-madaag?

riap-kaa

haet qway baan cia kee min riap-kaa tae- madaag?

ti:ii teag-qah

haet qway baan cia kee min U.ii teag-qah tae-madaag.

Uw psaa

haet qway baan cia kee min Uw psaa tae-madaO!J?

bok sraw

haet qway baan cia kee min bok sraw tae-madaag?

way teelekraam

haet qway baan cia kee min way teelekraam tae-madaag?

cih kapal-hah Uw

haet qway baan cia kee min cih kapal-hah Uw tae-madaag?

Lesson 26

348

6. Uw cia In Lesson 24, B, 3 it was pointed out that cia in some contexts is best translated 'into', as in -

mattyummasaksaa caek cia pii pnaek.

Secondary education is divided into two parts.

U.w cia means 'to change into, to be converted into', as in twaa ya:qJ-mac Uw, baan Uw cia qagkaa?

What do they do to convert [it] into (husked) rice? (How do they proceed, so that it changes into husked rice?)

6-A. Substitution Drill student

Teacher twaa yaag-mac tiw, baan tiw cia qagkaa? skaa tralaok prahok sampuat kroap sraw numpag tnaal ~

Uk-kmaw

twaa ya:qJ-mac qagkaa? twaa yaag-mac twaa ya:qJ-mac tralaok? twaa yaag-mac twaa yaag-mac sampuat? twaa yaag- mac kroap sraw? twaa ya:qJ-mac numpag? twaa yaag-mac twaa yaag-mac twaa yaag-mac kmaw?

tiw, baan tiw cia tiw, baan Uw cia skaa? tiw, baan tiw cia-tiw, baan Uw cia prahok? tiw, baan Uw cia tiw, baan tiw cia Uw, baan tiw cia tiw, baan Uw cia tnaal? tiw, baan Uw cia cnag? tiw, baan Uw cia Uk-

7. Word study: The Compound-Formers tii, kaa, and sac-kday The words!!! 'place', kaa 'work', and sac-kday 'matter, topic' occur frequently as heads of compounds with a function very similar to that of derivational affixes (Lesson 23, B, 1). Such compounds occur much more frequently in formal speech or written Cambodian than in colloquial speech. 1) tii 'place, of the order of, that which is' Derives adverbs from demonstratives: nih 'this' nub 'that'

tii-nih 'here' tii-nuh 'there'

Occurs as an ordinalizing prefix before numerals and ponmaan: pii 'two' saamsap-pram 'thirty-five' ponmaan 'how many?'

tii-pii 'second' tii- saamsap-pram 'thirty-fifth' tii-ponmaan 'the how-many'th?'

Derives nouns from verbs and adverbs: snae-haa 'love; to love' koorup 'to respect' bamphot 'most, last'

tii-snae-haa 'loved one' tii-koorup 'respected one' tii-bamphot 'the most, the last (one)'

Comprehension

349

Occurs as first constituent of noun compounds: tii-kron 'city, metropolis (elegant)' tii-kanlaeu 'place, site (elegant)'

kron 'city' kanlaeg 'place' 2) kaa 'work, the act of, affairs of'

Derives abstract nouns from verbs and verb phrases, and from nouns: niyiay 'to speak' twaa-srae 'to rice-farm' tatual piii.aw 'to receive guests' riacckaa 'civil service (as a branch of government)' baarateeh 'foreign countries'

kaa-niyiay 'speaking' kaa-twaa- srae 'rice-farming' kaa-tatual-pfiiaw 'receiving guests' kaa-riacckaa 'civil service (as a profession)' kaa-baarateeh 'foreign affairs'

3} sac-kday 'situation, case, matter, quality of' Derives abstract nouns from verbs: sac-kday-lqaa 'goodness, beauty' sac-kday-sapbaay 'happiness' sac-kday-dag-kun 'gratitude'

lqaa 'to be good, pretty' sapbaay 'to be happy' dau-kun 'to be grateful'

The distinction between the functions of kaa and sac-kday can be illustrated with the verb slap 'to die': kaa-slap '(the act of) dying'

sac-kday-slap 'death'

Since in colloquial speech verbs may function as nouns (see 15, B, 8), these specifically nominal constructions tend to occur only in a more formal style of speech and in written Cambodian, e.g.: Colloquial Farming is very difficult.

twaa-srae pibaaq nah.

Formal kaa-twaa-srae cia muk-rabaa samkhan nah ni-w srok-kmae. [Tape 45]

Farming is a very important occupation in Cambodia.

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Discussing Vacations

miac:

phaan:

miac:

cnam nih dal peel-chup-rian, pha:m-qaeu cog Uw leeg qae-naa? [sramot (sramot, samot} 'sea, ocean') [moat-sa mot ISeaside I) kfiom kit Uw leeg moat-samot. qawpuk .kiiom mian pteah niw qae-nuh, haay kruasaa .kiiom Uw tae roal cnam. coh, miac wi-ii, Uw leeu kanlaeg naa? kfiom Uw leeg srok-srae. qawpuk-thom .kiiom cia neaq-twaa-srae.

350

Lesson 26 [wiqswaakaa 'engineering'] [ciik 'to dig'] [pralaay (pralaay, palaay) 'ditch, small canal'] Idiom rian kha~ wiqswaakaa, haay koat can qaoy Idiom cuay ciik pralaay muay tmay. phaan:

ciik pralaay twaa qway?

miac:

koat can ciik pralaay ba:ghou tik coul srae. baa mian pralaay, koat qaac twaa-srae muay cnam baan pii daaiJ.

2. Life in the Country phaan:

niw srok-srae sapbaay tee?

miac:

baat, kiiom coul-cat nab, haay mian kyal-qakaah lqaa phaaiJ. kiiom coul-cat maal kee twaa-srae nab. [neaq-cit-kha~ 'neighbor(s)'] dal peel crout sraw neaq-cU-khaa:g maak cuay crout yaag sapbaay.

phaan:

dal co:g cnam kee tuk sraw klah rH luaq tea:g-qah?

miac:

kee tuk klah, luaq klab. [samrag (samrag) 'to select, choose, extract'] tae kee samr~ sraw lqaa klab tuk twaa puuc cnam kraoy.

phaan:

qawpuk-thom look mian dam damnam qway tiat tee?

miac:

koat mian dam sandaek-day, mric, poot, haay-ni:g banlae psei:gpsei:g.

pha:>n: mian:

[ chaa-plae 'fruit tree(s)'] koat mian dam chaa-plae tee? baat, koat mian dam daam-tnaot, dou:g, ceik, haay-ni-n daam-swaay. slak-tnaot kee y:>:>k m:>:>k praq pteah. kee yaak ralia-dOUIJ ma:>k twaa tralaok-daaJJ-ti-k ka-9aan dae.

3. Two Farmers Discuss Rice-Planting saay:

sim-qae:g cap-pdaam pcua srae haay-riniw?

sim:

[rig 'to be hard'] min-toan pcua tee; day niw rig nab. pii-msal-maii kiiom tiw pcua 1:>:>-maal; tae qa:gkoal min mut sah.

saay:

qaa, cnam nih plia:g tleaq min craan douc roal cnam tee. kiiom traw baiJhou Hk coul tnaal san.

sim: saay:

cnam nih saay-qae:g mian samnaap krup-kroan tee? prahael min krup-kroan tee.

sim:

baa traw-kaa, kiiom qaoy klab baan.

saay:

qaa-kun craan nab.

sim:

qaylaw-nih krabay kiiom muay chH haay. kiiom som kcay krabay muay maak pcua srae san baan tee? mian qay. [r:>noah (ranoah) 'a rake, harrow'] qaylaw kiiom traw tiw twaa ranoah tmay.

saay:

Conversation

351 D. CONVERSATION

1. Discussing Vacations

Have two students discuss what they plan to do during the coming vacation from school. Possibilities might include going to the seaside, working on a farm, studying, traveling, etc. 2. Discussing Rice- Planting Have one student assume the role of a city-dweller and another that of a rice-farmer. The city-dweller asks the rice-farmer various questions about rice-farming, such as what kinds of rice are planted, when the planting takes place, how the plowing is done, how the planting is done, etc. 3. Discussing Rice-Harvest A city-dweller questions a rice-farmer about the methods used in harvesting rice. Questions might include such things as when the harvest is begun, how the rice is cut, how it is brought from the fields, how the grain is separated from the stalks, and how it is milled. 4. Urban vs. Country Living Have two students discuss the merits of country living versus the merits of urban living. Points might include the availability of the theatre, restaurants, schools, friends, etc. in the city, versus the fresh air, gardening, the satisfaction of work, etc. of country life. 5. Agricultural Products Have one student question another about agricultural products raised on Cambodian farms in addition to rice. The discussion might include such things as vegetable crops, fruit trees, utensils, animals, etc.

LESSON 27. GEOGRAPHY [Tape 46]

A. DIALOGUE

kruu qathaathibaay prateeh (prateeh, pateeh) karnpuccia prateeh-kampuccia 1. tgay-nih kiiom traw twaa qathaathibaay qampii phuumisaah prateeh-kampuccia.

explanation, lecture country, state Cambodia Cambodia Today I'm going to give a lecture (make an explanation) about the geography of Cambodia.

neaq prateeh-kmae qaekkariac qaazii (- qaasii) paek qaqknee qaazii-paek-qaqknee 2. neaq teag-qah knia traw dag thaa prateeh-kampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac muay niw qaazii-paek-qaqknee.

you (familiar) Cambodia to be independent, sovereign Asia part, region southeast Southeast Asia You should all know that Cambodia is an independent country in Southeast Asia. size area (of land) hundred-thousand one hundred-thousand ten-thousand eight ten-thousands one hundred eighty-one thousand

tumhum tumhum-day saen muay-saen (masaen) mai-n prambay-mai-n muay-saen prambay-main muay-poan kralaa (kralaa, kalaa) 3. prateeh-kampuccia mian tumhum-day muay-saen prambay-mai-n muay-poan kiloumaet kralaa.

square Cambodia has an area of one hundred eighty-one thousand square kilometers.

phiaq phiaq-nay haasap phiaq-raay

4. day ni-w knog priy mian haasap phiaq-raay; day daellic tik mian prahael dap phiaq-raay.

part, share percent fifty percent to sink, be submerged to sink in the water, be under water Fifty percent of the land is in forests; about ten percent of the land is under water.

srae-camkaa (-camkaa) twaa-srae-camkaa 5. day dael kee twaa-srae-camkaa mian prahael dap phiaq-raay.

arable land, cultivated land to cultivate, farm (the land) About ten percent of the land is under cultivation.

lie

lie tik

352

Dialogue

353

caau khaau-caau (khau-caau) lac khaau-lac (khan-lac) khaau-caau-cruu-khaau-lac prateeh-thay-lau (~ srok-siam) 6. khau-caau-cruu-khan-Iac coap ni-u prateeh-thay-Ian.

north northern direction; the north west western direction; the west northwest; the northwest Thailand, Siam The northwestern [region] borders on (is attached to) Thailand.

liaw prateeh-liaw (~ srok-liaw) 7. khau-caan coap ni-n prateeh-liaw.

Lao; Laos Laos The northern [region] borders on Laos.

kaat khaau-kaat (khau-kaat) Uh tih-qaqknee

east eastern direction; the east direction southeastern direction; the southeast Vietnamese; Vietnam Vietnam

yuan prateeh-wiat-naam (-yiat-naam) (""' srok-yuan) 8. khau-kaat haay-ni-n ti-h-qaqknee The eastern and southeastern [regions} coap ni-n prateeh-wiat-naam. border on Vietnam. tbouu khaau-tbouu (khau-tboun) khaau-tboun-cruu-khaan-lac chuun sa mot-siam chuun samot-siam 9. khau-tbouu-crun-khau-lac coap ni-n chuun samot-siam.

south southern direction; the south southwestern direction; the southwest bay, gulf the Sea of Thailand The Gulf of Thailand The southwestern [region] borders on the Gulf of Thailand.

wial htaniee- saap (taniee-, talee-) bag tuaniee-saap 10. ni-w kandaal srok-kmae mian wial thoro dael kee twaa-srae, haay mian ban thoro muay cmuah bag tuaniee-saap.

plain, field the Tonie Sap (the Sap River) the Tonie Sap Lake In the center of Cambodia there is a large plain where (which) they grow rice, and there's a large lake named the Tonie Sap Lake.

11. ni-w radaw-pliau ban tuaniee-saap mian tumhum thoro cian thoammadaa prampi-1 daau.

In the rainy season the Tonie Sap

daau rttk daau-rttk pnum-daan-rttk tual tual ni-u

Lake has an area seven times larger than normal. handle to carry suspended from both ends of a pole across the shoulder a carrying-pole the Dang Raek Mountains (the carrying-pole mountains) to prop up, support supporting, against, next to

Lesson 27

354

12. wlal kandaal mian pnum poat cumwlii, kH pnum-daag-rcck khag-caag tual nig prum-daen srok-siam. niaraday Uh-niaraday cua krawaaii (krawaaii, kawaai'l) pnum-krawaaii 13. nlw Uh-niaraday mian pnum muay cua tiat, haw thaa pnum-krawaaii. qaysaan Uh-qaysaan day-kpuah 14. Uh-qaysaan mian day-kpuah, kH khaet-roattanaqkirii, muandualkirii, stig-traa:g, haaynig khaet-kraceh. kmae-laa pn:>:>IJ kuay radae (radae) C:>:>IJ 15. niw khaet nub mian puaq kmae-laa psei:g-pseig, douc-cia pn:>:>IJ, kuay, radae, caag, cia-daam.

. The central plain is surrounded by mountains, such as the Dang Raek Mountains to the north, next to the border of Thailand. southwest southwestern direction; the southwest row, range, chain cardamom the Cardamom Mountains In the southwest there is another chain of mountains, called the Cardamom Mountains. northeast northeastern direction; the northeast high ground, plateau [In] the northeastern [region] there is a plateau consisting of Ratanakiri Province, Mondolkirii, Stung Treng, and Kratie Province. Upper Khmer, hill tribes Pnong (a hill tribe) or mountain tribes in general Kuy, Kuoy (a hill tribe) Rade, Rhade (a hill tribe) Chong (a hill tribe) In those provinces there are various hill tribes, such as the Pnong, the Kuoy, the Rade, [and] the Chong (as examples).

plaw-tik prawae:g (prawae:g, pawaeg) 16. plaw-Uk niw srok-kmae mian prawae:g cia:g muay-poan kiloumaet.

waterway(s) length; to have a length of There are more than one thousand kilometers of waterways in Cambodia.

17. tuanlee dael samkhan cia:g-kee knoiJ srok-kmae kH tuanleemeekog, dael hou kat pii khagcaau Uw tboug.

The most important river in Cambodia is the Mekong River, which flows (cutting) from north to south.

nimuay nimuay-nimuay 18. kraw-pii tuanlee, mian plaw-tnal can pii pnum-pin Uw khaet nimuay-nimuay.

each each, one by one, the various Besides rivers, there are roads going out from Phnom Penh to the various provinces.

plaw-rateh-plaag 19. qae plaw-rateh-plaag win, mian pii pnum-pin Uw dal prum-daen siam, haay-niu pii pnum-pin Uw kampaat.

railway(s) As for railways, there is (one] from Phnom Penh to the Thai border, and [one] from Phnom Penh to Kampot.

Grammar and Drills

355

20. baa neaq-naa min yu"al ria:g qway, sua kiiom maok.

If anyone doesn't understand some point, (justJask me.

koun-sah praciacuan (praciacuan) lian 21. niw kno:g srok-kmae mian praciacuan ponmaan lian neaq?

people, population million How many millions of people are there in Cambodia? kruu

prammuay-lian 22. baat, sap-tuay-nih mian prahael prammuay-lian haay.

six million Well, at the present time there are about six million.

riaccathianii cumnuan (camnuan) 23. mian neaq.;.naa da:g tee, niw riaccathianii mian manuh camnuan ponmaan neaq?

royal capital, capital city number, quantity, total Does anyone know how many people there are in the capital? (Does anyone know, in the capital there a total of how many people?) koun-sah

24. niw riaccathianii mian prahael pram-saen neaq.

There are approximately five hundred thousand people in the capital. kruu

25. traw haay; sqaek kiiom niyiay qampii khaet nimuay-nimuay kno:g prateeh-kampuccia.

Right; tomorrow I'll talk about the various provinces in Cambodia.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. Personal Pronouns

One of the most difficult problems in Cambodian for a foreign student (and indeed for Cambodians themselves) is the choice of appropriate pronouns. This stems from the fact that personal pronouns in Cambodian are context-oriented; i.e. they are determined by the status of the speaker vis-:l.-vis the addressee. Thus there are no general pronouns such as "you" which are appropriate for all situations. For example, the 2nd person pronoun neaq occurs for the first time in this lesson, in the sentence neaq tea:g-qah knia traw da:g thaa prateeh-kampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac muay.

You all should know that Cambodia is an independent country.

The contexts in which neaq may occur as a 2nd person pronoun are quite limited; it usually implies that the speaker is older or of otherwise higher status than the addressee, such as a teacher to student (as in the above example), a government official to a farmer, a businessman to a cyclo-driver, or a master to a servant {if the relationship between the master and servant is rather formal; otherwise

Lesson 27

356

he would use either the servant's name or a classificatory kinship term which would reflect the age-relationship between them). neaq may also occur as a 2nd person pronoun between equals of relatively low status, such as between two farmers or two cyclo-drivers, especially if the relationship between them is too formal to permit the use of a personal name. neaq is also used in some families when addressing one's mother, and between children of roughly equivalent age. Although the 2nd person pronoun look has traditionally been reserved for conversation between an inferior and a superior, or between equals of relatively high status, its use is apparently gaining ground at the expense of ne~aq among equals of relatively low status. Personal pronouns are non-specific as to gender and number, although plurality can be specified by adding te~ag-qah or *teag-laay 'all, inclusive' to the personal pronoun, as in the example above. As pointed out in Lesson 21, B, 1, the use of 2nd person pronouns is normally avoided in Czmbodian because of the semantic implications of the choice of a given pronoun; their function is usually assumed by a kinship term, a title, a personal name, or a personal name plus the reflexive pronoun qae!J 'yourself'. Thus the class of personal pronouns per se is quite limited. For example, the forms look and neaq also occur as titles, as in look sim 'Mr. Sim', look-sray 'Madam', and neaq-mdaay 'Mother'. The commonest Cambodian pronouns, or titles serving as pronouns, are listed below with the contexts in which they characteristically occur. a) 1st Person Pronouns 1} kiiom (general, polite; literal meaning 'slave')

2) *qaii. (between intimate friends, superior to inferior, or adult to child; otherwise insulting) 3) yaau (singular between equals in some dialects; otherwise plural) 4} knia (singular, among intimates) 5} *knom-preah-baat"' kfiom-prabaat~ kfiom-baat (inferior to superior, respectful or extremely formal) 6) *kfiom-pre~ah-kaqrunaa "'kfiom-kanaa (layman to priest; inferior to superior of exalted rank; commoner to king) 7) *qaatmaaphiap ~ qaatmaa (priest to layman) b) 2nd Person Pronouns 1) look (masculine; formal, polite; inferior to superior; between equals of

relatively high status) 2) look-sray (feminine; formal, polite; inferior to superior; between married women of relatively high status) 3) ne~aq (superior to inferior; older to younger; between equals of relatively low status; to one's mother) 4) neaq-sray (feminine; polite; superior to inferior; between equals) 5) *qaeg (reflexive connotation; between intimates; superior to inferior; otherwise insulting; usually paired reciprocally with qaii 'I') 6) *qaa-qaeu (derogatory; good-natured insult between friends; adult to child) 7) *preah-dacce-ah-preah-kun~ preah-dac-preah-kun (inferior to superior of exalted rank; layman to priest)

Grammar and Drills

357

c) 3rd Person Pronouns 3rd person pronouns are context-oriented only if the referent is present. otherwise the choice of pronoun depends on the absolute status of. the referent outside the face-to-face context. 1) koat (respectful; younger of older; inferior of superior) 2) kee (informal; other; indefinite, as in kee thaa lqaa nah.

They say [it's] very pretty.

3) wia (superior of inferior; adult of child; otherwise insulting) wia also occurs as a neuter pronoun, as in ckae kiiom wia kcU nab.

My dog, he's very lazy.

A further use of wia is as an expletive pronoun, as in wia kdaw nah tnaJJ-nih.

It's very hot today.

2. Numeral Constructions The structure of the Cambodian numeral system up to one hundred was discussed in Lesson 2, B, 11. The structure of Cambodian numbers larger than 100 differs from English in that each successively larger unit is identified by a specific denominational term. These terms occur as multiplicands in multiplicative compounds after the numerals 'one' to 'nine'; e.g.: muay-poan (mapoan) pii-ma-in bay-saen buan-lian pram-*kaot

one thousand two ten-thousands three hundred-thousands four millions five ten-millions

Multiplicative compounds in numeral constructions containing more than one compound are in additive construction, and may be separated in deliberate speech by a rising intonation (indicated by a comma), as in the following example: muay-kaot, prambay-lian, prambuan-saen, buan-ma-in, bay-po~an, pii-r:>:>y, haasap-prampil (one ten-million, eight million, nine hundred-thousands, four ten-thousands, three thousand, two hundred, fifty-seven) '18,943,257' 2-A. Translation Drill Say the following numbers in Cambodian: Student

Teacher 5,643 17,570 29,792 453,913 836,481 5,142,365 7,987,475 36,490,150 92,632,412

prammuay-r:>oy saesap-bay muay-main prampi-1-poan pram-ro:>y catsap pii-main prambuan-poan prampi-1-ro:>y kawsap-pii buan-saen pram-main bay-poim prambuan-rooy dap-bay prambay-saen bay-main prammuay-po1m buan-r:>:>y paetsap-muay pram-lian muay-saen buan-main pii-poim bay-rooy hoksap-pram prampi-1-lian prambuan-saen prambay-main prampi-1-poan buan-raay catsap-pram bay-kaot prammuay-lian buan-saen prambuan-main muay-ro:>y haasap prambuan-kaot pii-lian prammuay-saen bay-main pii-poan buan-raay dap-pii pram-po~an

Lesson 27

358 3. Cardinal and Intermediate Directions

The cardinal directions in Cambodian are normally expressed by compounds composed of the element khaag (khag-} 'side, direction' plus a term identifying the direction. In sentences involving more than one direction, the element khaag may occur only in the name of the first direction, e.g.: tuanlee dael samkhan ciag-kee knon srok-kmae kH tuanlee-meekog, dael hou kat pii khag-caan ti-w ~·

The most important river in Cambodia is the Mekong River, which flows (cutting) from north to south.

The intermediate directions are normally expressed by compounds in which the two cardinal directions concerned are connected by the word cruiJ 'corner, angle', as in khag-caag-crU!)-khag-lac coap nin prateeh-thay-lk In Lesson 4, B, 10 it was pointed out that mook as a directional verb means 'orientation toward the speaker', as in --

kiiom som baray muay maok.

Could I have a cigarette? (I ask for cigarette one ~)

Lesson 27

360

Similarly, m;)Jk occurs in the phr~se sua kftom m;)Jk 'ask me' because the question is to be directed toward the teacher, who is the speaker, as in baa neaq-naa min yual riag qway, sua kftom m;):>k.

If anybody doesn't understand

some point, [just] ask me (come).

5-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher baa neaq-naa min yual ria!) qway' sua kftom maak.

baa neaq-naa min yual riag qway' sua kftom maak. baa ne~aq-naa min yual ~ qway, sua kiiom ma:>k.

6. mian

ne~aq-naa

klia

baa neaq-naa min yual klia qway, sua kiiom m:>ak.

samnua

baa neaq-naa min yual samnua qway, sua kftom m;)Jk,

sac-kday

baa neaq-naa mi-n yual sac-kday qway' sua kftom m:>ak.

camlaay

baa neaq-naa min yual camlaay qway, sua kftom maak.

kaa

baa neaq-naa min yual kaa qway, sua kftom maak. -

mee-rian

baa neaq-naa min yual mee-rian qway, sua kftom m:>ak.

dau tee ••.

The verb dag 'to know' in affirmative sentences is connected with an object clause by means of one of the conjunctions thaa or cia, as in the following sentences: neaq teag-qah traw da!J thaa prateeh-kampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac muay.

You all should know that Cambodia is an independent country.

ki\om mi-n dan cia daq kanlaeg naa tee. -

I don't know where [we'll] put [them]. (I don't know that [we'll] put (them] where.)

In interrogative sentences, however, cia and thaa are replaced by the question particle tee before a clause object, as in --

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw riaccathianii mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

Does anyone know how many people there are in the capital?

6- A. Substitution Drill Teacher mian ne'"aq-naa dag tee, niw riaccathianii mtan manub cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

Student mian ne-aq-naa dalJ tee, niw riaccathianii mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

Grammar and Drills Teacher

361

student

pnum-piii

mian neaq-naa da:g tee, niw pnum-pifi mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

srok-kmae

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw srok-kmae mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

srok-baraiJ

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw srok-baraiJ mian manuh cU:mnuan ponmaan neaq? mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw paarii mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

khaet-takaew

mian neaq-naa da:g tee, niw khaettakaew mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

batdamba.au

mian ne~aq-naa dag tee, niw batdamba.au mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

niw-y:>:>k

mian ne~aq-naa dalJ tee, niw niw-y:>:>k mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

sahaqroat-qaameric

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw sahaqroatqaameric mian manuh cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

6- B. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

niw srok-kmae mian khaet ponmaan?

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw srok-kmae mian khaet ponmaan?

khaet siam-riap niw khaag-naa?

mian neaq-naa dag tee, khaet-siam-riap niw khaaiJ-naa?

riaccathianii raba.h sahaqroatqaameric cmuah qway?

mian nevaq-naa dag tee, riaccathianii raba.h sahaqroat-qaameric cmuah qway?

niw tii-kro:g paarii mian praciacuan cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

mian neaq-naa dag tee, niw tii-krog paarii mian praciacuan cumnuan ponmaan neaq?

ba.wiy (rawiy, lawiy) 11. kruasaa klah y:>:>k samlay kabaah rH sout ti-w rawi-y daambay-nig tbaaii kluan-qaeg.

raw fiber to rotate, spin Some families take cotton or silk fiber [and] spin [it] in order to weave (it] themselves. Jones Then what other agricultural products are there?

12. haay mian phal-damnam qway-klah tiat?

sap han kawsuu k:>:> lg:>:> 13. phal-damnam qae-tiat kH kawsuu, poot, sandaek, mric, k:>:>, haay-ni-g lg:>:>.

rubber kapok sesame other products are rubber, corn, beans, pepper, kapok, and sesame.

Jones In what province do they raise (plant)

14. kawsuu kee dam ni-w khaet naa?

rubber?

saphan rubber plantation rubber factory There are rubber plantations and rubber factories in Kampong Cham Province.

camkaa-kawsuu roog-twaa-kawsuu 15. mian camkaa-kawsuu haay-ni-g roog-twaa-kawsuu ni-w khaet kampuag-caam. Jones 16. kraw-pii phal-damnam, mian phalHttaphal samkhan qway tiat?

Besides agricultural crops, what other important products are there?

sap han neesaat (nesaat) kaa-nesaat-tray 17. kraw-pii nuh, mian kaa-nesaattray.

to fish fishing, the fishing industry Besides that, there's the fishing industry.

Lesson 28

368 pray tray-tik-pray saap tray-tik- saap 18. tray mian pii yaaiJ, kH tray-tikpray haay-niiJ tray-tik-saap.

to be salty, seasoned salt-water fish to bland, unseasoned fresh-water fish There are two kinds of fish-saltwater fish and fresh-water fish.

IJiat tray-niat 19. kee yook tray tiw twaa tray-:niat, tray-cqaa, tik-tray, haay-nin prahok cia daam.

to be dried and salted dried salted fish They use the fish to make dried fish, smoked fish, fish-sauce, and prahok (as examples). Jones well, mine mineral ore (ore) mine Are there [any] mines in Cambodia?

qandoWJ (qandoWJ, ndOWJ) rae qandoUIJ-rae 20. niw srok-kmae mian qandoUIJrae tee?

saphan daek spo1m 21. baat, mian; niw kampuaiJ-thom mian qandoUIJ-rae yo:>k daek, spo1m, miah, haay-nin kyuWJ.

iron, steel copper Yes, there are; in Kampong Thorn there are mines [from which they] get iron, copper, gold, and coal.

fosfat cii 22. niw batdambaa.g haay-niiJ khaet kamp:>:>t mian fosfat dael kee yook tiw praa cia cii.

phosphate fertilizer In Battambang and Kampot Province there is phosphate which they (take and) use for fertilizer.

tbOUIJ tboWJ-pic tboWJ-kandian (-kandiau, -kadiag) totim (tatim) "'"' kraUm (kratim, katim) tboUIJ-btim"' tboUIJ-krotim 23. haay mian tboUIJ-pic pseiiJ-psei.tJ, kH tboW]-kandiaiJ haay-niiJ tboWJ-kratim cia-daam.

(precious) stone jewels, precious stones sapphire pomegranate ruby And there are various [kinds of] precious stones, such as sapphires and rubies.

Jones bai'lcuun {baiicuWl, pacuun) baiicuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh 24. phallittaphal qway-klah dael kee baiicuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh?

to send out, send away to export What products do they export (send away to sell abroad)?

sap han 25. rabah samkhan bamphot kH sraw, kawsuu, poot, tray, haay-nilJ mric.

The most important things are rice, rubber, corn, fish, and pepper.

Grammar and Drills

369

Jones krialJ laan maasiin ~ maasin (masin) tin pii baarateeh 26. camnaek kriag laan haay-nig masin pseig-pseilj, traw tiii pii baarateeh, m££n tee?

automobile parts machines, motor(s), machinery to import As for automobile parts and various [kinds of] machinery, (they] have to import [them] (buy from abroad), right? sap han

damlaag (damlaag) rooJJ-damlaaJJ-laan siitroqaen 27. baat, haay niw tii-krOlJ pnum-pin mian roog-damlaaJJ-laan siitroqaen muay.

to set up, assemble automobile assembly plant Citroen (a make of automobile Yes, and in Phnom Penh there's a Citroen automobile assembly plant.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS

1. klah in Interrogative Words The pluralizing function of klah after interrogative and indefinite pronouns and adjectives was discussed in Lesson 11, B, 5; e.g.: look look look look

cag tirig,!Y~? COlJ tin qway-klah? COlJ tiw naa? COl] ti-w naa-klah?

What would you like to buy? What-all would you like to buy? Where would you like to go? Wilere-all would you like to go?

klah occurs with a pluralizing and generalizing function in several interrogative compounds in this lesson: niw srok-kmae mian quhsaahaqkam yaa:g-mac-klah?

What kinds of industry are there in Cambodia?

kraw-pii roog-kan-sraw, taa, mian rooJJ-caq qway-klah tiat?

Besides rice-mills, tell me, what (pl. ) other factories are there?

ni-w roo:g-dambaaii kee twaa kranat qway-klah?

What (pl.) (kinds of] cloth are made in the weaving mills?

haay mian phal-damnam qway-klah tiat?

And what (pl.) other agricultural products are there?

1-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

ni-w srok-kmae mian quhsaahaqkam yaau- mac-klah?

niw srok-kmae mian quhsaahaqkam yaa:g-mac-klah?

phal-damnam

ni-w srok-kmae mian phal-damnam yaa:g-mac-klah?

rabiap saksaa

niw srok-kmae mian rabiap saksaa yaau-mac-klah?

Lesson 28

370

kaqsakam

ni-w srok-kmae mian kaqsakam yaau-mac-klah?

kaa-r:>:>k-sii

ni-w srok-kmae mian kaa-r:>:>k-sii yaau-mac-klah?

roou-caq

ni-w srok-kmae mian roou-caq yaau-mac-klah?

kaa-nesaat-tray

ni-w srok-kmae mian kaa-nesaat-tray yaau-mac-klah?

kaa-twaa-damnaa

ni-w srok-kmae mian kaa-twaadamnaa yaau-mac-klah?

phy-day

ni-w srok-kmae mian pti-y-day yaau-mac-klah?

kaylaa

ni-w srok-kmae mian kaylaa yaau-mac-klah?

1-B. Transformation Drill

Teacher niw srok-kmae mian quhsaahaqkam yaag-mac? haay mian phal-damnam ~ tiat? kee Uw rian t!)ay naa? kee dam kawsuu niw khaet naa? praciacu1m r:>:>k-sii yaau naa? look teaq-t:>:>IJ niu neaq-naa? niw pnum-piii mian roou-caq ~? kee Uii masin pii srok naa?

Student ni-w srok-kmae mian quhsaahaqkam yaau-mac-klah? haay mian phal-damnam qway-klah tiat? kee tiw rian t!)ay naa-klah? kee dam kawsuu niw khaet naa-klah? praciacu1m r:>ak-sii yaau naa-klah? look teaq-ta:>IJ nin ne~aq-naa-klah? niw pnum-piii mian roon-caq qway-klah? kee Hii masi-n pii srok naa-klah?

2. teaq-taau ni:g

teaq-t>og nig means 'to be related to, involved with, attached to, concerned

with', as in:

quhsaahaqkam samkan bamphot niw srok-kmae teaq-t>og nig phaiUttaphal kaqsakam.

Industry in Cambodia is primarily related to agriculturafproducts.

Following are some further examples of the use of teaq-t>ag ni-n: krasuan-kaqsakam teaq-t>og nig neaq-srae.

The Department of Agriculture is concerned with farmers.

manuh nuh mian kaa teaq-bag ni-g krasuau-teehsacaa.

That man is (has work) affiliated with the Department of Tourism.

krasuau-baarateeh teaq-b:>n ni-u prateeh-kraw.

The Department of Foreign Affairs is involved with foreign countries.

Grammar and Drills

371

2-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

manuh nuh teaq-t::>::>IJ nil] krasuag-teehsacaa.

manuh nuh teaq-taag nil] krasuau-teehsacaa.

krasuag-quhsaahaqkam.

manuh nub teaq-t:>:>IJ niiJ krasuag-quhsaahaqkam.

krasuau-kaqsakam.

manuh nuh teaq-t:>:>lJ niiJ krasuag-kaqsakam.

krasual]-kaa-baarateeh.

manuh nuh teaq-t:>::>IJ nil] krasuag-kaa-baarateeh.

krasuau-kaqsakam teaq-t::>:>lJ nil] neaq-srae.

krasuau-kaqsakam teaq-t:>:>lJ niiJ neaq-srae.

kaa-Vwaa-srae-camkaa.

krasua!J-kaqsakam teaq-taalJ ni!J kaa -twa a- srae- camkaa.

phallittaphal kaqsakam.

krasuaiJ-kaqsakam teaq-taalJ nilJ phallittaphal kaqsakam.

rabiap twaa-srae.

krasuaJJ-kaqsakam teaq-t):>IJ nilJ rabiap twaa-srae.

3. roog vs. roog-caq The word roog-caq refers specifically to an industrial plant involving machinery of some kind, as in kraw-pii rooJ]-kan-sraw, taa, mian roou-caq qway-klah teat?

Besides rice-mills, tell me, what other factories are there?

~. on the other hand, has a much more general meaning, and refers to any hall, building, or establishment which has some practical use, whether industrial or otherwise. roog occurs as the headword in compounds referring both to industrial and non-industrial establishments, since its nature is specified in such compounds by the accompanying modifier; e.g.:

roou-kon rooiJ-dambaan roou-lkhaon rooiJ-kan-sraw rooJJ-qaa-chaa

'cinema' 'weaving mill' 'theater' 'rice-mill' 'saw-mill'

roou-twaa-baray 'cigarette factory' rooJ]-damlaaJ]-laan 'automobile assembly plant' rooJ]-Vwaa-skaa 'sugar refinery' rooJJ-twaa-sraa 'distillery'

3-A. Substitution Drill Student

Teacher niw pnum-pin mian roou-kan-sraw craan kanlaeiJ.

niw pnum-pin mian roog-kan-sraw craan kanlaeiJ.

roog-dambaaii

niw pnum-pifi mian roog-dambaafi. craan kanlaeu.

roog-Vwaa-baray

niw pnum-pifi mian roog-twaa-baray craan kanlaeiJ.

372

Lesson 28 Teacher

student roog-kon

niw pnum-pil\ mian roon-kon craan kanlaen.

roog-twaa-sraa

niw pnum-piii mian roon-twaa-sraa craan kanlaeg.

roog-twaa-skaa

niw pnum-piii mian roog-twaa-skaa craan kanlaeg.

roog-lkhaon

niw pnum-piii m.ian roog-lkhaon craan kanlaeg.

roog-damlaa.g-laan

niw pnum-piii mian roog-damlaaglaan craan kanlaeg.

roog-qaa-chaa

niw pnum-piii mian roou-qaa-chaa craan kanlaeg.

roog-twaa-kawsuu

niw pnum-piii mian roog-twaa-kawsuu craan kanlaeg.

4. Preposed Objects before Certain Verb Phrases In Lesson 3, B, 8 it was suggested that a substantive object occurs as a preposed topic when the object rather than the subject is the paramount topic, or the topic to be emphasized in the sentence, e.g.:

piaq nub, kiiom min yu"ai tee.

That word, I don't understand.

Preposed objects also seem to occur in sentences in which the occurrence of an object in the normal position after the primary verb would tend to interrupt or break up a rather cohesive verb phrase, as in the following sentences: phalUttaphal qway-klah dael kee baiicuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh?

What products do they ex.port (send away to sell abroad)?

camnaek kriag-laan haay-nig masin pseig-pseig, traw tin pii baarateeh, mttn tee?

As for automobile parts and various [kinds of] machinery, [they] have to import [them] (buy from abroad), right?

The objects in the above examples, however, may occur in the normal object position, as in the following examples: kee baiicuun phalUttaphal qway-

What products do they export?

kee traw tin kriag-laan haaynig masin psein-psein pii baarateeh.

They have to import automobile parts and various machinery.

klah Uw luaq niw baarateeh?

4-A. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

kee baiicuun phallittaphal kaqsakam tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

phalUttaphal kaqsakam kee baiicuun Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee baiicuun sraw tiw luaq niw baarateeh. - -

sraw kee baiicuun Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

Comprehension

373

Teacher

Student

kee bancuun kawsuu Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

kawsuu kee bancuun Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee bancuun mric Uw luaq niw baarateeh. - -

mric kee bancuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee bancuun poot Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

poot kee bancuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee bancuun tray-niat Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

tray-niat kee bancuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee bancuun tboug-kratim Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

tbouu-kratim kee bancuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

kee bal'icuun chaa Uw luaq ni-w baarateeh. - -

chaa kee bancuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh.

4-B. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

kee Ufi kri:au-laan pii baarateeh. kee Uii masin pseig-pseig pii baarateeh. kee tin laan pii baarateeh. kee Ufi tuU-hk-kaaq pii baarateeh. kee tin pretu-san pii baarateeh. kee Ufi pradap-thaat-ruup pii baarateeh. kee Uii daek pii baarateeh. kee Uii masin-qaukulileik pii baarateeh. kee Ufi tnam-pttt pii baarateeh. [Tape 49]

kriau-laan kee Uii. pii baarateeh. masin pseig-psein kee Uii pii baarateeh. laan kee Ui'i. pii baarateeh. t\ill-'tik-kaaq kee tin pii baarateeh. prei.u-sau kee tin pii baarateeh. pradap-thaat-ruup kee Uii pii baarateeh. daek kee Uii pii baarateeh. masin-qankulileik kee tifi pii baarateeh. tnam-pttt kee tifi pii baarateeh.

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Making a Living in Cambodia

Bill:

[r:>baa (rabaa) 'trade, profession'] [r:>baa-r:>:>k-sii 'trade, method of earning a living'] praciacuan kmae mian rabaa-r:>:>k-sii qway-klah?

saen:

praciacuan kmae craan r:>:>k-sii twaa-srae haay-nig nesaat-tray.

Bill:

kraw-pii nuh, mian rabaa qway tiat?

saen:

mian neaq klah tiat r:>:>k-sii kap chaa. cuan-kaal kee qaa chaa kluan-qaen, rH kee y:>:>k chaa bandaet taam tik Uw roou-qaa-chaa niw pnum-p4:n. [prayaoc (prayaoc, payaoc) 'purpose, usefulness; to be useful'] [sag 'to build'] chaa niw srok-kmae mian prayaoc nah, kH samrap sag pteah haay-nin twaa tok-tuu pseitJ-pseitJ.

Bill:

(daam-kawsuu 'rubber trees'] kiiom baan IH thaa niw srok-kmae mian dam daam-kawsuu, mttn tee?

374

Lesson 28 saen:

baat, mian dam kawsuu craan nah ni-w khaet-kampuag-caam.

Bill:

rabaa tevag-qah nih teaq-toou ni-g srok-srae-camkaa. taa, praciacuvan niw tii-krOIJ twaa-kaa qway?

saen:

niw tii-krou kee craan twaa-kaa niw roou-caq pseitJ-pseiu, kH roou-twaa-baray, rootJ-dambaan, rOOI)-twaa-skaa, roou-twaa-chaakuh, liaay-niu roog-twaa-siimQtJ. [qaqkiisanii 'electricity'] [roou-qaqkiisanii 'generating plant'] kraw-pii nuh, mian haau-cuah-cul-laan, rooiJ-qaqkhiisanii, haay-nig kaau-twaa-kriau-miah-pi-c.

Bill:

niw srok-kmae kee twaa kri-ag-miah-pic qampii qway?

saen:

qou, twaa pii miah, praq, haay-nig tbouu pseitJ-pseitJ. [hotael 'hotel'] kraw-pii nuh kee twaa kammakaa niw kanlaeg pseiu-pseig, douc-cia niw hotael, haau-luaq-baay, roog-kon cia-daam.

2. Working in a Weaving Mill seig:

saau-qaeu twaa-kaa niw qae-naa?

saau:

ki'iom twaa-kaa ni-w roog-dambaan.

seitJ:

kee tbaaii kranat qway-klah?

saau:

kee tbaan kranat-sout haay-ni-u kranat-qambah.

seiu:

kee

saau:

kee tin kabaah pii khaet pseitJ-pseig haay rawiy cia qambah.

seig:

kee tin sout mook pii naa?

saau:

tin kabaah

mook pii naa?

[prateeh-kraw 'foreign countries, abroad'] [koun-niag 'silk-worms'] kee hn sout klah mook pii prateeh-kraw, haay klah tiat pii neaqcamkaa pseig-pseiu dael caiicam koun-nia!J.

seig:

ni-w roog-dambaaii nub kee mian kammakaa ponmaan neaq?

saau:

qou, prahael marooy neaq.

seig:

coul-cat twaa-kaa niw kanlaeu nuh tee?

saau:

tee, min coul-cat ponmaan tee. kiiom kit ti-w twaa-kaa n4-w haau-cuah-cul"'laan rabah baOIJ kiiom wi-ii. C. CONVERSATION

1. Discussing Industry in Cambodia Have one student assume the role of a foreigner and another the role of a native Cambodian. The foreigner questions the Cambodian about industry in Cambodia. Questions might include such things as the most important agricultural products in Cambodia, what kinds of factories there are in Cambodia, what products are exported, and what products are imported.

Conversation

375

2. Discussing the Fishing Industry Have one student question another about the fishing industry in Cambodia. Questions might include such things as what kinds of fishing are carried on, where the fish are caught, the various forms in which the fish are marketed, and the various kinds of fish products. 3. Discussing the Lumber Industry Have one student question another about the lumber industry in Cambodia. Questions might include such things as where the wood is cut, how it is transported to the saw-mills, what the uses of wood are in Cambodia, and whether wood and wood products are exported. 4. Working in a Weaving Mill Have one stUdent question another about his work in a weaving mill. Questions might include such things as what kinds of cloth are produced in the mill, where the raw materials come from, how the raw materials are made into cloth, which materials are exported and imported, etc. 5. Discussing Various Kinds of Work Have each student discuss the various kinds of work he has done in his lifetime. The student should try to use the vocabulary and structures already introduced so far as possible; when unfamiliar vocabulary is necessary, it may be supplied by the teacher.

LESSON 29. GOVERNMENT [Tape 50]

A. DIALOOUE

John to regulate, govern to oversee, administer, govern system of government What system of government do you have in Cambodia?

kraan krup-kraag rabiap-krup-kraag 1. niw prateeh-kampuccia mian rabiap-krup-kr:>:>IJ yaag-mac?

bopphaa qaanaacaq(qanaacaq) riac riac-qanaacaq preah-riac-qanaacaq (prariac-qanaacaq, priac-qanaacaq) ksat preah- mahaa-ksat neaq-dak-noam 2. caah, prateeh-kampuccia kH cia preah-riac-qanaacaq mian preahmahaa-ksat cia neaq-dak-noam.

realm, domain, country royal; reign, dynasty royal domain, kingdom kingdom ruler, royalty king, monarch leader Cambodia is a kingdom having a monarch as leader.

John 3. prateeh-kampuccia baan qaekkariac pii cnam naa?

When (from what year) did Cambodia achieve [her] independence? bopphaa Norodom Sihanouk King Norodom Sihanouk

rt>rootdam siihanuq preah-baat narootdam siihanuq tiam-tia

to wrest away, obtain by bargaining national independence Christian Era, A.D. 1953 A.D.

qaekkariac ciat krihsaqkaraac kri:hsaqkaraac muay-poan prambuan-raay haasap-bay 4. preah-baat narootdam siihanuq baan tiam-tia qaekkariac ciat pii prateeh-barag niw kri:hsaqkaraac muay-po~an prambuan- raay haasap-bay.

King Norodom Sihanouk succeeded in obtaining national independence from France in 1953 A. D.

kan latthiq (latthiq) praciathippatay (praciathipptay) royatthaqthoammanuii 5. prateeh-kampuccia kan latthiq praciathippatay daoy mian roatthaqthoammanuii.

to hold, believe, maintain concept, belief, faith, principle democracy constitution Cambodia maintains the principle of democracy by having a constitution.

376

Dialogue

377

John 6. baa douccnah, ro~atthaqthoammanun nub kaat laau pii cnam naa?

In that case, when (from what year)

did the constitution originate?

bopphaa saoy-riac preah-qan tau

7. kaal preah-baat siihanuq niw

saoy-riac, preah-qan baan tau roatthaqthoammanuii niw knou krihsaqkaraac mapoan prambuanrooy saesap-prampU.

to rule, to reign 3rd person pronoun for royal persons; specifier for royal persons to establish, set up, appoint When King Sihanouk was still reigning, he established the constitution in 1947 A.D.

John noyoobaay (nayoobaay) 8. prateeh-kampuccia mian nayoobaay yaau-mac-klah?

policy What kind of policy does Cambodia have?

bopphaa qaqpyiakrat (qapyiakrat) 9. cap tat)-pii baan qaekkariac mo:>k prateeh-kampuccia baan kan nayoobaay qapyiakrat.

neutralism; neutralist Ever since gaining [her] independence, Cambodia has maintained a policy of neutralism.

John niqteqpaiiiiat 10. qae niqteqpaiiiiat win, mian rabiap yaau-naa-klah?

legislative (branch) How is the legislative (branch) organized? (As for the legislative (branch), what's the system like?)

bopphaa saphia (saphia) roat roat-saphia krom priksaa krom-priksaa-preah-riacqanaacaq 11. caah, prateeh-kampuccia mian saphia pii, kH roat-saphia niu krom-prlksaa-preah-riacqanaacaq. pracia (pracia) riah praciariah (praciariah) cnaot bah cnaot craah raah

house, chamber, assembly state, political entity the National Assembly group, council to advise, counsel Council of the Kingdom Well, Cambodia has two houses-the National Assembly and the Council of the Kingdom. people, populace people, populace people, populace ticket, vote to cast one's ballot, to vote to choose to pick out, select

Lesson 29

378

to choose, select to elect member of, belonging to The people elect the members of the National Assembly.

craah-raah

bah cnaot craah-raah

samaaciq (samaaci-k) ni-y 12. praciariah bah cnaot craah-raah samaaci-k ni-y roat-saphia.

duty, responsibility law, custom making new laws, legislation to change, correct, revise, repair The National Assembly has theresponsibility for (in the area of) making new laws and revising the constitution.

phiareaq cbap kaa-twaa-cbap-tmay kae 13. roat-saphia mian phiareaq khaa.g kaa-twaa-cbap-tmay haay-ni-u kae roatthaqthoammanuii. praam yual-praam twaay preah-kaqrunaa 14. qae krom-pri-ksaa-preah-riacqanaacaq win, traw piini-t ni-u yual-praam cbap nub mun nilJ baiicuun ti-w twaay preahkaqrunaa.

to agree (to) to approve, consent (to) to offer, present term of reference for the king As for the Council of the Kingdom, [it] must examine and approve these laws before sending (and presenting) [them] to the king.

John who, anyone, someone, whoever the government, the administration Who appoints the government?

nanaa (nanaa) roatthaaphibaal (~ roatthaqphibaal) 15. nanaa tag roatthaaphibaal?

bopphaa muantray roat- muantray niayuaq-roat-muantray pramuk (pramuk) 16. caah,preah-kaqrunaa craah-raah niayuaq-roat-muantray cia pramuk roatthaaphibaal.

minister government minister prime minister head, chief Well, the king chooses the prime minister to be head of the government.

kanaq kanaq-roat-muantray 17. ruac pii nub tiw, niayuaq-roatmuantray qaac craah-raah samaaci-k ni-y kanaq-roatmuantray baan.

party, group group of ministers, the cabinet From that point on, the prime minister can select the members of his cabinet.

kaa-yual-praam sac-kday-tuk-cat 18. niayuaq-roat-muantray haay-ni-u samaaci-kniy kanaq-roat-muantray traw tatual kaa-yual-praam haayni-u sac-kday-tuk-cat pii roat-saphia.

approval, consent confidence The prime minister and the members of the cabinet must receive the approval and the confidence of the National Assembly.

Grammar and Drills

379

John qamnaac (qamnaac) 19. qaiicaiJ roat-saphia mian qamnaac nab!

power, authority Then the National Assembly has a lot of power!

bopphaa representative

damnaau (damnaau, tamnaau) tua-tiw (tuu-tiw) 20. caah, traw haay; pruah samaacik roat-saphia cia damnaaiJ rabah praciacuwan tuu-Uw.

all, all over, in general Yes, that's right; because the members of the National Assembly are the representatives of the general population. duty, function The members of the cabinet function as ministers of the various departments.

uia 21. samaaci-k kanaq-roat-muwantray mian IJia cia roat-muantray ni-y krasuau pseil)-pseiiJ. John

What are some of the departments?

22. mian krasuau qway-klah Uw?

bopphaa yutteqthoa (yuttathoa) krasuau-yuttathoa kaa-pia kaa-pia-prateeh khoosnaakaa mohaa-pUy (mahaa-pUy) krasuau-mohaa-pti-y 23. caah, mian krasuau-yuttathoa, kaa-pia-prateeh, kaa-baarataeh, khoosnaakaa, haay-ni-IJ krasuaumahaa-ptiy cia-daam.

justice Department of Justice to protect, defend defense; to defend the country information, publicity interior Department of Interior Well, there are the Departments of Justice, Defense, Foreign Affairs, Information, and (the Department of) Interior, for example.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. Another Translation for cia In Lessons 24, B, 3 and 26, B, 6 we saw that cia as a copulative or connective verb is sometimes best translated 'into', as in mattyummasaksaa caek cia pii pnaek.

Secondary education is divided into {making, being) two parts.

In this lesson cia occurs in several sentences in which it can be translated by the preposition 'aS'i;e.g.: Cambodia is a kingdom having a prateeh-kampuccia kH cia preahmonarch M (beimg) leader. riac-qanaacaq mian preah-mahaaksat cia neaq-dak-noam.

Lesson 29

380

preah-kaqrunaa craah-raah niayuaq- The king selects the prime minister roat-muantray cia pramuk as (to be) head of the government. ro-atthaaphibaal-.samaaci-k kanaq-roat- muantray mian gia cia roat-muantray niy krasuag pseig-pseig.

The members of the cabinet function as (have the duty to be) ministers of the different departments.

Note that the function of cia in these sentences is structurally identical with that of cia in the first exampkabove; the difference lies only in the English translation.1-A. Substitution Drill Teacher manub nub mian gia cia roat-muantray niy krasuag-kaa-b:>k haay.

I'm~ home. He's come already.

As directional verbs (see Lesson 10, B, 6): y:>:>k qaywan nih Uw. kiiom som baray muay m:>:>k.

Take these things away. Could I have a cigarette (come)?

m:>:>k also occurs as an auxiliary (see Lesson 9, B, 10), as in ~

san.

Uw iiam baay niw haat.J nuh

Come have something to eat in that shop first.

Uw also occurs as an imperative particle (see Lesson 11, B, 1), as in riap-cam kluan qaoy chap Uwl

(Go ahead and) get ready quickly!

In addition to the above functions, Uw and m:>:>k also occur as aspectual particles

which show time relationships. m:>:>k as an aspectual particle means 1continuing from a point in the past up to the present', as in the following examples: kiiom cag maal qagk:.>:>-woat cia yuu nah m:>:>k haay.

I've wanted to see Angkor Wat for a long time now (since a long time ~already).

kiiom baan niw srok-kmae muay cnam m:>:>k haay.

I've lived in Cambodia for a year (a year come already).

haay bantoap m:>:>k, kaa cok puah klaiJ laag. --

Then later on, [my] stomach-ache got worse.-

cap taiJ pii baan qaekkariac m:>:>k, prateeh-kampuccia baan kan-nayoobaay qapyiakrat.

Ever since gaining independence (come), Cambodia has maintained a policy of neutrality.

tiw as an aspectual particle means 'continuing onward from the present; onward from a point in the past to an indefinite point in the future; on, onward, further', as in the following examples: m:>:>k daa taa tiw tiat.

Let's walk on.

ruac pii nuh tiw, niayuvaq-roatFrom that point on, the prime minister muantray qaaccraah-raah samaacik can select the members of the cabinet. niy kanaq-rovat-muvantray baan. In the following examples, the meaning of tiw as an aspectual particle is rather

more subtle, but its function is structurally equivalent to that of tiw in the above examples; its meaning in these examples appears to be 'indefiniteness; continuing to an indefinite point; further': prahael cia tiw sqaek haay, maal-tiw.

Perhaps (I'll] go tomorrow, (we'll) see (indefinite).

twaa yaaJj-mac tiw, baan tiw cia qagkaa? -

What do they do (further, indefinite) to make it into husked rice?

mian krasuag qway-klah tiw?

What are the various (further, indefinite) departments?

Grammar and Drills

383

Contrast the last example above with the sentence What are the various (specific) departments? 3-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

cap tau pii tgay nuh m:>:>k, prateehkampuccia mian roatthaqthoammanufi.

cap tau pii tl]ay nuh mo:>k, prateehkampuccia mian roatthaqthoammanuii.

kan nayoobaay qapyiakrat.

cap tai) pii tl)ay nuh moak, prateehkampuccia kan nayoobaay qapyiakrat.

cia prateeh qaekkariac.

cap taiJ pii tl)ay nuh maak, prateehkampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac.

mian saphia pii.

cap tau pii tuay nuh maak, prateehkampuccia mian saphia pii.

kan latthiq praciatMppatay.

cap taiJ pii tuay nuh moO>k, prateehkampuccia kan latthiq praciathi-ppatay.

mian quhsaahaqkam craan nah.

cap taiJ pii tuay nuh moak, prateehkampuccia mian quhsaahaqkam craan nah.

baiicuun sraw Hw luaq niw baarateeh.

cap tau pii tl]ay nuh maak, prateehkampuccia baiicuun sraw Uw luaq niw baarateeh.

3- B. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

cap tau pii tuay nih Hw, kiiom niu chup cuyaq baray.

cap tau pii tl]ay-nih Uw, kiiom ni!J chup cuyaq baray.

kham twaa-kaa.

cap taiJ pii tuay-nih Uw, kiiom ni!J kham twaa-kaa.

tiw daa-leen roal tgay.

cap tal) pii tl)ay-nih Uw, kfiom ni!J tiw daa-leen roal tgay.

rian khaan prawoattasaah.

cap tau pii tl)ay-nih Uw, kfiom nilJ rian khaan prawoattasaah.

twaa-kaa niw roop-qaa-chaa.

cap tal) pii tl)ay-nih Uw, kfiom ni!J twaa-kaa niw roog-qaa-chaa.

twaa-srae.

cap taiJ pii tl]ay-nih tiw, kiiom ni!J twaa-srae.

twaa kruu-ba!)rian.

cap tau pii tl]ay-nih Uw, Idiom ni!J twaa kruu-baurian.

Lesson 29

384

3-C. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

ruac pli nuh Uw, kfiom twaa-kaa n!w haan-luaq-baay.

ruac pii nuh maak, kfiom twaa-kaa ni-w haan-Iuaq-baay.

ruac pii nuh ti-w, kfiom rian khaan wiqswaakaa.-

ruac pii nuh m:>ak, kfiom rian khaan wiqswaakaa. - -

ruac pii nuh Uw, kfiom ceh baak laan.

ruac pii nuh maak, kfiom ceh baak laan.

ruac pii nuh Uw, kfiom twaa kaa-riacckaa.-

ruac pii nuh maak, kfiom twaa kaa-riacckaa-.--

ruac pii nuh Uw, kfiom ni-w srokbaran. -

ruac pii nuh maak, kfiom ni-w srokbaran.

ruac pii nuh Uw, kfiom rian twaa mhoup baran-.-

ruac pii nuh maak, kiiom rian twaa mhoup baran.

ruac pii nuh tiw, kfiom tiw daaleeg. -

ruac pii nuh maak, kiiom tiw daaleeg. --

3-D. Transformation Drill Teacher mian krasuag qway-klah? mian gia qway-klah? mian phiareaq qway-klah? mian khaet qway-klah? mian samaaci-k qway-klah? mian ri-ag qway-klah? mian mhoup qway-klah?

student mian krasuag qway-klah tiw? mian gia qway-klah tiw?mian phiareaq qway-klah tiw? mian khaet qway-klah tiw? mian samaaci-k qway-klah tiw? mian ri-ag qway-klah tiw?mian mhoup qway-klah tiw?

4. mun ni-u When the conjunction mun 'before' introduces a dependent clause, it is frequently followed by the future auxiliary ni-u, since the action of the dependent clause is necessarily posterior to that of the main clause; e.g.: kee traw piinU ni-g yual-praam cbap nub mun ni-g baficuun tiw twaay preah-kaqrunaa.

They must examine and agree to these laws before sending (and presenting) [them] to the king.

4-A. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

kee traw piinU ni-g yual-praam cbap nuh. kee traw piinit ni-g yual-praam cbap [kee] baiicuun Uw twaay preah-kaqrunaa. nuh mun ni-g baiicuun tiw twaay preahkaqrunaa. kee traw rawi-y samlay cia qambah. [kee] tbaafi cia kranat.

kee traw rawi-y samlay cia qambah mun nig tbaaii cia kranat.

kee traw pcua srae.

kee traw pcua srae mun ni:g pruwah sraw.

[kee] pruah sraw.

Grammar and Drills

385

Teacher

student

kee traw daaq samnaap. [kee1 stuuu ni-w knog srae.

kee traw daaq samnaap mun ni-u stuuu ni-w knog srae.

kee traw baoh pteah. [kee1cuut tok-tuu.

kee traw baoh pteah mun niu cuut tok-tuu.

kee traw twaa mhoup-mhaa. [kee1tatual piiiaw.

kee traw twaa mhoup-mhaa mun nin tatual piiiaw.

kee traw cuah-cul laan. [kee Jtwaa damnaa Uw siam-riap.

kee traw cuah-cullaan mun ni-u twaa damnaa Uw siam-riap.

kee traw Ufi sambot. [kee] coul maal kon.

kee traw Ufi sambot mun nig coul maal kon.

5. nanaa ~is an alternative form of the pronoun neaq-naa 'who, someone, anyone, whoever' (see Lesson 22, B, 11), as in

nanaa tag roatthaaphibaal? sua nanaa ka-baan.

Who appoints the government? Ask anyone at all.

5-A. Transformation Drill Teacher neaq-naa tag roatthaaphibaal? Uw cia-muay neaq-naa ka-baan. neaq-naa can ti-w maal kon? look kit Uw cia-muay neaq-naa? baa ne'aq-naa min yual ri-ag qway, sua kfiom m:>ak. look maok r:>ok neaq-naa? baa look can ti-w cia-muay neaq-naa, prap kfiom ti-w. neaq-naa mian rook claa.u kee qaoy Uw deik tae-maneaq-qaeg.

student roatthaaphibaal? Uw cia-muay nonaa ka-baan. nanaa can Uw maal kon? look kit Uw cia-muay n:>naa? baa nonaa mi-n yual ri-ag qway, sua kfiom m:>ok. look mook rook n:>naa? baa look can Uw cia-muay nanaa, prap kfiom Uw. nonaa mian rook claa.n kee qaoy Uw deik tae-maneaq-qaeg.

~tag

6. The Preposition ni-y ni-y is a preposition meaning 'of, belonging to' which normally replaces r:>bah in formal spoken or literary Cambodian, as in: niayuaq-roat-muantray qaac craahraah samaadk niy kanaq-roatmuantray baan.

The prime minister can select the members of the cabinet.

samaaci-k nimuay-nimuay mian gia cia roat- muantray ni-y krasuag pseig-pseig.

The various members function as ministers of the different departments.

Lesson 29

386 6-A. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

kee traw craah-raah samaacik rabah kanaq-roat-muantray.

kee traw craah-raah samaacik niy kanaq-roat-muantray. -

manuh nuh cia samaacik rabah roat-saphia.

manuh nub cia samaadk niy roat-saphia.

samaaci-k rovat-saphia cia damnaau rabah praciacuan.

samaacik roat-saphia cia damnaau ni-y praciacuan.

koat mian gia cia root-muantray rabah krasuag-kaa-baarateeh.

koat mian gia cia ro~at-muantray niy krasuag-kaa-baarateeh.

preah-mahaa-ksat cia pramuk rabah prateeh-kampuccia. --

preah-mahaa-ksat cia pramuk niy prateeh-kampuccia.

niayuaq-roat-muantray cia pramuk rabah roatthaaphibaal.

niayuaq-roat-muantray cia pramuk ni-y roatthaaphibaal.

manuh nuh cia smian rabah roatsaphia. --

manuh nuh cia smian niy roatsaphia.

nayoobaay rabah prateeh-kampuccia. yaag-mac-klah?

nayoobaay niy prateeh-kampuccia. yaag-mac-klah?

krom-preah-riac-qanaacaq cia saphia muay rabah roatthaaphibaal-kampuccia.

krom-preah-riac-qanaacaq cia saphia muay niy roatthaaphibaal-kampuccia.

preah-qau baan tag ro~atthaqthoammanuii rabah prateeh -kampuccia.

preah-qau baan tag roatthaqthoammanuii niy prateeh-kampuccia.

[Tape 51]

C. COMPREHENSION

1. Discussing Elections

John:

tuay-nih mit qat Uw twaa-kaa tee rH?

saphan:

baat, tee; tuay-nih kmian n:maa hw twaa-kaa tee, pruah cia tuay-bah-cnaot.

John:

kee bah cnaot craah-raah qway?

saphan:

[damnaag-riah 'representative of the people, assemblyman'] baat, kee bah cnaot craah-raah damnaau-riah.

John:

[coap cnaot 'to win an election'] baa baan coap cnaot, damnaag-riah nuh tiw twaa-kaa niw qae-naa?

saphan:

baat, kee nig Uw twaa cia samaaci-k roat-saphia niw pnum-p!l'l.

John:

thoammadaa kee twaa damnaau-riah baan ponmaan cnam?

saphan:

tae buan cnam tee; baa kee cau twaa tao ti-w tiat, kee traw coh cmuah qaoy kee bah cnaot qaoy madaag tiat.

John:

qaiicag kee bah cnaot raah damnaau-riah camnuan buan cnam madaau rH?

saphan:

baat, nig haay.

Comprehension

387

2. Discussing Government John:

niw prateeh-kampuccia mian nayoobaay yaaJJ-mac?

bopphaa: caah, mian nayoobaay qapyiakrat. John:

haay mian kaa-krup-kro:>u yaaJJ-mac-klah?

bopphaa: caah, mian preah-mahaa-ksat cia pramuk roat. mian kanaq-roat-mu-antray haay-niu saphia pii. John:

prateeh-kampuccia mian roatthaqthoammanufi tee?

bopphaa: caah, prateeh-kampuccia cia preah-riac-qanaacaq kan latthiq praciathippatay daoy mian roatthaqthoammanufi phaa.g. John:

qaflcan prateeh-kampuccia mian sdac krup-kr:>:>u douc prateehqauglee, yipun, siam?

[ksattrayaanii 'queen'] [m:>haa-ksattrayaanii 'royal queen; Her Majesty the Queen'] bopphaa: caah, niu haay; tae qaylaw-nih prateeh-kmae mian tae mahaaksattrayaanii tee.

John:

[samdac (samdac) 'title for high-ranking royalty; prince, princess'] [samdac siihanuq 'Prince Sihanouk'] cob, samdac siihanuq cia qway?

bopphaa: caah, samdac siihanuq cia pramuk-roat niy prateeh-kampuccia, min m££n cia preah-mahaa-ksat tee. 3. Local Government John:

niw taam khaet mian rabiap-krup-kro:>u yaaJJ-mac tiw?

[srok 'district, administrative division of a khaet'] [khum 'commune, administrative division of a srok'] bopphaa: caah, khaet nimuay-nimuay caek cia srok; srok nimuay-nimuay caek cia khum; khum nimuay-nimuay caek cia phuum. John:

mian neaq-riacckaa qway-klah?

[cawwaay-khaet 'provincial governor'] [cawwaay-srok 'administrative head of a srok, district-chief'] [mee-khum (mekhum) 'administrative head of a khum, communechief, mayor'] bopphaa: niw khaet nimuay-nimuay mian cawwaay-khaet cia pramuk. qae knou srok win, mian cawwaay-srok, haay niw khum nimuay-nimuay mian mek.hum. John:

(thorn 'to be important'] ne""aq-riacckaa teau-qah nih, taa, neaq-naa thorn ciau-kee?

[truat-traa 'to oversee, supervise, administer') bopphaa: cawwaay-khaet mian phiare-aq truat-traa cawwaay-srok haay-niiJ mekhum teaiJ-qah niw knou khaet kluan. John:

yii, twaa cawwaay-khaet mian phiareaq thorn nahl

bopphaa:

[saq 'rank, grade') caah, nig haay; phiareaq kaa thorn, saq kaa thorn.

Lesson 29

388 D. CONVERSATION 1. Discussing the Cambodian National Government

Have one student assume the role of a westerner and another of a native Cambodian. The westerner questions the Cambodian about Cambodian government. Questions might include such things as what form of government Cambodia has, when Cambodia got her independence, whether Cambodia has a constitution, when it came into existence, what kind of foreign policy Cambodia follows, and how laws are made. 2. The Formation of a Government Have one student question another about the formation of an executive government in Cambodia. Questions might include such things as how the prime minister is appointed, who appoints the members of the cabinet, how they are approved, and what the various departments of the government are. 3. Discussing Elections One student questions another about elections in Cambodia. Questions might include who can vote, what officials are elected, for how long, how many legislative houses there are, and what they are. 4. Discussing Local Government One student questions another about the organization of ·local government in Cambodia. Questions could include what the administrative units of government are below the national level, who is in charge of each, who has authority over whom, etc. 5. The Form of Government in One's Own Country Ask a student to volunteer to describe the form of government in his own country. He should rely on the constructions of the preceding lesson as much as possible; where additional voe'abulary is needed, he may consult the teacher.

LESSON 30. THE COUNTRY AND ITS PEOPLE

[Tape 52]

A. DIALOGUE

that canlah (canlah, calah) 1. prateeh-kampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac muay n!w qaaziipaek-qaqknee that n!w canlah prateeh-thay-lau haay-ni:g prateeh-wiat-naam.

to be placed, situated intervening space; between Cambodia is an independent country in Southeast Asia situated between (in the intervening space between) Thailand and Vietnam.

prEEk ba:g-prtEk-sti:g-tuanlee cia craan 2. niw prateeh-kampuccia kaqsakam qaoy phal craan nah pruah mian ba:g-prEEk-sU:g-tuanlee cia craan. 3. phalittaphal samkhan cia:g kee niw prateeh-kampuccia kH sraw, tray, kawsuu, poot, mric, sandaek, haay-ni:g plae-chaa psei:g-psei:g. phal knog day 4. kraw pii phalUttaphal kaqsakam, mian phal kno:g day cia craan, kH spo'im, daek, miah, haay-nig tbougpic psei:g-psei:g.

stream, large canal (lakes-streams-tributariesrivers) lakes, rivers, and streams, sources of water in abundance (being many) Farming in Cambodia yields plentiful crops because there are lakes, rivers, and streams in abundance. The most important products in Cambodia are rice, fish, rubber, corn, pepper, beans, and various [kinds of] fruits. underground products, mineral resources Besides agricultural products, there are mineral resources in abundance, such as copper, iron, gold, and various precious stones.

riaciathippatay monarchy constitutional monarchy riaciathippatay dael mian roatthaqthoammanuii 5. qae rabiap-krup-kroog win, prateeh- As for [its] system of government, kampuccia cia riaccioathippatay Cambodia is a cmstitutional monarchy. dael mian roatthaqthoammanuii. rowia:g (rawia:g) kno:g rawia:g pii-po1m cnam m:>:>k haay daaraap (daraap) cia daraap 6. kno:g rawia:g pii-poan cnam m:>:>k haay, prateeh-kampuccia mian preah-mahaa-ksat saoy-riac cia daraap.

interval, duration; during for the past two thousand years always; since always, continuously ·For the past two thousand years, Cambodia has been continuously ruled by monarchs.

389

390 saqmay (samay) paccopban (paccoban) samay paccoban baek-caek 7. prawoattasaah prateeh-kampuccia mun samay paccoban kee craan caek cia pram camnaek.

Lesson 30 time, era, period the present, modern times the present era, modern times to divide, be divided The history of Cambodia prior to modern times is usually divided into five parts.

fuunaan (funaan) Funan samay funaan the Funan Period century, era sattawoat the first century sattawoat tii-muay sattawoat tii-prammuay the sixth century 8. camnaek tii-muay kH samay funaan, The first part is the Funan Period, from the first century to the sixth pii sattawoat tii-muay Uw sattawoat tii-prammuay. century. prapiynii (prapiynii) qandia prateeh-qandia saasnaa (sahsnaa) latthiq sahsnaa 9. knou samay nub kee ya:>k prapiynii m:>:>k pii prateeh-qandia craan yaau, douc cia rabiap-krup-kraau, latthiq sahsnaa, haay-niu qaqsaasaah cia-daam.

custom(s); culture India; Indian India religion religious belief In that period they borrowed many aspects of their culture from India, such as [their] system of government, religious beliefs, and literature (as examples).

canlaa samay canlaa 10. camnaek tii-pii kH samay canlaa, pii sattawoat tii-prammuay Hw sattawoat tii-prambuan.

Chen! a the Chenla Period The second part is the Chenla Period, from the sixth century to the ninth century.

samay qauk:>a (qauk:>a) 11. bantoap pii sattawoat tii-prambuan Uw sattawoat tii-dap-pram kH cia samay qagk:>:>.

the Angkor Period (Following) from the ninth century to the fifteenth century was the Angkor Period.

praasaat (prasaat) qaukaa-thom (qagk:>:>-) lbay-cmuah 12. knog samay nub kee kaa-saau prasaat qagk:>:1-thom haay-nig qagk:>:>-wovat dael mian lbay-cmuah tuu-Uw knou piphup-look.

palace; sacred monument, temple Angkor Thoro fame, renown, reputation In that period they built the monuments of Angkor Thoro and Angkor Wat, which are famous (have fame) all over the world.

tuahsania teag nih 13. sap-tgay-nih mian teehsacaa baarateeh cia craan m:>:lk tuahsania prasaat boraan teag nih.

to observe, inspect, sight-see all these These days a great many foreign tourists come to observe all these ancient monuments.

samay kandaal (kandaal) 14. pii sattawoat tii-dap-pram Uw sattawoat tii-dap-prambuan kee haw thaa samay kandaal.

the Middle Period From the fifteenth to the nineteenth centuries they call the Middle Period.

Dialogue

391

qaanaapyiabaal (qanaapyiabaal) protectorate, protectorship 15. bantoap pii samay kandaal dal Following the Middle Period up to kri-hsaqkaraac muay-poim 1953 A.D., Cambodia was under the prambuan-r:>:>y haasap-bay, preahprotectorship of France. riac-qanaacaq kampuccia niw kraom qanaapyiabaal prateeh-bara.g. ruap-ruam qanduucan~

qandoucan

(qandocan) qandocan bara.gsaeh 16. knoo rawiao peel nub, prateehkampuccia, prateeh-liaw, haay-ni-o prateeh-wiat-naam ruap- ruam knia cia qandocan bara.gsaeh.

to combine, assemble, collect Indochina French Indochina During that time, Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam were combined as French Indochina.

17. prateeh-kampuccia baan tatual qaekkariac-ciat ni-w cnam muaypoan prambuan-rooy haasap-bay.

Cambodia received her national independence in 1953.

puttasahsnaa preah-puttasahsnaa 18. praciacuan kmae kan preahputtasahsnaa kawsap phiaq-r:>oy.

Buddhism (sacred-) Buddhism Ninety percent of the Cambodian population believe in Buddhism.

qihslaam (~ qehslaam) kri-hsahsnaa 19. praciacuan klah tiat kan sahsnaa qihslaam rH kri-hsahsnaa.

Islam Christianity others (of the population) believe in Islam or Christianity.

neaq-kan-preah-puttasahsnaa praprit (prapri-t, papri-t) th:>a th:>a pram samlap (samlap) luac luac prapu-an kee kohaq (kahaq) ~ krahaq (krahaq, kahaq) 20. neaq-kan-preah-puttasahsnaa craan praprit th:>a pram, kH kom samlap, kom luac, kom luac prapuan kee, kom kahaq, haay kom phak sraa. preah-sao m:>haanikaay (mahaanikaay) thoammayut 21. ni-w prateeh-kampuccia preah-sao

caek cia pii puaq rH kanaq, kH mahaanikaay haay-nio thoammayut. buah buah cia look-sao yaa.g tac nab

a Buddhist, a follower of Buddhism to act, follow, practice moral law, dharma five rules, five laws to kill to steal to steal another's wife, to commit adultery to lie, to prevaricate Buddhists usually follow five rules, (being) don't kill, don't steal, don't commit adultery, don't lie, and don't drink alcoholic beverages. [Buddhist] priest, monk the liberal sect {literally: large body) the orthodox sect Buddhist priests in Cambodia are divided into two groups or sects-the liberal [sect] and the orthodox [sect]. to enter the monkhood to become a monk at least, at the very least

Lesson 30

392 22. thoammadaa proh-proh craan buah cia look-sou yaag tac nah muay wuahsaa, rH buah qah muay ciwit ka- mian. bon twaa-bon tian daq-tian twaa-bon-daq-tian phal-bon ciat Uw ciat kraoy 23. taam latthiq preah-puttasahsnaa yaag traw twaa-bon-daq-tian daambay ni-g qaoy baan phal-bon Uw ciat kraoy. sophiap riapsaa sophiap-riapsaa thureaq cuay thureaq tiw wiii tiw mook 24. haet nih haay baan cia praciacuan kmae sophiap-riapsaa haay cuay thureaq knia tiw wi-n Uw m:)Ok cia-daraap.

Usually the men (mostly) enter the monkhood [for] at least one Lenten season, or sometimes all their lives (or become monks all their lives, it does happen). merit, good deeds, meritmaking to make merit, do good deeds, hold a merit-making ceremony gift to make a contribution, to give alms to make merit by giving alms, to perform generous deeds rewards, accumulated merit, karma life, existence, rebirth, reincarnation in later reincarnations According to Buddhist belief, we should perform generous deeds in order that we might accumulate merit in later reincarnations. to be polite, kind to be proper, well-mannered, gentle to be polite, well-mannered problem, trouble, preoccupation to help out in time of trouble back and forth, reciprocally That is why the Cambodian people are polite and always help each other [in times of] trouble.

B. GRAMMAR AND DRILLS 1. Nouns Which Are Translated as Prepositions

Some words which are most conveniently translated as prepositions are nouns from the standpoint of Cambodian structure. The following are examples from this lesson: prateeh-kampuccia that ni-w canlah prateeh-thay-lau haay-nig prateehwiat-naam.

Cambodia is situated between (in the intervening space [between]) Thailand and Vietnam.

knog rawiag pii-poan cnam maok haay, prateeh-kampuccia mianpreah-mahaa-ksat saoy-riac cia-daraap.

During (in the interval [of]) the past two thousand years, Cambodia has been continuously ruled by monarchs.

Grammar and Drills knog rawiag peel nuh, prateehkampuccia, prateeh-liaw, haay-n!g prateeh-wiat-naam ruap-ruam knia Cia qandocan baragsaeh.

393

During (for the duration [of]) that time, Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam were combined as French Indochina.

Other examples of nouns we have met in this function are the following: camnaek kftom wi:n, kil.om cag twaa kaa-riacckaa.

As for (on the part of) me, I want to go into the civil service.

salaa kil.om sag niw kandaal phuum.

My school is built in the center [of] the village.

tuk-cat laa kil.om cob, khaag baak laan.

Have confidence in me, [in the] matter [of] driving a car.

laan rabah kil.om khouc haay.

My car (car-!!!!!!g-mine) is broken down.

1-A. Multiple Substitution Drill Teacher

student

phuum kil.om that n!w canlah pnum-p!fi haay-n!u pr!y-wccg.

phuum kil.om that ni:w canlah pnum-pin haay-n!u priy-wccg.

tuanlee-saap

tuanlee- meekog.

phuum kil.om that niw canlah tuanlee- saap haay-ni:u tuanlee-meekog.

pnum-krawaafi

pnum-daan-r cck.

phuum kil.om that ni-w canlah pnum-krawaafi haay-n!g pnum-daan-rcck.

plaw nih

plaw nuh.

phuum kil.om that ni-w canlah plaw nih haay-niu plaw nuh.

phuum nih

phuum nuh.

phuum kil.om that ni-w canlah phuum nih haay-ni-u phuum nuh. phuum kil.om that niw canlah batdambaan haay-niu poosat.

batdambaan srae-camkaa

~·

phuum kil.om that ni-w canlah srae-camkaa haay-nig E!:!:x·

1-B. Substitution Drill Teacher

student

knou rawiau pii cnam maak haay, kil.om twaa kaa-riacckaa.

knOJJ rawiaiJ pii cnam maak haay, kil.om twaa kaa-riacckaa.

bay tljay

knou rawiau bay tuay maak haay, kil.om twaa kaa-riacckaa.

pram khae

lmou rawiau pram khae maak haay, kil.om twaa kaa-riacckaa.

muay qaUt

knou rawiau muay qaUt maak haay, kiiom twaa kaa-riacckaa.

dap cnam

knou rawiau dap cnam maak haay, kii.om twaa kaa-riacckaa.

394

Lesson 30 Teacher

Student

prambey maog

knog rawiag prambay maou maak haay kiiom twaa kaa-riacckaa.

craan cnam

knog rawiag craan cnam m:>ok haay, kiiom twaa kaa-riacckaa.

2. cia in Adverbial Phrases

The connective verb cia frequently occurs as the first element of adverbial phrases, as in kftom cog khaai\ qagk:>a-woat cia yuu nah mook haay.

I've wanted to see Angkor Wat for (being) a long time now.

sian thaa qay, kaa yHt cia-ni-c.

Whatever Soeun does, [he's] always (being forever) late.

kee twaa-srae cia kaa thoammadaa.

They do rice-farming as a matter of course (as the usual thing).

kftom sralan sray nuh cia tii-bamphot.

I love that girl (being) the most of

prateeh-kampuccia mian preahmahaa-ksat saoy-riac cia daraap.

Cambodia has been ruled by a monarch continuously (being always).

kee Uw twaa-kaa cia-muay knia.

They go to work together (being one together).

all.

The difference in meaning between an adjectival verb such as craan 'to be much, many' and cia craan 'abundantly, in abundance, in great quantity' is slight; the primary distinction appears to be that craan directly modifies a preceding noun or verb, while cia craan generally modifies an entire clause or sentence adverbially, as shown in the following examples: kraw pii phallittaphal kaqsakam, mian phal knog day ~·

Besides agricultural products, there are many mineral resources.

kraw pii phallittapllal kaqsakam, mian phal knog day cia craan.

Besides agricultural products, there are mineral resources in abundance.

2-A. Substitution Drill

Teacher

Student

ni-w srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia craan.

ni-w srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia craan.

cia-ni-c.

ni-w srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia-nic.

cia kaa-thoammadaa.

ni-w srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia kaa thoammadaa.

cia daraap.

niw srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia daraap.

Grammar and Drills Teacher

395

Student

cia yuu nah m:>:>k haay.

niw srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia yuu nah m:>:>k haay.

cia-muay knia.

niw srok-kmae, kee twaa-srae cia-muay knia.

2-B. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

niw srok-kmae mian phal-damnam craan.

niw srok-kmae mian phal-damnam cia craan.

kee baan cap tray craan nah.

kee baan cap tray cia craan nah.

mian teehsacaa craan m:>:>k tuahsania prasaat teal] nih.

mian teehsacaa cia craan m:>:>k tuahsania prasaat teal] nih.

niw srok-kmae kee dam sraw craan nah.

niw srok-kmae kee dam sraw cia craan nah.

mian kaa-nesaat-tray ~ nab.

mian kaa-nasaat-tray cia craan nah.

niw kampual]-caam kee dam daamkawsuu craan.

niw kampuaJ]-caam kee dam kaamkawsuu cia craan.

knOIJ samay nub kee y:>:>k prapiynii m:>:>k pii prateeh-qandia ~ yaaJ].

knolJ samay nub kee y:>:>k prapiynii m:>:>k pii prateeh-qandia cia craan yaaJ].

knolJ samay nub kee kaa-saaJ] prasaat craan.

knou samay nub kee kaa-saaJ] prasaat cia craan.

3. cia-nic vs. cia daraap The distinction between cia-nic and cia daraap is roughly analogous to the difference between 'continually' and 'continuously' in English; cia-nic means 'always, invariably, habitually, characteristically, continually', while cia daraap means 'always, consistently, without stopping, continuously', as in the following examples: manub nub twaa-bon-daq-tian cia-nic.

That man continually (invariably) performs generous deeds.

manub nuh twaa-bon-daq-tian cia daraap.

That man continuously (incessantly) performs generous deeds.

3-A. Transformation Drill Teacher

Student

manub nuh twaa-bon-daq-tian cia-nic.

manub nuh twaa-bon-daq-tian ciadaraap.

praciacuan kmae sophiap-riapsaa cia-nic.

praciacuan kmae sophiap-riapsaa cia daraap.

prateeh-kampuccia mian preah-mahaa-ksat saoy-riac cia-nic.

prateeh-kampuccia mian pre-ah-mahaa-ksat saoy-riac cia daraap.

Lesson 30

396

Teacher manub nub ceh-tae kahaq cia-nic. manub nub praprit thaa pram cia-nic. neaq-srae kmae twaa-srae cia-nic. sray nub ceh-tae niyiay cia-nic.

student manub nuh ceh-tae kahaq cia daraap. manuh nuh praprit th:>a pram cia daraap. -neaq-srae kmae twaa-srae cia daraap. sray nub ceh-tae niyiay cia daraap.

4. The Preposition teau tea9 perhaps characteristically occurs in the compound teau-qah 'all, everything', as in: te~aiJ-qah tlay ponmaan? kee Uw tean-qah knia.

How much is everything? They went all together.

teao does occur by itself as a preposition, however, meaning 'all of, including, the whole', as in: sap-tgay .. nih mian teehsacaa cia craan maak maal prasaat teau nih.

These days a great many tourists come to see all of these monuments.

rabaa teao nuh teaq-taog ni.IJ srok-srae-camkaa.

All of those trades have to do with the rural areas.

When tean is repeated before two consecutive objects, the resulting discontinuous construction tean . . . teag means 'both . . . and', as in kee twaa-kaa teau tgay tean yup.

They work both day and night.

4-A. Expansion Drill mian teehsacaa cia craan m:>:)k maal prasaat nih.

student mian teehsacaa cia craan ma;Jk maal prasaat te~an nih.

rabaa nub teaq-toan nin srok-srae-camkaa.

rabaa tean nub teaq-taoiJ nig srok-srae-camkaa.

manuh nuh twaa-kaa cia kammakaa.

manuh tean nuh twaa-kaa cia kammakaa.

proh nih nin buah cia look-SO.IJ.

proh tean nih ni-n buah cia look-sO.IJ.

kee twaa-kaa tgay, yup.

kee twaa-kaa tea!l tgay

haau can baak prik, l!Jiac.

haau can baak tea!l pri-k teag bJiac.

pteah nih samrap neaq-riacckaa niw.

pteah tea!l nih samrap neaq-riacckaa niw.

praciacuan nuh kan latthiq preahputtasahsnaa.

praciacuan teag nuh kan latthiq preah-puttasahsnaa.

Teacher

te~a!J

yup.

5. yaag tac nah yaag tac nah is an adverbial phrase which means 'at least, at the very least'.

It is typically preposed to the numeral or numeral plus specifier to which it applies, as in

Grammar and Drills

397

thoammadaa proh-proh buah yaag tac nah muay wuahsaa.

Usually men enter the monkhood [for] at least one Lenten season.

kee chup rian yaag tac nah bay khae.

They're out of school (stop studying) [for] at least three months.

koat baan praq-khae yaag tac nah pii-poan.

He gets a salary [of] at least two thousand.

5-A. Substitution Drill Teacher

Student

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah muay wuahsaa.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaagtac nah muay wuahsaa.

bay khae.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah bay khae.

pram YJay.

Idiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah pram YJay.

prambay maog.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah prambay maog.

pii qatit.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah pii qati-t.

buan cnam.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah buan cnam.

bay I!Jiac.

kiiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah bay Iniac.

mapMy cnam.

Idiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah mapMy cnam.

5-B. Expansion Drill Teacher Idiom traw twaa-kaa buan cnam. kee chup rian bay khae. koat baan praq-khae pram-poan. koat phak sraa bay kaew. kee traw pcua srae pii daOlJ. kiiom traw rian bay cnam tiat. knog muay ciwit kee kaa prapuan bay neaq. kiiom traw ti-n krabay pii.

Student Idiom traw twaa-kaa yaag tac nah buan cnam. kee chup rian yaag tac nah bay khae. koat baan praq-khae yaag tac nah pram-poan. koat phak sraa yaag tac nah bay kaew. kee traw pcua srae yaag tac nah pii da01J. kiiom traw rian yaag tac nah bay cnam tiat. knog muay ciwit kee kaa prapuan yaag tac nah bay neaq. kiiom traw ti-n krabay yaag tac nah pii.

6. tiw win tiw m:>:>k The adverbial phrase ti-w win Uw mo:>k means 'reciprocally, back and forth'; the entire adverbial phrase (nig) knia tiw wifi Uw m:>:>k is partially redundant.

Lesson 30

398

Literally it means 'together back and forth', and can usually be translated 'to/ with one another, to/with each other, among themselves', as in praciacu1m kmae sophiap-riapsaa haay cuay thureaq knia Uw wiii Uw m;l;lk cia-daraap.

The Cambodian people are polite and always help each other [in times of] trouble.

6-A. Substitution Drill

Student

Teacher praciacuan kmae cuay thureaq knia U.w w-iii tiw moak.

praciacu1m kmae cuay thureaq knia tiw win Uw mook. praciacuan kmae cuay knia ti-w wiii Uw moak.

cuay twaa pteah

praciacuan kmae cuay twaa pteah knia Uw win tiw mook.

cuay twaa-kaa

praciacuim kmae cuay twaa-kaa knia Uw wi-n Uw moak.

cuay twaa-srae

praciacuan kmae cuay twaa-srae knia tiw wi-ii. Uw m:>;lk. praciacuan kmae niyiay knia tiw wi-n ti-w m:>;lk.

teaq-toop

praciacuan kmae teaq-t;l;lQ knia ti-w wi-ii. ti-w m:>;lk.

6-B. Expansion Drill Teacher

Student

praciacuan kmae cuay thureaq knia.

praciacuan kmae cuay thure-aq knia tiw wi-ii. tiw mook.

puaq cao nub way knia.

puaq cao nub way knia tiw wi-ii ti-w m:>;lk.

koun-sah nub baurian knia.

koun-sah nub baurian knia tiw wiii. ti-w mook.

puaq-kammakaa nub cuay twaa-kaa knia.

puaq-kammakaa nub cuay twaa-kaa knia ti-w wi-ii tiw mook.

neaq-kan preah-puttasahsnaa craantae cuay knia.

neaq-kan-preah-puttasahsnaa craantae cuay knia tiw wi-n ti-w mook.

prateeh teau pii nub tiii qaywan knia.

prateeh teau pii nub ti-n qaywan knia tiw wi-ii ti-w mook.

399

Comprehension C. COMPREHENSION

[Tape 53]

1. A Letter from Cambodia

[New VocabularyJ suasday suasday mit qau saau kun thaan-sua kua-sam cap cat ruah kaa-ruah-ni-w tram tram nih sac-kday-kua-pum-kua qaqphi-y (qaphi-y) qaqhi:y-tooh daoy meetray-phiap daoy meetray-phiap

Greetings!, Hello! (formal, literary, or urban) Dear Friend; Greetings, Friend (salutation used in friendly letters) specifier for priests and Buddhist images to repay, pay back, compensate quality, merit, goodness heaven, Nirvana reasonable, proper, moderate; slang: not bad, pretty good to be interested in, attracted by to live, be alive life, living, existence proper; at, coincident with, as far as right here, at this point mistakes (literally: both good and bad points) to be fearless, without fear to forgive, excuse with, by friendship, affection With affection, Mfectionately (close used in friendly letters)

pnum-pin, tgay tii-pram maqkaraa, cnam muay-poan prambuan-raay catsap suasday mi-t kiiom baan maak dal srok-kmae pram tgay maak haay. srok-kmae sqaat lqaa

nab haay sapbaay phaau. praciacuan kmae saphiap-riapsaa nab. kee kan preah-

puttasabsnaa kawsap phiaq-raay. thoammadaa praciacu~an kmae tua-Uw craan praprit thaa pram, kH kom samlap, kom luac, kom kahaq, kom luac prapuan kee, haay-ni-g kom phak sraa. preah-sau ni-w srok-kmae caek cia pii pnaek, kH kanaq mahaanikaay haay-ni-lj thoammayut. ni-w taam phuum pseilj-psefu mlan woat cia craan; kno!J woat nimuay-nimuay mian preah-sau craan qag. kee baan prap kiiom thaa taam thoammadaa proh-proh kmae buah twaa look-sag yaag tac nab muay wuahsaa. kee buah cia look-sou daambay yaak phal-bon saag kun qawpuk-mdaay, pruah kee cia thaa baa mian koun buah cia look-sag, qawpuk-mdaay nig mian bon haay qaac laag thaan-sua baan. mi-t dag tee, srok-kmae cia riaciathippatay muay dael baan tatual qaekkariac ciat pii prateeh-barag tag pii kri-hsaqkaraac muay-poan prambuan-raay haasapbay? niw srok-kmae kaqsakam qaoy phallqaa nab. kee dam damnam pseilj-pseig cia craan, douc cia sraw, poot, kawsuu, sandaek cia-daam. kraw pii phal-damnam, sray-sray niw srok-kmae kaa lqaa kua-sam dae. kiiom mi-n dag cia tiw srok win tgay naa tee, pruah kiiom cap cat srala.ii praciacuan haay-nig kaa-ruah-niw ni-w srok-kmae nab. kiiom soum lia mit tram nih san haay. sac-kday-kua-pum-kua soum mit qaphi-y-tooh. daoy meetray-phiap,

400

Lesson 30 D. CONVERSATION

1. Discussing Cambodian History Have one student question another about the history of Cambodia. Questions might include such things as what the various periods of Cambodian history are, how long each lasted, what happened during the Funan period, what monuments were built during the Angkor Period, what were the countries of French Indochina, when did Ca.mbodia get her independence, etc. 2. Discussing Religions in Cambodia Have one student question another about religions in Cambodia. Questions might include what religions are practiced in Cambodia, what percent of the people believe in Buddhism, what rules Buddhists generally follow, what are the Buddhist sects in Cambodia, who enters the monkhood; for how long and why, and what characterizes Cambodian social relations. 3. Questions and Answers About Cambodia Invite the students to question the teacher about aspects of Cambodia in which they are interested. students should confine themselves as much as possible to the vocabulary and structures which they have already met; necessary new vocabulary may be provided by the teacher. In his answers, the teacher should confine himself as far as possible to familiar vocabulary and structures; he should explain any new vocabulary or structure, unless it can be ascertained from the context.

LESSON 31. REVIEW OF LI:SSONS 26-30 A. Review of Dialogues In preparation for the review lesson, review the Dialogues of Lessons 2630. To test yourself, cover the English column and supply the English equivalents of the Cambodian sentences; then cover the Cambodian column and supply the Cambodian equivalents of the English sentences. If you cannot supply an appropriate translation quickly and smoothly, review the relevant sections of the Grammar and Drills.

B. Review of Comprehension The teacher will read selected conversations from the Comprehension sections of Lessons 26-30, calling on individual students for English translations of the sentences. C. Test for Comprehension Write the numbers 1-50 on a sheet of paper. The teacher will read 50 statements at normal speed. Write "true" or "false" beside the appropriate number. Since Lessons 26-30 contain much specific information about Cambodia, a higher proportion of the true-or-false questions deal with facts covered in the lessons than in previous Review lessons. With true-or-false questions it is always possible to quibble by pointing out exceptions and extreme cases, but if the student considers each question in general, the intent of the question should be obvious. The teacher will repeat each statement twice. Listen to the statement in its entirety the first time; an unfamiliar word may be cleared up by the context in which it occurs. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

niw srok-kmae mian praciacuan craan neaq twaa srae. srae-wuahsaa haay-ni!J srae-pra:g kee twaa douc knia. sraw-wuahsaa doh daoy Uk cumiUlan. sraw-pra:g kee min traw baghou tik coul srae tee. kee cap-pdaam pcua srae niw khae-tnuu, mun mian pliag tleaq. kee praa damray tiaii qaukoal pcua srae. puaq-proh-proh daaq samnaap yaak Uw StuUIJ niw knog srae. sraw-pruah qaoy phal craan ciag sraw-stuUIJ. cuan-kaal kee yoak koo-krabay ti-w baiicoan sraw qaoy cruh kroap. niw srok-kmae kee dam chaa-plae craan yaa:g, douc cia daam-doUIJ, krouc, swaay, ceik cia-daam. prateeh-kampuccia cia prateeh qaekkariac muay niw twiip-qeirop. day dael kee twaa-srae-camkaa mian prahael kawsap phiaq-raay. kha:g-caau-crUIJ-kha:g-lac coap nig srok-siam. niw radaw-plia!J bag tUanlee-saap mian tumhum thorn ciag thoammadaa prampU daag. kha:g-lac coap nig prateeh-wiat~naam. niw kha:g-tbOUIJ mian pnum muay cua haw thaa pnum-daau-rttk. tuanlee touc ciag-kee niw srok-kmae kH tuanlee-meekog. praciacuan kmae sap-tgay-nih mian prahael prammuay lian neaq. batdambaag kH cia riaccathianti niy prateeh-kampuccia. niw riaccathianii mian praciacuan prahael pram-saen ne~aq. quhsaahaqkam niw srok-kmae craan-tae teaq-bog nig phalUttaphal kaqsakam. 401

Lesson 31

402 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

phal-damnam samkhan bamphot niw srok-kmae kH sandaek. kee tbaa!l kranat niw roog-kan-sraw. kee dam kawsuu craan niw khaet-batdambaau. kee craan cap tray-tik-saap niw mowat samot-siam. niw srok-kmae mian qandoug-rae y:>:>k daek, spoan, miah, haay-nig tboug-pic pseig-pseig. niw srok-kmae kmian phal knog day sah. srok-kmae bafl.cuun masin pseig-pseig Hw luaq niw baarateeh. sraw, kawsuu, haay-nig mric kee traw Uii pii baarateeh. niw roog-dambaaii kee twaa kranat sout haay-nig qambah. niw roog-qaa-chaa kee twaa kriau-Iaan pseiu-pseig. prateeh-qaameric kH cia preah-riac-qanaacaq mian preah-mahaa-ksat cia neaq-dak-noam. prateeh-kampuccia baan qaekkariac pii prateeh-barag niw krihsaqkaraac muay-poan prambuan-r:>:>y haasap-bay. roatthaqthoammanufi kmae kaat laag kaal preah-baat siihanuq niw saoyriac. knog samay paccoban, prateeh-kampuccia kan nayoobaay qapyiakrat. praciariah bah cnaot craah-raah roat-saphia haay-nig kanaq-roatmuantray. niayuaq-roat-muantray mian phiareaq khaag kaa-twaa-cbap-tmay. samaacik kanaq-roat-muantray mian gia cia roat-muantray niy krasuag pseil)-pseig. niayuaq-roat-muantray haay-ni!J samaacik kanaq-roat-muantray traw tatual kaa-yual-pr:>:>m haay-nig sac-kday-tuk-cat pii cawwaay-khaet pse4J-pse4J. baa coap cnaot, damnaag-riah Uw twaa cia samaacik niy roat-saphia niw pnum-piii. krasual]-yuttath:>a teaq-t:>:>IJ nig kaa-baarateeh. prateeh-kampuccia cia riaciatMppatay dael mian roatthaqthoammanufi. knog rawialJ pii poan cnam m:>:>k haay, prateeh-kampuccia mian mahaaksattrayaanii saoy-riac cia daraap. samay funaan cap tag-pii sattawoat tii-muay tiw satt.awoat tii·prammuay. knog samay canlaa kee kaa-saag prasaat qaiJk:>:>-thom haay-nig qagk:>:>woat. pii sattawoat tii-dap-pram tiw sattawoat tii-dap-prambuan kee haw thaa samay qaiJk:>:>. knog rawiag samay kandaal, preah-riac-qanaacaq kampuccia niw kraom qanaapyiabaal prateeh-barag. praciacuan kmae kan latthiq krihsahsnaa haasap phiaq-r:>:>y. niw srok-kmae kanaq mahaanikaay mian look-sou craan ciag kanaq thoammayut. taam latthiq preah-puttasahsnaa, yaaiJ traw twaa-bon-daq-tian daambay nilJ qaoy baan phal-bon tiw ciat kraoy.

D. Translation 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Where did you go at vacation-time? Where will you go at vacation-time? How do both these languages differ? As for dry [season] rice, they have to irrigate the rice-fields. This is the reason that they call it floating rice. Why do they have only the women transplant [it)?

Review

403

7. Why don't they sow the rice in the rice-field in one operation? 8. They use oxen or buffalo to pull the plow to plow the field, and rake the ground to make [it) soft. 9. What (how) do they do, to convert it into husked rice? 10. Besides that, Cambodian farmers usually plant coconut trees, orange [trees], mango [trees], and banana trees, for example. 11. Today the teacher is going to give a lecture about the geography of Cambodia. 12. Cambodia has an area of 181,000 square kilometers. 13. The land which they cultivate amounts to (has) about ten percent. 14. The northern region borders on (is attached to) Laos. 15. The eastern and southeastern regions border on Vietnam. 16. In the rainy season the Tonie Sap Lake has an area (size) seven times larger than normal (larger than normal seven times). 17. The most important river in Cambodia is the Mekong River, which flows (across) from north to south. 18. If anyone doesn't understand some question, (just] ask me. 19. The central plain is surrounded by mountains, (being} the Dang Raek Mountains [inJ the north and the Cardamom Mountains [in] the southwest. 20. Phnom Penh is the capital, and is the largest city in Cambodia. 21. The most important industry in Cambodia has to do with agricultural products. 22. Besides rice-mills, there are saw-mills, cigarette factories, weaving mills, and cement factories. 23. They use (take) elephants to drag the wood into the river, then float [it] by water to the saw-mills. 24. Some families take cotton fiber [and] spin (it] in order to weave (it] themselves. 25. There are two kinds of fish, (being) salt-water fish and fresh-water fish. 26. In Kampong Thorn there are mines [from which they] take copper, iron, gold, and coal. 27. They export rice, rubber, corn, fish, and pepper. 28. They import automobile parts and various [kinds of] machinery. 29. The Cambodian people mostly earn a living by rice-farming and fishing. 30. They buy some silk from abroad, and some (more) from various farmers (nEiaq-camkaa) who raise silk-worms. 31. Cambodia is an independent kingdom having a monarch as leader. 32. When did Cambodia get her independence? 33. King Norodom Sihanouk succeeded in obtaining (baan + wrested) national independence from France in .A.D. 1953. 34. When did the Cambodian constitution come into existence? 35. While King Sihanouk was still reigning, he established the constitution in .A.D. 1947. 36. Cambodia has two houses, (being) the National Assembly and the Council of the Kingdom. 37. The National .Assembly has the responsibility for (in the matter of) making new laws and revising the constitution. 38. The king selects the prime minister as head of the government. 39. From that point on, the prime minister can choose the members of [his] cabinet. 40. Cambodia maintains the principle of democracy by electing representatives of the people.

404

Lesson 31 41. Cambodia is an independent country in Southeast Asia situated between (in the intervening space [between]) Thailand and Vietnam. 42. As for (its} system of government, Cambodia is a constitutional monarchy. 43. For the past two thousand years, Cambodia has been ruled by monarchs continuously. 44. In the Funan Period, they borrowed (took) many aspects (ways) of culture from India, such as [their] system of government, religious beliefs, and literature, as examples. 45. The monuments of Angkor Wat and Angkor Thorn are famous (have fame) all over (in) the world. 46. These days there are foreign tourists in great numbers (being many} [who] come to see (observe} these ancient monuments. 47. During that time (in the interval of that time}, Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam were under the protectorship of France. 48. Ninety percent of the Cambodian people believe in (hold to) Buddhism. 49. Men usually enter the monkhood (for] at least one Lenten season. 50. This is why the Cambodian people are polite and always help each other [in times of] trouble.

CAMBODIAN•ENGLIBH GLOBBARY Since all Cambodian words begin with a consonant, the words in the following Glossary are listed primarily by initial consonant in the normal alphabetical order (with the insertion of,!! and after_!!), and secondarily by vowel, in the following order: a, aa, ae, aa, ao, a, aa, e, ea, ee, ei, cc, i, ·u, ia, i, ii, ia, a, aa, ai, o, oa, oo, ou, oo, oa, u, ua, uu, ua; all words beginning with a given initial consonant are followed by all words having the same initial consonant as the first member of a cluster; e.g.: kat, kaa, kae, kaat, kao, kau, kaa, kee, kei, kilou, kit, kii, kan, kon, koat, koo, koun, koo, kun, kuag, kuu, kua; kbac, kcay, kdaw, kham, khaau, khae, klau, kmae, knia, kiiom, kpuah, kqaaq, kraw, kraom, krahaam, krcc, kriau, krup, kruu, ksat, ktim, kwan, kyal. Each entry is followed by its grammatical designation(s) in parentheses, its translation(s), and the number of the lesson in which it first occurs; if a word first occurs in a lesson section other than A (Dialogue), it is indicated by B (Grammar and Drills) or C (Comprehension). Since many Cambodian words have no single equivalent in English, all translations separated by commas are to be taken as the composite meaning of an entry; different meanings or functions of a single entry are separated by semicolons. The following abbreviations of grammatical designations are used, both in the Cambodian-English Glossary and the English-Cambodian Glossary:

n

Interjection Response Particle Noun Noun Phrase Numeral Specifier Pronoun Interrogative Pronoun Indefinite Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Demonstrative Adjective Transitive Verb Intransitive Verb Adjectival Verb Modal Verb Directional Verb

Completive Verb Copulative Verb Verb Phrase Adverb; Adverbial Phrase Interrogative Adverb Adjective Interrogative Adjective Indefinite Adjective Auxiliary Preposition Conjunction Copulative Particle Aspectual Particle Final Particle Literary

I R

N NPh

X

s

Pr intPr indPr

DP

Da tV iV aV mV dV

cV copV VPh Adv intAdv A

intA indA Aux Prep Conj cP aP fP lit

baasou (N) baccalaureate degree (French bachot) 24 baasou tii-muay (N) first baccalaureate degree 24 baasou tii-pii (N) second baccalaureate degree 24 baat (R) polite response word used by men; in isolation: yes 2 baay (N) cooked rice; food 2 baay-camhoy (N) steamed rice, white rice 12 baay-liil) (N) fried rice 12 baay prik (NPh) breakfast, morning meal 10 baek (iV) to break, shatter 16 baek-caek (iV) to divide, be divided baek-kau (VPh) to have a blowout 16-C baek kbaal (VPh) to have a fractured skull 22 baep (S) kind, variety 16

b

bal (N) ball 24 bal-toat (N) soccer 24 b!4J (tV) to hide 23-B baq (iV) to break, be broken 22 baq caau (VPh) to have a broken leg 22 bat (tv) to disappear, to lose 21 batdambaau (N) Battambang 14 baytaag (aV) green 11 baytaau-kcay (aV) light green 11 baa (N) bar, nightclub 18-C baac (tV) to scatter 23-B baan (tV) to have, to get, to obtain 2; (cV) to be able to 3; (mV) to have (done sthg.), to have had the opportunity to 5 baarau (A) French 5; (N) France baaray (N) cigarette 2 405

Cambodian- English Glossary

406

baa (Conj} if 4 baa douccnah (Adv) there, in that case 14 baa qafi.cal) (Adv) in that case 12 baak (tV) to open 3; to drive 8; to cash (a check, etc.) 23 baoh (tV) to sweep 20 baoh-samqaat (tV} to clean 20 baok (tV) to beat; to wash by beating 11 baok-qut (tV) to launder 11 baoy (N) boy, waiter 10 babaa (N) soup, porridge 20 bah (tV) to throw; drive (a nail), stamp, print 23 bah-baok (tV) to throw about, handle roughly 23 bah cnaot (VPh) to cast one's ballot, to vote 29 bah cnaot craah-raah (VPh) to elect 29 bah traa (VPh) to stamp with a seal 23 bambaek (tV) to break, cause to break 23-B bamnoag (N) hope, aim, intention 23-B bampeaq (N) clothing worn above the waist or on the feet 18 bamphot (Adv) most, last, most of all 17 ban (iV, mV) to hope, to pray (that) 24-C bandaal (tV) to cause, lead to 22 bandaet (tV) to float 28 bandaa (tV) to walk (a dog, etc.); (Adv) simultaneously 23-B bandoh (tV) to grow, cause to grow, sprout banlae (N) vegetable 20 bantaa (tV) to continue, extend 24 bantac (Adv) some, a little 5 bantac-bantuac (Adv) a little bit, somewhat 5 bantac-tiat (Adv) soon, in a little while 9

bantoap (Adv) next, following in succession 3 bantoap pii nuh (Adv) after that 17 bantuk (N) cargo, load 23-B bantup (N) room 10 bantup-keelJ (N) bedroom 10-C bantup-fiam-baay (N) dining room 10 bantup-Uk (N) bathroom 10 bantup-btual-pfi.iaw (N) receiving room, parlor 10-C baii.cap (tV) to finish, complete 24 baii.cafi. (tV) to expel, send out 23-B baficoan (tV) to trample, stomp 26 bail.cuun (tV) to send out, send away 22 bail.cuun tiw luaq niw baorateeh (VPh) to export 28 bag ~ bag (N} bank 23 baghou (tV) to cause to flow, direct the flow of 26

baghou tik coul srae (VPh) to irrigate the rice-field 26 bagkat (tV) to light, ignite 20 bagkaa (tV) to prevent 24 bagkaat (tV) to create, give birth to 6 bagkaag (N) prawn, river lobster 12 bagkum (tV) to greet with palms joined 17 bagkuan (N) toilet 2 bagqaem (N) sweets, dessert 12 bagqah (Adv) most, most of all 17 bagquac (N) window 10 bagrian (tV) to teach, cause to learn 6 baq (tV) to blow 9 bat (N) set, composition, verse, song 18 bat (tV) to turn, to fold 23- B bat qagkoo-riac (NPh) royal anthem 18 haag (N) older sibling 6; husband; (Pr) you (wife to husband); I (husband to wife) 20 baag-pqoun (N) brothers and sisters (older and younger siblings) 6 baag-pqoun-bagkaat (N) full siblings 6 baag-proh (N) older brother 6 baag-sray (N) older sister 6 baag-tlay (N) older sibling-in-law 21 baag-tlay-sray (N) older sister-in-law 21 baariphook (tV) to eat (elegant, lit) 21-B baarateeh (N) abroad, foreign countries 18

beh (tV) to pick, gather 20 bia (N) playing cards 14 biam (tV) to hold in the mouth 22 biat-bian (tV) to oppress 23-B bag (N) lake, pond 26 bag-pr~;~;k-stig-tuanlee (N) lakes, rivers, and streams 30 bat (tV) to close 3; to attach, affix 23 bay (X) three 2 bay-buan (X-X) three or four 20 bok (tV) to pound, to mill 26 bokkoo (N) Bokor (a mountain resort in Kampot Province) 17-C bopphaa (N) Boppha (common name for girls; literally: flower) 20 bok (tV) to collide with, run into 22 bon (N) merit, good deeds 30 bourn (tV) to pump 16 bouraan (A) ancient, former 17 bout (tV) to pull off 23-B but (N) Bouth (personal name); son (elegant) 20 buah (iV) to enter the monkhood 30 buah cia look-sag (VPh) to become a monk 30 buan (X) four 2 byea (N) beer 12

baa-cai!.cam

cam (tV) to wait (for) 11; to remember 11

can (tV) to lose (to), be defeated (by) 24-C cah (aV) old, worn, used 11; (aV) deep in color, strong, concentrated 11 cap (tV) to catch 20; (mV) to begin (to) 2 cap cat (tV) interested (in), attracted (by) 30-C cap-pdaam (tV, mV) to begin (to) 26 caq (tV) to insert, inject 16 caq preig bourn klan (VPh) to lubricate 16 caw (N) grandchild 21 caw-lia (N) gt-gt-gt-grandchild 21-B caw-luat (N) great-great-grandchild 21-B caw-proh (N) grandson 21 caw-tuat (N) great-grandchild 21-B cawwaay (N) boss, supervisor 11 cawwaay-khaet (N) provincial governor 29-C cawwaay-srok (N) district chief 29-C caah (R) polite response word used by women; in isolation: yes 2 caan (N, S) plate, dish 12 caa.u-walq] (N) director, manager 8 caap (N) sparrow, rice bird 20 caay (tV) to pay out, spend 23 caek (tV) to divide 24 caetday (N) stupa, chedi, tapering monument 17 cao (N) thief 18 caol (tV) to leave, abandon, throw away 16

cambag (N) battle, war 18 camhoy (tV) to steam 12 camkaa (N) garden, plantation (other than wet rice) 20 camkaa-kawsuu (N) rubber plantation 28 camkaa-maan (N) Chamcar Mon (a district in Phnom Penh) 17 camlaq (N) carving, sculpture 17 camlaek (aV) strange, df1ferent 21 camlaay (N) answer 23-B camlaau (tV) to copy 24-B; (N) a copy camnaek (N) part, share; (Prep) as for, on the part of 6 camnuan (N) number, total, quantity 8 ca:rngaay (N) distance 16 camraan (N) success, increase; (tV) to increase, prosper 23-B canlah (N) intervening space; (Prep)between 30

407 Cg (N} Chong (a hill tribe} 27 c;>a-lup (N) eraser 3 cumnia (N) belief 23-B cumnuan (N) flood 26 cumnuali (N) commerce 5 cumgH (N) illness, disease 22 cumgH-mual (N) dysentery 22 cumgH-krun-ca.ft (N) malaria 22 cumriap (tV) to inform 2 cumriap-sua (tV) to greet; in isolation: Greetings! 2 cumriw (N) depth 23-B cu1mdaa (N) stairs 23-B cuaiicuun (tV) to carry, move 20 cuagkuag (N) knee 22 cuaq (tV) to inhale, suck, smoke 21 cuun (tV) to accompany 6-C; (dV) for, on behalf of (formal) 10 cuut (tV) to rub, wipe 11 cua (N) row, range, chain 27 cuah-cul (tV) to repair 16 cual (tV) to rent, to hire 14 cuan-kaal (Adv) sometimes 9 cuap-cum (tV) to meet together, convene 21-C cuap-prateah (tV:) to happen to meet 14 cuay (tV, mV) to help (to) 6; (Aux) Help by ••• , Please • • . 11 cuay tbure·aq (Idiomatic VPh) to help out in time of trouble 30 cbah (aV) to be clear 3 cbap (N) single issue; permission; custom; law 17 cbap-qaqnuiifiaat (N) a permit 17

Cambodian-English Glossary chan (tV) to eat (of clergy) 23-B chap (aV} fast, quick 11; (mV) to be quick to, prone to 16 chap-chap (aV, Adv) quickly, hurriedly 14 chat (N) umbrella 9 chaa (tV) to fry, to braise; (N} a fried meat and vegetable mixture 12 chaaq (N) scene, set 18 cheh (iV) to burn, be on fire 20 chiam (N} blood 11 chiam-cruuk (N) pig's blood; (aV) maroon 11 chii (aV) to be ill, to hurt 22 chii kbaal (VPh) to have a headache 22 chaa (N} wood 8 chaa-kuh (N) match 2 chaa-plae (N) fruit tree 26-C ch:>:> (iV} to stand 16 chup (tV, mV) to stop, cease 8 chup rian (VPh} to stop studying, finish school, have a vacation from school 8 chuug (N) bay, gulf 27 chuug-samot-siam (N) Gulf of Thailand 27 ckae (N) dog 20 claq (tV) to carve 23-B claay (tV) to answer 3 claau (tV) to cross 10; (dV) across cluah (iV) to argue 23-B cmaa (N) cat 20 cmoul (tV) to make into a ball 23-B cmuah (N) name; to be named • . . 5 cnam (N, S) year 5 cnag (N, S) pot, kettle 15 cnaot (N) ticket, vote 29 cneah (tV) to win, to defeat 24-C cnual (N) rent, hire 16 cgaii. (aV) tasty, delicious 12 cgaay (aV) far, distant 15 cqaet (aV) full, satisfied 12 cqaa (aV) smoked, roasted 15 craah (N) brush 11 t'>:-aah-doh-tmiii (N) toothbrush 11 craan (aV) to be much, many 2 craan(-tae) (Aux) usually, mostly 18 craluah (tV) to slip, do by accident 22 cramoh (N) nose 23-B cramuc (tV) to put under, submerge 23-B criag (tV) to sing 18-C criap (i V) to learn, discover 23-B criw (aV) deep 15 craah (tV) to choose 29 craah-raah (tV) to choose, select, appoint 29 crout (tV) to reap, harvest 26 craak (tV) to take shelter 9 cruh (lV) to shed, drip off, loosen 26

409

caiicam-haal cruu (N) corner 10 cruuk (N) pig 11 cweitJ (aV) left (side) 2 cweitJ-day (aV) on the left 2 d

dac (iV) to tear, burst, break; be torn, burst, broken 21 dac puah slap ( VPh) to die of a torn stomach 21 dab (tV) to awaken 10 dam (tV) to plant 15 dam (tV) to cook, boil 20 daq (tV) to put, place, deposit 10 daq-tian (iV) to give alms 30 daqtilou (N) typewriter 23-C day (N) hand 2 dae (Adv) also, as well; nevertheless 4 daek (N) iron, steel 14 dael (mV) to have ever 5 dael (Pr) relative pronoun: that, which, who 6 daa (i V) to walk 4 daa-leeg (iV) to stroll, amuse oneself, go around for fun 4 daam (S) specifier for long slender objects, such as trees, pencils, cigarettes 4 daam-chaa (N) tree 9 daam-dOU\) (N) coconut palm tree 26 daam-kawsuu (N) rubber tree 28 daam-pkaa (N) flower plant, shrub 15 daam-pkaa-kolaap (N) rose-bush 20 daambay( -nig) (Conj) in order to 18 daoy (Conj) with the fact that, because, since 20; (Prep) with, by 30-C daoy meetray-phiap (Adv) with affection, affectionately 30-C dadael (A) the same 3 dab (tV) take off, loose 23-B dal (tV) to reach, arrive at 2; (Conj) when (in the future) 8; (Prep) to, until, reaching to 9 dambaaft (N) weaving; woven 8 damban (N) area, region, sector, zone 27-c damboun-mian (N) deportment, good manners 24 dambowj (A) first, original; in the beginning 22 damlay (N) value 23- B damlaag (tV) to set up, assemble 28 damlag (S) an ounce 23-B damlOU\) (N) potato 23- B damnam (N) plant, crop 26 damnaq {N) royal residence 17 damnaag-riah (N) representative of the people, assembly man 29-C

damnaa (N) trip, process 14 damnaa (N) extension 23-B damnag {N) information 23-B damray (N) elephant 28 dandag (tV) to ask in marriage 23-B dagkap (N) pliers, pincers 16 dap (X) ten 2 dap-muay (X) eleven 2 dap-pti (X) twelve 2 dap-prammuay (X) sixteen 2 daag (S) time, occasion, occurrence 5 daag (tV) to dip up, draw up 26 daag (N) handle 27 daag-r&&k (N) a carrying-pole 27 daap {N, S) bottle 12 daaq (tV) to pull up, extract 20 daaraap (Adv) always, since 30 dei (tV) to sew 22 deik (iV) to sleep 20 deik p&&t (VPh) to stay in the hospital, be hospitalized 22 diiploum (N) secondary diploma (French diplome) 24 dak (tV) to carry 14 dak-noam (tV) to carry, haul, transport 14 dag (tV) to know, know about, be informed 8 dau-kun (aV) grateful 26-B day (N) ground, earth 15-C day-kpuah (N) plateau 27 day-sao (N) chalk 3 doh (tV) to brush 11 doh (iV) to come up, grow 20 dom (S) specifier for pieces, lumps, nuggets 11-C dou (tV) to trade, exchange 8 douc {aV) similar to, like; as 5 douc-cia (Prep) such as 17 douc-cia (VPh) seems to be, appears to be 15 douccneh (Adv) thus, therefore 10 douu (N) coconut 26 f

faamasii {N) pharmacy 22-C fosfat (N) phosphate 28 fuunaan (N) Funan 30 h

hat (mV) to practice, drill 24 hat (S) cubit 26 hat-qaan {VPh) to practice reading; (N) reading practice, pronunciation 24 haw (tV) to call 3 baa (tV) to open (the mouth) 22-C haal {tV) to spread out, expose to 20

410

Cambodian-English Glossary

haan (N) shop, store 4 haau-baok-qut (N) laundry 11 haan-kat-saq (N) barbershop 8 haasap (X) fifty 2 haasap phiaq-r:>:>y (X-S) fifty percent 27 hael (iV) to swim 15 hael-tik (iV) to swim 15 haet (N) reason, cause 12 haet nih haay baan cia (NPh- VPh) this is the reason that, this is why 26 haet qway baan cia (NPh- VPh) why?, why is it that .•• ? 12 haay (Adv) already; indeed 2; (Coni) then, and then 4; (cV) to be ready, finished 21 haay-nig (Conj) and 4 haay-rH-niw? (Adv) yet? (already or not yet?) 4 hian (aV) to be brave; (mV) to dare to 14-C hal (aV) hot, spicy, pungent 12 hap (N) box, trunk, suitcase 14 hap-qaywan (N) things, luggage 14 hoc (tV) to hand 11 hoksap (X) sixty 2 hotael (N) hotel 28 hou (iV) to flow 15 houp (tV) to eat (rural) 21-B k

kambat (N) knife 12 kammakaa (N) workers, laborers 8 kampuccia (N) Cambodia 27 kan (tV) to hold, believe, maintain 29 kan-tae (Aux) increasingly, persistently 18-B kafifiaa (N) September 9 kap (tV) to cut, hack, chop 22 kapbaah ~ krabaah (N) cotton 26 kaqkadaa (N) July 9 kaqseqkam (N) agriculture 27-C kareim (N) ice-cream 12 kawqay (N) chair 3 kat (tV) to cut, snip 8 kawsap (X) ninety 2 kawsuu (N) rubber 28 kaa (N) work, affairs 4 kaa (tV) to get married 6 kaa-baarateeh (N) foreign affairs 26-B kaa-neesaat-tray (N) fishing, the fishing industry 28 kaa-niyiay (N) speakl.ng 26-B kaa-pia (tV) to protect, defend 29 kaa-pia-prateeh (N) national defense 29 kaa-riacckaa (N) government service, administration (as a profession) 8 kaa-raak-sii (N) earning a living 26 kaa-ruah-niw (N) life, living, existence 30-C

kaa-slap (N) dying 26•B kaa-btual-pfl.iaw (N) receiving guests 26-B kaa-twaa-cbap-tmay (N) makl.ng new laws, legislation 29 kaa-twaa-srae (N) farming 26-B kaa-yual-pr:>:>m (N) approval, consent 29 kaafei (N) coffee 2 kaal (N) time, occasion 8 (Conj} when (in the past) 26 kaal-mun (Adv) before, at first, in former times 8 kaal-naa (intAdv) when? 14; (Conj) when, whenever 15 kaal niw pii touc (Clause) when still young, when I was a kid 15 kaal pii daam(.Adv) originally, formerly 24 kaasaet (N) newspaper 14 kaay (tV) to dig 23- B kae (tV) to change, correct, revise, repair 29 kaep (N) ~p (a seaside resort in Kampot province) 17-C kaew (N, S) glass; a glass (of) 2 kaat (cV) to be able 14-B; (tV) to give birth to, be born; to happen, arise, develop, catch (a disease, etc.) 22 kaat (N) east 27 kao (tV) to shave 11 kaot (X) ten-million 27-B kah (N) island 27-C kah-kog (N) Koh Kong (Island, Province) 14 kakaay (tV) to dig, scratch about 20 kamdaw (N) heat, temperature 22 kamdaa (tV) to accompany, attend 21-C kamhag (N) anger 23- B kamlah (N) a bachelor; (aV) to be single (of a man) 6 kamlag (N) strength, power 15 kamnat (N) cut piece, slice 23-B kamnaat (N) birth 23-B kamnat (N) agreement, fJxed period, duration kamp:>:>t (N) Kampot (Town, Province) 14 kampugE-tae) (Aux) in the process of 6 kampuag (N) port, riverine town 14 kampuag-caam (N) Kampong Cham (Town, Province) 14 kampuau-cnan (N) Kampong Chhnang (Town, Province) 14 kampuag-spH (N) Kampong Speu (Town, Province) 14 kampuag-thom (N) Kampong Thom (Town, Province) 14 kamplaeg (aV) funny, humorous 18 kamraa (mV) to be poor at 23-B

haau-kcay kamrat (N) a decree; (tV) to decree 23-B kamsat (aV) sad, miserable, destitute; (N) beggar, destitute person 18 kamsiaw (N) tea-kettle 20 kandap (N, S) grasp, handful, sheaf, bundle 26 kandaal (N) middle, center; central 12-C kandaal (N) Kandal. (Province) 14 kandiaw (N) sickle, scythe 26 kanlah (N, X) half 4 kanlaeg (N) place 4 kansaeg (N) handkerchief, cloth 11 kansaeg-cuut-kluan (N) towel 11 kanteel (N) a woven mat 14 kantraag (N) strainer, filter 23-B kaiicap (N, S) small package 4 kag (N) wheel 16; bicycle 21 kag sakua (NPh) spare wheel 16 kapal ~ kopal (N) ship, steamer 14 kapal-hah (N) airplane 14-C kaq (tV) to wash (the hair) to shampoo 11

kaa (Aux) so, then, accordingly 4 kaa (N) neck, throat 22- B kaa-baan (cV) to be a possibility 8 kaa-baan ... kaa-baan (cV ... cV) either ... or ... is a possibility 14 kaa-caag (N) ankle 22-B kaa-day (N) wrist 22-B kaa-mian (cV) does happen, is possible 22 kaa-saau (tV) to build, construct 24-C kaag (N) term, cycle, year 24-C kaaq (aV) frozen, congealed 9 kee (Pr) 3rd person: he, she, they, one 3 keeg (iV) to recline, to sleep 9 keeg luaq (VPh) to get to sleep 9 keeg min hiaq (VPh) to be unable to sleep 9 keeg p£Et (VPh) to sleep in the hospital, be hospitalized 22 kei (N) heritage kilou (S) kilogram 4 kiloumaet (S) kilometer 16 kiimii (N) chemistry 24-C kin (N) police 18 kit (tV) to think; (mY) to plan, intend to 8 kH (cP) is, being, equals, as follows 3 kan (tV) to thresh, to mill 16 kanaq (l ) party, group 29 kanaq-roat-muantray (N) cabinet, group of ministers 29 kaylaa (N) sports, games 24 kohaq ~ krahaq (iV) to lie, prevaricate 30

411

kolaap (N) rose 20 kom (Aux) negative imperative: don't 12 kom qaoy (Aux-mV) don't allow, not to 23 kom-qaoy-tae (Conj) so long as not, provided one doesn't 24 kon (N) film, movie 2 kog (N) account 23 kot (N) monastery, monk's quarters 17 koat (Pr) respectful 3rd person pronoun: he, she, they 6 koo (N) COW, OX 12 koorup (tV) to honor, pay respect to 18 koun (N) offspring, child(ren) 6; (Pr) you (parent to child): I (child to parent) 20 koun-kmeig (N) child (new) 24 koun-niag (N) silkworm 28 koun-prasaa (N) son- or daughter-in-law 21-B koun-proh (N) son 6 koun-qaeg (Pr) you yourself (parent to child) 20 koun-sah (N) student 6 koun-sray (N) daughter 6 kaa (tV) to pile up 26 kaa (N) kapok 28 kumnit (N) thought 23-B kumnaa (N) pile, stack 26 kumphe~aq (N) February 9 kun {N) quality, merit 30-C kuruq-wiccia {N) pedagogy 24 kuy-tiaw (N) chinese noodles 12-C kuag (iV) sit, stay, reside (of royalty or clergy) 17 kuu (S) pair 11 kuulii (N) coolie, porter 14 kua (a V) suitable, appropriate 17 kua qaoy (aV-mV) worthy of, conducive to 17 kua qaoy cag maal (VPh) worth seeing, interesting 17 kua qaoy qaanat (VPh) pitiable, deserving of sympathy 18 kua-sam (aV) reasonable, moderate; slang; not bad 30-C kuay (N) Kuy, Kuoy (a hill tribe) 27 kbac (N) design 17 kbac-camlaq (N) sculpture, frieze 17 kbaal (N) head 22 kbaal (S) specifier for books, volumes, tablets, and certain animals 23 kbat (tV) to deceive, betray 23-B kcap (tV) to wrap 23-B kcU (aV) to be lazy 20; (m V) to be too lazy to, disinclined to, not feel like 11 kcay (tV) to borrow; to lend 11

412 kcay (aV) light (in color), young, tender, inexperienced 11 kdaw (aV) hot 2 kdaw kluan (VPh) to feel hot 22 kdaw-ragia (aV) intermittently hot and cold, to have chills 22 kdaa (N) board, plank, flat surface 21 kdaa-khian (N) blackboard 3 kdaa-gia (N) a low platform or table used for sitting, sleeping, and eating 21 kham (tV) to bite 23-B khaan (mV) to fail to, miss, lack 6; (cV) (not) fail, miss 14-B khaau (N) side, direction 2; (Prep) in the area of, in the matter of 16 khaau-caag (N) the north 9 khaau-caag-crug-khaag-kaat (N) northeast 27-B khaau-caag-crug-khaag-lac (N) the northwest 27 khaag-cweig-day (N) the left-hand side 2 khaau-kaat (N} the east 27 khaag-kraom (N) below, downstairs 10 khaau-kraoy (N) the back, in back 2 khaag-lac (N) the west 27 khaag-laa (N) above, upper (part) 14 khaag-muk (N) the front; in front 2 khaag-nih (Adv) this way 10 khaag-sdam-day (N) the right-hand side 2 khaag-tboug (N) the south 27 khaag-tboug-crug-khaag-kaat(N) southeast 27- B khaau-tboug-crug-khaag-lac (N) the southwest 27 khae (N, S) month; moon 5 khae-kumpheaq (N) the month of February 9 khae-minaa (N) the month of March 9 khae-mithonaa (N) the month of June 9 khae-quhsaphia (N) the month of May 9 khae-tolaa (N) the month of October 9 khae-wiccakaa (N) the month of November 9 khaet (N) province 14 khao (N) trousers, pants 11 khao-qaaw (N) suit; clothing 11 khiaw (aV) blue to green 11 khiaw-cah (aV) dark blue to green 11 khag (aV) angry 20-C khaaft (tV) to see, to perceive 5 khoh (aV) wrong, different 23-C khoh knia (VPh) different from each other 26 khoosnaakaa (N) information, publicity 29 khouc (aV) broken, damaged, spoiled 16

Cambodian-English Glossary khum (N) commerce, administrative division of a srok 29-C klah (Adv) some -3klaii (N) grease 16 klag (aV) strong, hard, extreme 9 klag laag (VPh) increasingly strong, worse 22 klaac (tV) to fear, be afraid (of) 14-C klei (N) wrench 16 klia (N) sentence, phrase; space 3 klian (tV) to be hungry (for) 4 klan (N) odor, smell 20 klag (N, A) Indian 18 kluan (N, Pr) body; self, oneself 11 kmaw-day (N) pencil 3 kmae (aV) Cambodian; (N) Cambodian 5 kmae-laa (N) Upper Khmer, hill tribes 27 kmeig (aV) to be young; (N) child(ren) 24 kmeig-proh-proh (N) boys 24 kmeig-proh-sray (N) boys and girls 24 kmian (tV) not have, not exist 4 kmuay (N) niece or nephew 21 knia (Adv) together 3 knog (Prep) in, inside 10 knog rawiagpll-po1m cnam maak haay (Adv) for the past two thousand years 30 kii.om (Pr) I, me, my 2 kiiom-preah-baat (Pr) I (inferior to superior) 27-B kflom-preah-kaqrunaa (Pr) I (layman to priest; inferior to superior) 27-B kpuah (aV) high 17 kqaaq (i V) to cough, to have a cough 22 krah-sat-saq (N) comb 11-C kraw (Prep) outside (of) 5 kraw pii (Prep) outside of, besides 5 kraam (S) gram 23 kraawat (N) necktie 11 kraeg (tV, mV) to fear, be afraid (that) 14 kraok (iV) to rise, get up 11 kraom (Prep) under, below 9 kraoy (Prep) after, behind 2 krabaah - kapbaah (N) cotton 26 kraceh (N} Kratie (Town, Province) 14 kradaah (N) paper 23 kradaah-saset-sambot (N) letter-paper, stationery 23 krahaq- kohaq (iV) to lie, prevaricate 30 krahaam (aV) red to orange 11 krakwaq (a V) dirty 11 kralaa (aV) square 27 kranat (N) cloth 28 krageik-kragaq (aV) crooked, zig-zagging 16 kraqoup (aV) sweet-smelling, fragrant 20

kcay-lumqaa krasuau (N) department; function, duty 17 krasuag-m:>haa-ptiy (N) Department of Interior 29 krasuag-teehsacaa (N) Department of Tourism 17 krasuau-yuttathaa (N) Department of Justice 29 krawaafi (N) cardamom 27 kraweem-krawaam (aV) marked up, disfigured 22-B krawiac (aV) twisted 23-B kraa (aV) to be poor 23-B kr££ (N) bed 10 kriip ~ krip (N) jack, lift 6 krat (N) law, regulation 23-B krihsahsnaa (N) Christianity 30 krihsaqkaraac (N) Christian Era, A.D. 29 krisaqkaraac muay-po1m prambuan-r:>:>y haasap-bay (N-X) A.D. 1953 29 kriag (N) thing, accessory, instrument 8; ingredients, spices 12 kriag laan (N) automobile parts 28 kriag-preah-riaccatroap (N) royal treasures 17 kriag-tok-tuu (N) furniture 8 krom (N) group, council 29 krom-hun (N) business, commercial firm 21 krom-priksaa-preah-riac-qanaacaq (N) Council of the Kingdom 29 krog (N) city 5 kroan-baa (aV) better, improved 22 kro~an-tae (Aux) only, just 4 kroap (S) specifier for grams, pills 22 krouc (N) orange, citrus fruit 4 kraag (tV) to regulate, govern 29 krun (aV) to have a fever 22 krun-caft (N, aV) malaria; to have malaria 22 krup (Prep) every, every last one of 16 krup-kroan (aV) adequate, complete, full 8 krup-kr:>au (tV) to oversee, administer, govern 29 krup-sop (A) every, all, complete 22 kruah-tnaq (N) accident; danger 22 kruah-tnaq bok laan (NPh) automobile accident 22 kruu (N) teacher, master 6 kruu-bagrian (N) teacher 6 kruu-pcd (N) doctor 8 kruasaa (N) family 6 ksat (N) ruler, monarch 29 ksattrayaanii (N) queen 29-C ktim (N) onion, garlic 12 kwan caau (VPh) to have a paralyzed foot or leg 22-B

413 kwan day (VPh) to have a paralyzed hand 22-B kyal (N) wind 9 kyuUIJ ~ tyuUI] (N) coal, charcoal 20 -

1 latthiq (N) concept, faith, principle 29 latthiq sahsnaa (N) religious belief 30 laan (N) car, automobile 8 laan-cnual (N) hired car, bus 16 laan-dak-tumnin (N) truck, van 16-C laaiJ (dV) upward, up 11; (tV) to climb, ascend 15; (aP) increasingly, more 22 laag tnaq (VPh) to advance in rank, be promoted 24 leep (tV) to swallow 22 leik (N) number, figure 10 lihsei dekaat (N) Lyc~e Descartes 24-C liiu (tV) to fry, to braise 12 liit (S) liter 16-C lia (tV) to take leave, to say good-by 2 lian (X) million 27 liaiJ (tV) to wash (the surface of) 20 liap (tV) to spread on, to paint 11 liaw (A) Lao 27; (N) Laos lie (i V) to sink, be submerged 27 lie tik (VPh) sink in the water, under water 27 lii (tV) to hear, to sound 15 Han (aV) fast 12-C lac (N) west 27 laa (Prep) on, above 3 laa-kok-d:>a (N) Le Coq d'Or (name of a restaurant in Phnom Penh) 12 laak (tV) to raise, lift up 21 laak day twaay pre~ah (tV-N-dV-N) a greeting used by some older people (literally: lift your hands to God) 21 laak-lccu-tae (Prep) except, except for 17 look (N) Mr., Sir; (Pr) you (masc.) 2 look-puu (N) younger uncle (polite) 21 look-qom (N) older uncle or aunt (polite) 21 look-sWJ (N) monk, priest 17 look-smit (N) Mr. Smith 21 look-sray (N) Mrs., Madam; (Pr) you (fern.) 2 look-taa (N) Grandfather (polite) 6 look-yiay (N) Grandmother (polite) 6 lou (S) specifier for dozen 4 1:>:>-maal (Adv) tentatively, as an experiment 12 lumniw (N) address, residence 23-B lumqaa (N) beauty, embellishment 23-B

414

Cambodian- English Glossary

lup (tV) to rub, erase, wash (the face) 11 luy (N) money 8 MnJ-Uk (cV) to sink; to drown 15 luaq (tV) to sell 4 lu~aq (cV) to fall asleep 9 luaq-dou (tV) to do trade, carry on commerce 8 luat (tV) to extinguish 23-B luac (tV) to steal 30 luac prapuan kee (VPh) to steal another's wife, to commit adultry 30 luau (N) king (informal) 17 lbaeiJ (N) game 14 lbian (N) speed 23-B lbay-cmuah (N) fame, renown, reputation 30 lhaay (aV) cool, refreshing 14 lhog (N) papaya 12 lkhaon (N) drama, play 18 lm:>:>m (mV) enough (to), adequate (to) 8; (aV) enough, reasonable, rather lmut (N) sapodilla (a sweet, brownskinned fruit with the texture of a ripe pear) 12-C l!Jiac (N) late afternoon; evening 12 lg:>:> (N) sesame 28 lqaa (aV) good, pretty 4 lqaa-maal (aV) interesting (to see or watch) 18 lqat (aV) fine, powdered 26 m

maq (N) mother; (Pr) you (child to mother), I (mother to child) 20 mat (N) math 24 mattyum (A) middle, medium, average 24 mattyum-saksaa (N) secondary education 24 mattyum-saksaa tii-muay (NPh) 1st cycle of secondary school 24 mattyum-saksaa tii-pii (NPh) 2nd cycle of secondary school 24 maasiin ~ mas-in (N) motor, machine 16 maasin-thaat-ruup (N) camera 21-C maat-it (< muay qaat-it) (Adv) in a week, per week 20 mae (N) Mother (respectful) 21 maou (N, S) hour, time 2 meaqkaraa (N) January 9 mee-khum (N) commune chief 29-C mee-rian (N) lesson 24-C meesaa (N) April 9 meethiawii (N) lawyer 8 meetray-phiap (N) friendship, affection 30-C meiiJ (N) Meng (a personal name) 4

meil) (N) Meng (a personal name) 4 mcm (a V) to be right, true 2 m£m-t££n (Adv) really, truly, extremely 16 minaa (N) March 9 miqthonaa (N) June 9 miil) (N) younger sister of either parent 6 miah (N) gold 17 mian (tV) to have, to exist 3 (mV) to happen to, have occasion to 15 mian qay (Idiom) yes, of course, why not? 10 mian-tae (Aux) there's only to, (I'll] have to 11 min (Aux) negative auxiliary 2 min-hac-tee (VPh) it's not necessary 10 min-dael (Aux- Vm) never to have (done sthg) 5 min ... ponmaan (Aux-Adv) not so very, not to any extent 5 m-in-qay tee (Idiom) Don't mention it; it's nothing; you're welcome 2 min-saw (Aux) hardly, not so very 14 min-toan (Aux) not yet 4 mit (N) friend 30-C; (Pr) you 15 mac (intAdv) how?, what? 3; (I) how?, how about it? 10 mac kaa (Adv-Aux) why?, why is it that? 3 madaau (< muay daO!J) (XS) once, one time 3; (Adv) once, once and for all malou (< muay lou) (XS) a dozen, per dozen 4 maneaq (< muay neaq) (XS) one person; alone 6 man (A) last, past, preceding 21 mapoan (X) one thousand 23 maphiy (X) twenty 2 maphiy-muay (X) twenty-one 2 maplcct (Adv) awhile, for awhile, one moment 4 masnat (XS) per hand, one bunch (of bananas) 4 maal (tV) to read, to pronounce 3; to look at, to see 4 maal-tiw (Adv) perhaps, maybe 14 main (X) ten-thousand 27 moan (N) chicken 12 moat (N) edge, rim; mouth 14 moat-baiJ (N) banks of a lake 26 moat-samot (N) seaside 26-C moat-tuanlee (N) river-bank 14 m:>haa-ksattrayaanii (N) royal queen 29-C m:>haanikaay (N) liberal sect (literally: large body) 30 mohaa-pt-iy (N) interior (department) 29 mohaa-samot (N) ocean 27-C mohaa-w-ittyialay (N) university 24

lup-n-iu haay

415

maniiwuag (N) Monivong (a former king of Cambodia) 10 m:>noorum (N) Monorom (name of a hotel) 10 m:>nuh (N) person, human being 4 manuh-camlaek (N) stranger 21 maak (tV) to come (to) 2; (dV) orientation of action toward speaker

4;

.

(Aux) come on and, do 4; (aP) orientation toward speaker in time 5

muc (iV) to dive, go under 23-B muk (Prep) in front of 2; (N) face, f.ront: 11; (S) kind, variety, dish (of food) 12 muk-rabuah (N) a cut, wound 22 muk-tae (Aux) probably, likely to 9 muk-w-iccia (N) subject, field of study 24 mun (Prep) before (in time) 8 mun bagqah (Adv) first of all 17 mun-damboug (Adv) at first, in the beginning 22 mut (iV) to cut; to be sharp (cutting) 20 muandualkirii (N) Mondulkiri (Province) 14 muantii-pt:ct (N) hospital 22-C muantii-pt:Et preah-keit-mialia (NPh) Preah-Ket Mealea Hospital 22-C muantray (N) minister 29 muagkhut (N) mangosteen 12-C muuh (N) mosquito 15-C muul (aV) round 23-B mual (N) dysentery 22 muay (X) one 2 muay-muay (Adv) slowly, deliberately 3 muay-r:>Jy (X) one-hundred 2 muay-saen (X) one hundred-thousand 27 muay-saen prambay-ma~n muay-poan (X) one hundred eighty-one thousand 27 mcuu (N) sour or pungent food 12 mdaay (N) mother 6 mdaay-kmeik (N) mother-in-law 21 mdaay-mi4J (N) younger sister of either parent 6 mdaay-thom (N) older sister of either parent 6 mhoup (N) food 12 mhoup-camnay (N) food, various kinds of food 21 mhoup-mhaa (N) various kinds of food, food in general 20 mhoup-sal (N) left-over food 20 mlup (N) shade 15 nmoah (N) pineapple 12 mriam-day (N) finger 22- B mric (N) black pepper 26

msal-maii (Adv) yesterday 2 mteeh (N) hot (chili) peppers 12

nah (Adv) very, very much 2 naa (intPr) where? 2; (intA) which? 3; (indPr) anywhere, somewhere 9; (indA) any, some, whichever 12 naa, nah (fP) hortatory final particle 11 naa (I) demonstrative interjection: look! , there! 16· neaq (S) specifier for ordinary persons 4 neaq (Pr) you (familiar) 27 neaq-baak-taqsii (N) taxi-driver 8 neaq-bamraa (N) waiter, servant 12 neaq-cumnuaii. (N) businessman, merchant 5 neaq-cit-khaag (N) neighbor 26-C neaq-cumgH (N) patient, sick person 22 ne-aq-damnaa (N) traveler, passenger 14 neaq-dak-noam (N) leader 29 neaq-kan-preah-puttasahsnaa (N) Buddhist, follower of Buddhism 30 neaq-leeu-lkhaon (N) actor, player 18 neaq-luaq-kr~au-tok-tuu (N) furniture salesman 8 neaq-naa (intPr) who? 6-C; (indPr) someone, anyone, whoever 22 neaq-ruat-sambot (N) postman 23-C neaq-srae (N) farmer, peasant 26 neaq-twaa-kaa (N) worker 8 ne"aq-twaa-mhoup (N) cook 12 neaq-twaa-srae (N) rice-farmer 8 neh (Dp) colloq. variant of nih: this, here 11 neesaat (tV) to fish 28 nih (Dp) this, these; here 3; (Da) this, these nimuay (A) each 27 nimuay-nimuay (A) each, one by one, the various 27 niqsat (N) university student 5 niqteqpai\iiat (A, N) legislative 29 niyiay (tV) to speak, talk 3 niyiay qaii.cag (Adv) by the way, speaking of that 23 niaraday (N) southwest 27 niatii (S) minute (of time) 2 niayuaq-roat-muantray (N) prime minister 29 nik (tV) to think (about); to miss 14-B nig (Conj) and, with 2 nig (Aux) future auxiliary: will, about to 3 nig (Dp, Da) this, these, that, those 9 nig haay (Dp-Adv) that's it, you've got it 9

416

Cambodian-English Glossary

nig knia (Adv) together, to one another 30 niw (tV) to be situated, reside, remain 2; (mV) to be stm ... , to remain 6; (Adv) yet, still 4 niw-laay (Adv) still, up to the present 6 niy (Prep) of, belonging to 29 noam (tV) to take, lead 10 noam knia (tV-Adv) to do all together, to cooperate (at) 15 ronaa (intPr) who?; (indPr) anyone, someone, whoever 29 rorootdam siihanuq (N) Norodom Sihanouk 29 royoobaay (N) policy 29 nuh (Dp) that, those, there 3; (Da) that, those numpag (N) bread 2 miagkoal - qCUJkoal (N) plow 26 flam (tV) to eat or drink (informal) 2 iiam baay (VPh) to have a meal 2 ftiat-sandaan (N) relatives, family 6 iiik-ftoap (aV) often, frequent(ly) 18 n.oam (N) meat salad 12 iioam-moan (N) chicken salad 12 ftoap (aV) fast, quick 5 iiaftua (N) hammer 16 iiaa (iV) to tremble, shake 22 fl:>a kluan (VPh) tremble, shake 22 !)ia (N) duty, function 2r uiat (aV) dried and salted 28 guut (tV) to bathe 11 guut-tik (iV) to bathe 11

pacchaa (N) crematorium 17 paccopban (N) the present, modern times 30 pah (tV) to patch 16-C pannaalay (N) library 24-C patham (A) first, primary 24 patham-saksaa (N) primary education 24 paa (N) father (Pr) you (child to father); I (father to child) 20 paek (N) part, region 27 paetsap (X) eighty 2 pagsamag (N) bandages; (tV) to bandage 22 palim (Adv) at dawn, early in the morning 10 pii-qagkal (intAdv) when (in the past)? 2 piinit (tV) to observe, oversee 22 piinit-maal (tV) to examine, investigate 22 piaq (N) work; speech 3 pic (N) diamond, precious stone 17 picnic (N) picnic 15 pift (aV) to be full; (Prep) fully, throughout 9 pin muay tgay (Adv) all day 9 piii teagkluan (Adv) the whole body, all over the body 22 poh (N) post office 23 porn (N) apple 12 ponmaan (intAdv) how much?, how many? 2; (intPr) how much?, how many? 4; (Adv) much, to any extent 5; (X) how many? 6; (indA, indPr) however many 24 ponnoh (Adv) only, only to that extent 5 pontae (Conj) but 8 poan (X) thousand 23 poat (tV) to surround, encircle 24 poosat (N) Pursat (Town, Province) 14 poot (N) corn (maize) 26 p:>:>g-moan (N) chicken-egg 2 p:>:>IJ-tia (N) duck-egg 15 p:>a (N) color 11 p:>a-baytaag (N, aV) green 11 p:>a-chiam-cruuk (N, aV) maroon (pig's blood) 11 p:>a-khiaw (N, aV) the color blue; bluecolored 11 p:>a-kmaw (N, aV) black 11 p:>a-krahaam (N, aV) the color red; redcolored 11 p:>a-UaiJ (N, aV) yellow 11

niu knia-praasaat paa-miah (N, aV) gold (color); to be goldcolored 11 paa-prapheh (N, aV) grey 11 paa-ptiy-meek (N, aV) sky-blue (color of the surface of the sky) 11 paa-saa (N, aV) white 11 paa-sii-cumpuu (N, aV) pink 11 paa-sukkolaa (N, aV) brown.(chocolate) 11

paa-slaa-tum (N, aV) orange (ripe areca-nut) paa-swaay (N, aV) purple 11 puk-moat (N) beard, mustache 11 pukae (aV, mV) clever, skillful (at) 5 pum (Aux) not (literary) 18-B puthaw (N) ax, hatchet 22 puttasahsnaa (N) Buddhism 30 puah (N) stomach, intestines 21 puah-wian (N) innertube 16 pu'lmlH (N) light 23-B puimyual (tV) to explain 3 puu (N) younger brother of either parent 21 puuc (N) seed, stock, background 26 puaq-maaq (N) friend 5 puaq-yaau (Pr) we (exclusive) 16 puaq-sray-sray (N) women, the women 26 pcua ~ pyua (N) to plow 26 pdac (tV) to tear, to cut off 23-B pdahsaay (N) a cold (aV) to have a cold 22 pdaam (tV, mV) to begin (to) 18 pday (N) husband 6 phae (N) pier, dock 14 phaen-tii (N) map 27-C phal (N) yield, result, harvest, product 26 phal-bon (N) reward, accumulated merit, karma 30 phal-damnam (N) crops, agricultural products 27-C phal knou day (N) underground products, mineral resources 30 phallittaphal (N) products, produce 28 phallHtaphal kaqsakam (N) agricultural products 28 phaan (N) Phan (a personal name) 6 phaan (Adv) too, in addition 4; (fP) please, will you 10 pheaqriyia (N) wife (elegant) 21-B phiaq (N) part, share 27 phiaq-raay (S) percent 27 phiareaq (N) duty, responsibility 29 phiasaa (N, S) language 5 phiasaa-kmae (N) the Cambodian language 5 phiasaa-qanglee (N) the English language 5 phiy (tV) to fear, be afraid of 16

417 phak (tV) to drink (familiar) 12-C phot (cV) to be free (of), clear (of) 16 phoocaniiyathaan (N) restaurant 2 phuum (N) village, land 15 phuumisaah (N) geography 24 pkaa (N) flower 15 pkaat (tV) to create, to cause 23- B pkuu (tV) to pair off 23- B plah (tV) to change, replace 15 plae-chaa (N) fruit 4 plae-swaay (N) mango fruit 12 pleeu (N)" song, music (instrumental} 18 pliam (Adv) immediately 22 pliau (N) rain 9; (i V) to rain 9 plic (tV} to forget 9 plii (aV) to be bright, light, late (in the morning) 11 plaw (N) street, way, road 10 plaw-baek (N) intersection 18-C plaw preah-baat maniiwuau (N) PreahBath Monivong street 10 plaw-rateh-plaau (N) railway 27 plaw-tik (N) waterway 27 plaau (N) fire, light 2 pnaek (N) section, part, fragment 24 pn:>:>IJ (N) Pnong; mountain tribes in general 27 pnum (N) mountain, hill 15 pnum-daan-rcck (N) the Dong Raek Mountains 27 pnum-krawaafi (N) the Cardamom Mountains 27 pnum-pin. (N) Phnom Penh 5 pfiaa (tV) to send 23 pn.eaq (iV) to wake up 10 pfiiaw (N) guest 10-C pqoun (N) younger sibling 6 pqoun-cii-doun-muay (N) younger first child 6 pqoun-cii-doun-muay-sray (N) younger female first cousin 6 pqoun-proh (N) younger brother 6 pqoun-sray (N) younger sister 6 pram (X) five 2 pram-dandap (X) fifteen 6 prambay (X) eight 2 prambay-main (X) eight ten-thousands 27 prambuan (X) nine 2 prammuay (X) six 2 prammuay-lian (X) six million 27 prampil (X) seven 2 prau (aV) dry 26 prap (tV) to tell, to inform (familiar) 12 praq (N) money; silver 8 pray (aV) salty, seasoned 28 praakat (aV) to be sure, exact 8 praasaat (N) palace; sacred monument, temple 30

418

Cambodian-English Glossary

prae (tV) to translate 3 praa (tV) to use 12 pracia (N) people 29 praciacu'lm (N) people, population 27 praciariah (N) people, populace, citizenry 29 praciathippatay (N) democracy 29 pracluah (iV) to argue back and forth 23-B pradap (N) tool, instrument 16 pradap-cuah-cul (N) tools 16 pradap-pradaa (N} instruments, equipment 22 pradouc (tV) to compare 23- B prohael (Prep) about, approximately 5; (Conj) perhaps; (aV) to be similar 10 prahael cia (Prep) about, approximately

5;

(Conj) perhaps prahael-prahael knia (VPh) similar, approximately the same 10 prahok (N) fermented fish paste 15 prakan (tV) to maintain, guarantee 23 prakan-day (N) receipt 23 prakaat (tV) to originate, set up 23-B prakham (tV) to bite each other 23-B pralaay (N) ditch, small canal 26-C pralaau (iV) to take an examination, to compete 24 pralaau coap (VPh) to succeed at an examination 24 pralaau tleaq (VPh) to fail in an examination 24 pramuk (N) head, chief 29 pranau (iV) to race, to compete 15 prafiap (aV) to hurry; (mV) to hurry to (do something) 11 prapiynii (N) custom, culture 30 prapuan (N} wife 6 praprit (N) to act, follow, practice 30 praq (tV) to thatch, roof 26 praqap (N, S) small box 4 praqap-sambot (N) letter-box 23 prasap (aV, mV) to be good (at), skillful (at) 15 prateah (tV) to meet (by chance), come across 14 prateeh (N) country, state 27 prateeh-barausaeh (N) France 27-C prateeh-kampuccia (N) Cambodia 27 prateeh-kraw (N) foreign countries, abroad 28 prateeh-liaw (N) Laos 27 prateeh-qandia (N) India 30 prateeh-thay-lau (N) Thailand, Siam 27 prateeh-wiat-naam (-yiat-naam) (N) Vietnam 27 prawaeo (N) length; to have a length of 27

prawoattasaah (N) history 24 prayat (aV, mV) be careful (to), take care (in) 16 prayaoc (N) purpose, usefulness; (aV) useful 28-C prehsaniiyathaan (N) post-office 23 preah (N) God, The Buddha 17 preah (word prefixed to sacred object or to actions performed by sacred persons) 17 preah-baat (N) title for a king 10 preah-baat maniiwuao (N) King Monivong 10 preah-baat narootdam siihanuq (N) King Norodom Sihanouk 29 preah-barommariaccaweag (N) the Royal Palace 17 prevah-cinnawuvag (N) a Cambodian drama 18 preah-dacceah-preah-kun(Pr)you (inferior to superior of exalted rank; layman to priest) 27-B preah-kaqrunaa (N) king, his majesty 29 preah-makaa-ksat (N) king, monarch 29 preah-puttasahsnaa (N) Buddhism 30 preah-qau (Pr) 3rd person pronoun for royal persons 29; (S) specifier for royal persons preah-riac-qanaacaq (N) royal kingdom 28 preah-sau (N) priest, monk 30 preah-wihia (N) Preah Vihear (Temple, Province) 14; sacred temple 14 preah-wihia preah-kaew (N) Wat PreahKaew (The Silver Pagoda) 17 preig (N) oil 11 preig-liap-saq (N) hair-oil 11 preig-masin (N) motor-oil 16 prcck (N) stream, large canal 30 prik (N) morning 10 priksaa (tV) to advise, counsel 29 priy (N) forest 15 priy-nakaa (N) Saigon 14-C priy-w££g (N) Prey Veng (Town, Province) 14 proh (N} man, male 6 pralim (N) dawn 10 praam (mV) to agree (to) 29 prum -daen (N) border, territorial limit 17 pruah (Conj) because, since 9 pruah (tV) to sow, scatter, broadcast 26 pruay-cat (aV) sad 20-B psao (tV) to tame 23- B psaa (N) market 4 psaa-kap-koo (N) the ox-slaughter market; name of a market in Phnom Penh 18 psaa-kandaal (N) the Central Market 12-C psaa-silap (N) a market in Phnom Penh 18 pseig (aV) to be different 4

419

prae-q:> (N) the Angkor Period 30 samaaciq ~ samaacik (N} member 29 safiiiaabat (N) certificate 24 san (N) gasoline 16 san (aV) tame 23-B sapbaay (aV) to be happy, pleasant 2 sapbaay-cat (aV) happy, content, glad 20 ®

Cambodian-English Glossary

422 saphia (N) house, chamber, assembly 29 saq (N) rank, grade 29-C saraan (N) Saran (a personal name) 4 saraan (N) you (personal name used as a pronoun) 4 sarin (N) Sarin (a personal name) 22 sarun (N) Sarun (a personal name) 26 sat (N) animal, creature (human or otherwise) 20 sattawoat(N)century,era 30 sattawoat tii-muay (N) the first century sattawoat tii-prammuay (N) the sixth century 30 saah (N) race, religion, nationality saamsap (X) thirty 2 saap (tV) to sow, scatter 26 saap (aV) bland, unseasoned 28 saareaqmuantli-ciat (N) national museum 17-B saen (X) hundred-thousand 27 saesap (X) forty 2 saok (tV) to pity 23-B saoy (tV) to eat (royal) 23-B saoy-riac (tV) to rule, to reign 29 sah (fP) (not) at all 9 sal (aV) to remain, be left over 20 sam (aV) suitable, proper 11 sambot (N) letter, ticket 14 sambot-kapal (N) steamer ticket 14 sambou (aV) full, abundant, plentiful samdac (N) prince, princess 29-C; title for high-ranking royalty samdac slihanuq (N) Prince Sihanouk 29-C samk:>:>m (a V) ridiculously slender, skinny;

(N) slender person 23-B samkhan (aV) important 23 samlap (tV) to kill 30 samlaa (N) stew (usually highly seasoned) 12 samlaa-mcuu (N) pungent stew 12 samleig (N) voice, sound 18 samliag (tV) to sharpen by whetting 20 samliaq (N) clothing worn around the waist 18 samliaq-bampeaq (N) clothing, costume (elegant) 18 samlay (N) raw fiber (cotton, etc.) 28 samnaq (iV) to rest, stay 2 samnaap (N) seedling, plant 26 samnua (N) question 3 sampeah (tV) to greet with palms joined 21 sampeah-sua (tV) to greet 21 sampuat (N) cloth; dhoti 14

samq:-at (tV) to clean, make clean 20 samrac (mV) to decide (to) 22 samrag (tV) to select, choose, extract 26-C samrap (tV, mV) to use for 15; (S) a set, suite samraaq (iV) to rest, to stop work 15 samrual (tV) to facilitate, make easy 23-B sandap (N) understanding, convention 23-B sandaek (N) bean 26 sandaek-day (N) peanut 26 sanlak (N, S) sheet, leaf 23-C sansam (tV) to save, collect 23 santhaakia (N) hotel 10 santhaakia-haaway (N) the Hawaii Hotel 10-C santhaakia-m:>noorum (N) the Monorom Hotel 10 santhaakia-sukkhaalay (N) the Sukkhalay Hotel 10 sag (tV) to build 28 sagkat (N) division, sector 23- B sagkyaa (N) custard, pudding 12 sagsaa (N) sweetheart, fiance(e) 23 sap (Prep) every 8 sap (tV) to inflate, pump air into 16-C sap-tgay-nih (Adv) these days, at the present time 8 saq (N) hair 8 sasei (tV) to write 3 saa (aV) white 11 saam (N) fork 12 saag (tV) to repay, compensate 30-C siiifi.ei (tV) to sign 23 sii (tV) to eat (disrespectful, of animals); to use, consume 16-C siimag (N) cement 14 siitroqaen (N) Citroi!n (a make of automobile) 28 siam (A) Thai; 17 (N) Thailand, Siam siam-riap (N) Siem Reap (Town, Province) 14 siat (tV) to insert 23-B siawphiw (N) book 3 sac-kday (N) composition; matter, story 24 sac-kday-dag-kun (N) gratitude 26-B sac-kday-kua-pum-kua (N) mistakes 30-C sac-kday-lqaa (N) goodness, beauty 26-B sac-kday-sapbaay (N) happiness 26-B sac-kday-slap (N) death 26-B sac-kday-tuk-cat (N) confidence 29 sakua (A) emergency, extra 16

saphia-sraw-stuWJ saksaa (tV) to study, learn, research; (N) education 24 samot ~ sramot (N) sea, ocean 26-C samot-siam (N) Sea of Thailand 27 san (fP) polite imperative: first; do 4 sag(-tae) (Aux) almost, on the point of 21 sat (tV) to comb 11 say (N) a feathered projectile 24 sayhaa (N) August 9 sok (aV) to be happy, well 2 sok-cat (mV) to agree (to), be willing (to) 10 sok-sapbaay (aV) to be well and happy 2 sokkhaalay (N) Sukkhalay (name of a hotel) 10 som (tV) to request, ask for 4 sophiap (aV) polite, kind 30 sophiap-riapsaa (aV) polite and kind 30 sot-tae (Aux) inclusively, all without exception 11 sou (N) sound, noise 15 soum (Aux) please 2 soum-tooh (I) Excuse me, I'm sorry 2 sourayaawaaraman (N) Suryavarman 24-C suflei (N) horn; (tV) to blow (a horn) 16 suan (N) garden 15 suan-cbaa (N) flower garden, park 15 suan-pkaa (N) flower garden 20 sua (tV) to question, to ask 2 suasday (I) Greetings! Hello! (formal; urban) 30-C suasday mit (I-Pr) Dear Friend; Greetings, Friend 30-C sbaek (N) skin, leather 11-C sbaek-caag (N) shoes 11-C sdac (N) king 24-C sdac ciyye3qwaaraman tii-prampil (N) King Jayavarman Vll 24-C sdac sourayaawaaraman tii-pii (N) King Suryavarman n 24-C sdam (aV) right (side) 2 sdam-day (aV) on the right 2 sdap (tV) to listen (to) hear, obey 3 sdap baan (VPh) to be able to hear, to understand 3 sdaag (aV) thin 23-C sdaag-sdaalJ (aV) very light and thin 23-C skaa (N) sugar 2 skoal (tV) to know, be acquainted with, know of 5 sk:>am (aV) slender 23-B slap (i V) to die 21 slaap-paqkaa (tV) fountain pen 23 slaap-pria (N) spoon 12 sliaq (tV) to put on or wear below the waist 11

423 sliaq-peaq (tV) to dress, to wear 11 slak (N) leaf 26 slak-tnaot (N) sugar-palm leaf 26 smaw (N) grass, hay 20 smian (N) clerk 8 smoum (N) beggar 23- B snae-haa (N) love, romance 18 snap (N) air pump 16 sniat (N) insert, wedge 23- B snat (S) specifier for hands of bananas 4 sgat (aV) quiet, peaceful 24-C sgao (tV) to boil; (N) boiled soup 12 sgao-bcu.Jkaag (N) prawn soup 12 sgaoy (N) royal food 23-B sgiam (aV) quiet, silent 15 sguat (aV) to be dry 15 spian (N) bridge 16 spoen (N) copper 28 sqaat (aV) clean, neat, attractive 10 sqaat-baat (aV) neat, careful, proper 11 sqaek (Adv) tomorrow 2 sqay (intPr) what? 3 srac (cV) to decide on, dispose of, finalize 14-B srac-tae (tV) [it] depends on, (it'sJ up to 12 srap-tae (Aux) suddenly, unexpectedly 18-B sraa (N) alcoholic beverage 21 sraal (aV) light (in weight) 23-C srae (N) rice-field 8 srae-camkaa (N) land under cultivation 27 srae-prag (N) dry (season) rice-field 26 srae-wuahsaa (N) wet (season) rice-field 26 sraek (tV) to shout 15 sraom (N) covering, envelope 11 sraom-caag (N) socks, stockings 11 sraom-sambot (N) envelope 23 sralah (aV) clear, cleared up 22 sralai'l (tV) to love 18 sralan knia (VPh) to love each other 18 sramaoc (N) out 15-C sramot ~ samot (N) sea, ocean 26-C sranaok (N) pity 23- B sraqap (aV) obscure, foggy 23-B srabap (N) skin, bark 18 srabap-ceik (N) banana-tree bark; name of a Cambodian drama 18 srawag (aV) drunk, intoxicated, dizzy 21 sraw (N) unhusked rice, paddy 16-C sraw-puuc (N) seed-rice 26 sraw-laag-U-k (N) floating rice 26 sraw-prag (N) dry (season) rice 26 sraw-prueh (N) broadcast rice 26 sraw-stuug (N) transplated rice 26

Cambodian-English Glossary

424

sraw-wuahsaa (N) wet (season) rice 26 sray (N) woman, female 6 sray-sray (N) women (in general) 11-C srok (N) country, district 5; administrative division oi a khaet 29-C srok-barag (N) France5 srok-can (N) China 5 srok-kmae (N) Cambodia 5 srok-qaamerlc (N) America 5 srok-siam (N) Thailand 17 srok-srae (N) the country, rural areas 9 srual (aV) comfortable, easy, pleasant 5 srual kluan (VPh) to feel well 22 stig-traeg (N) stung Treng (Town, Province) 14 staa-tae (Aux) almost, on the point oi 23 stoat (aV, mV) to be good (at), skilled (at) 16-C sbap (tV) to envelop 23-B stuug (tV) to insert into the ground, to transplant 26 sthaanii (N) station, place 17 sthaanii-qayeaqsmaayian (N) train station 17 swaamay (N) husband (elegant) 21-B swaay (N) mango 12 swaay-riag (N) Svay Rieng (Town, Province) 14 llaek (N) check 23 t

tag (tV) to set up, display, establish 17; to appoint 29 t~-pi1 (Prep) from, starting from 9; ever since taqsii (N) taxi 8 taa (N) grandfather, old man 6 taa-lia (N) gt-gt-gt-grandfather 21-B taa-luat (N) great-great grandfather 21-B taa-tuat (N) great grandfather 21-B taakaew (N) Takeo (Town, Province) 14 taam (tV) to follow; (dV) according to, after 3 taam kapal-hah (Adv) by air (by airplane) 23 taam kapal-tik (Adv) by sea (by ship) 23 taam khaet (Adv) in the provinces 14 taam-thoommadaa (Adv) usually 9 tae (N) tea (leaves) 2 tae (Conj) but 4; (Prep) only 4 tae-madaOlJ (Adv) directly, at once, in one operation 26 tae maneaq qaeg (Adv) alone, by oneself 22 taem (N) stamp 23

taeg (tV) to write, compose 24 taeg sac-kday (VPh) to write a composition; (N) composition, writing 24 taeg-tae (Aux) usually 18-B taa (I) say, tell me 8 taa (i V) to continue 9 taa tiw tiat (Adv) on, further, continuing on 9 teah (tV) to slap, smack 18 teah-day (iV) to clap the hands, applaud 18

teag (Prep) including, all oi 10 teal) nih (Prep-Da) all these 30 teag-pii (Prep-X) both 6 teag-qah (Adv) all 3 teag-qah knia (Adv) all together 3 teaq (tV) to trap, to snare 23-B teaq-bolJ (iV) to be related (to) 28; concerned (with) tee (fP) final question particle 2; emphatic final particle 2; final negative particle 2 teehsacaa (N) tourist, tourism 5 teelekraam (N) telegram; (tV) to telegraph 23 teel]-taag (aV) incoherent, confused 22-B teamoumaet (N) thermometer 22 tii (N) ordinallzing prefix. 3 tii-bamphot (N, Adv) to most, the last 26-B tii-kanlaeg (N) place, establishment 17 tii-koorup (N) respected one 26-B tii-k:rOIJ (N) city 17 tii-ponmaan? (A) the how-many'th? 3 til-pram (A) fifth 3 tii-snaehaa (N) loved one 26-B tia (N) duck 15 tiahian (N) soldier 5 tiam-tia (tV) to wrest away, obtain by bargaining 29 tian (N) gift 30 tiai'i. (tV) to pull, to draw along 26 tiat (Adv) again further 3 tih (N) direction 27 tih-baccam (N) western direction; the west (lit.) 27-B tih-bou (N) eastern direction; the east (lit.) 27-B tih-niaraday (N) southwestern direction; the southwest (lit.) 27 tih-piayoap (N) northwestern direction, the northwest (lit.) 27-B tih-qaqlmee (N) southeastern direction; the southeast (lit.) 27 tih-qaysaan (N) northeastern direction; the northeast (lit.) 27 tih-qotdaa (N) northern direction; the north (lit.) 27-B

sraw-wuahsaa-thureaq tih-teaqsan (N) southern direction; the south (lit.) 27-B tik (N) water; liquid 2 tik-cruah (N) spring, mountain stream, waterfall 15 tik-dah-koo (N} milk 2 tik-kaaq (N) ice; ice-water; snow 9 ti-k-kmaw (N} ink 23 tik-tae (N) tea (liquid) 2 tik-tray (N} fish-sauce 12 tifi pii baarateeh (VPh) to import 28 ti-w (tV) to go 2; (dV) orientation of action away from speaker: to, up to 9; (aP) orientation away from speaker in time 9; (fP) imperative final particle: go ahead 11 tiw ciat kraoy (Adv) in later reincarnations 30 tiw min toan (VPh) to miss 14 tiw maak (VPh) to go and come 16-C tiw naa maak naa (VPh) to go anywhere, to go and come 9 tiw wifi tiw maak (Adv} back and forth, reciprocally 30 tac (aV) few, little (in quantity) 23 tacnic (N) technique; (A) technical 24 taap (Conj) then, after which 8 taap(-tae}-ni!J (Aux) just, just now 14 tok (N) table 3 toqlaa (N). October 9 toat (tV) to kick 24 toat-say (N) a game involving kicking a feathered projectile 24 touc (aV) to be small 4 touc-touc (aV) to be quite small (pl.) 4 tateah (tV) to flap (the wings) 23-B tatik (aV) to be wet 9 tatim ~ kratim (N) pomegranate 28 tatual (tV) to receive, accept 10-C tatual-tian (tV) to eat (polite; with reference to oneself) 2 tuk-cat (iV) to have confidence (in), rely (on) 16 tuliay (aV) spacious, roomy 10 tum (aV) ripe 4 tum (i V) to perch 23-B tumhum (N) size 27 tumhum-day (N) area (of land) 27 tumleaq (tV) to fell, overthrow 23-B tumloap (N) custom 23-B tumnee (aV) free, vacant, at leisure 8 tumnifi (N) merchandise 16-C tumnaap (A) modern, recent 24 tui1UJu'im (N) weight 23 tumpaa (N) page, leaf 3

425 tuah-yaan-naa-ka-daoy (Adv) however it may be, nevertheless 15 tuahsania (tV) to observe, inspect, sightsee 30 tual (tV) to prop up, support, touch 27 tual nig (tV-Prep) supporting, against, next to 27 tuan (aV) soft, pliable 26 tuanlee (N) large river; long body of water 14 tuanlee-meekog (N) the Mekong River 14-C tuanlee-saap (N) the Tonle Sap (the Sap River) 27 tuanloap (N) custom 23- B . tuu (N) cabinet, cupboard, chest 8 tuuk (N) boat 14 tuuk-kapal (N) boats, rivercraft 14 tua-qaek (N) principal character 18 tua-qaek-proh-sray (N) the hero and heroine 18 tua-tiw (Adv) all over, in general 29 tuanawih (N) screwdriver 16 tbal (N) mill, millstone 26 tbal-bok (N) rice-mill, mortar and pestle 26 tbiat (tV) to pinch 23-B tboug (N} south 27 tboug (N) precious stone 28 tboug-kandiag (N) sapphire 28 tbOUij-pic (N) jewels, precious stones 28 tboug-tatim ~ -kratim (N) ruby 28 thaa (tV} to say 3; (Conj) that, saying, as follows 3 thaan-sua (N) heaven, Nirvana 30-C thae-reaqsaa (tV) to care for, take care of 6 thaok (aV) cheap, inexpensive 10 thaat ruup (VPh) to take a picture, to photograph 21-C thaat-tuu (N) drawer 11 thiat-qaakaah (N) atmosphere, weather 27-C thaniakia (N) bank 23 thaniakia-ciat (N) the National Bank 23 that (tV) to put, place; situated 30 thay min mianl ~ hay min mianl (Idiom) of course they have!, of course there is/are! 14 thom (aV) large 4; important 29-C thom-dom (aV) big, important, impressive 21-C thoammadaa (Adv} usual, usually 9 thoammayut (N) the orthodox sect 30 thou (N) vase 20 thaa (N) moral law, dharma 30 thum (tV) to smell, sniff 14-B thureaq (N) problem, trouble, preoccupation 30

426 thu1m (tV) to endure, withstand 26 thuureen (N) durian 12 tlay (aV) to be expensive; to cost 2; (N) price, cost 4 tlaa (aV) clear, transparent 15-C tleaq (iV) to fall 9 tlag (tV) to weigh 23 tloap (aV) to be accustomed 9; (mV) used to, customarily 15 tmaa (N) rock, stone 15 tmi-1'1 (N) tooth, teeth 11 tmay (aV) new; again, some more 11 tnam (N) medicine preparation 11; tobacco 14 tnam-cuaq (N) smoking tobacco 26 tnam-doh-tmi-1'1 (N) toothpaste 11 tnam-krun (N) fever medicine 22 tnaq (N) close, level 8 tnaq cog bamphot (N) final grade (13th year) 24 tnaq tii-bay tumnaap (N) 3rd grade, secondary (lOth year) 24 tnaq tii-dap-pii (N) 12th grade (1st year) 24 tnaq tii-muay tumnaap (N) 1st grade, secondary (12th year) 24 tnaq tii-pii tumnaap (N) 2nd grade, secondary (11th year) 24 tnaq tii-prammuay tumnaap (N) 6th grade, secondary (7th year) 24 tnaq tii-prampi-1 (N) 7th grade (6th year) 24 tnaal (N) nursery plot, seedbed 26 tnaot (N) sugar-palm 26 tnal (N) paved road, street 10 tnuu (N) December 9 tgay ·(N, S) day, sun 2 tgay-can (N) Monday 10 tgay nah haay (VPh) it's late (in the morning) already 16 tgay-nih (Adv) today 2 tgay-nig (Adv) colloq. variant of tgay-nih 11 tgay-put (N) Wednesday 10 tgay-prahoah (N) Thursday 10 tgay-qaatU (N) Sunday 10 tgay-qagkia (N) Tuesday 10 tgay-rasial (Adv) in the early afternoon 9 tgay-saw (N) Saturday 10 tgay-sok (N) Friday 10 tgay-trag (Adv) at midday, noon 9 tguan (aV) heavy, serious 22 traa (N) seal, stamp, mark 23 trabaac (tV) to crumble in the fingers 23-B traceaq (aV) to be cool, fresh 9 traciaq (N) ear 23-B

Cambodian- English Glossary tralaok (N) dipper, ladle 26 tralaok-daag-Uk (N) water-dipper 26 tralap (iV) to reverse, to turn around 4 trag (aV) straight, honest 9 trapeag-baay-cuu (N) grape 12-C trasaq (N) cucumber 15 traag (tV) to strain, filter 23-B treik-qaa (aV) happy 20-B traw (aV) to be right, correct 3; (mV) to have to, must 4; (tV) to hit, come in contact with; be subjected to, meet with 22 traw-kaa (tV) to need, to want 2 traw-tae (Aux) absolutely must 18-B tray (N) fish 12 tray-cqaa (N) smoked fish 15 tray-giat (N) dried salted fish 28 tray-tik-pray (N) salt-water fish 28 tray-tik-saap (N) fresh-water fish 28 tram (aV) proper; (Prep) at, coincident with 30-C tram nih (Prep-Da) right here, at this point 30-C tranum (N) a perch 23-B truat-traa (tV) oversee, supervise, administer 29-C twaay (tV) to give, offer, present (elegant) 17 twaay-bagkum (tV) to venerate, greet respectfully 17 twiip (N) continent 27-C twiip-qairop (N) the continent of Europe 27-C twia (N) door, opening 10 twaa (tV) to make, to do 3; to work as, follow the profession of 5 twaa-bon (iV) to make merit, do good deeds 30 twaa-bon-daq-tian (iV) to make merit by giving alms, to perform generous deeds 30 twaa-kaa (iV) to work 4 twaa kluan (VPh) to prepare oneseli, get ready 11 twaa-leik (VPh) to do numbers; (N) arithmetic 24 twaa qaoy (VPh) makes, causes 15 twaa srae (VPh) to farm (raise rice) 8 twaa srae-camkaa (VPh) to cultivate, farm 27 tyuug - kyuug (N) coal, charcoal 20

way (tV) to hit, strike, type 23 way daqtilou (VPh) to type 23-C waa (tV) to pass, overtake 16 waen-taa (N) eye-glasses 16

thuan-yuan wallay-bal (N) volleyball 24 wealJ (N) palace 17 weah (tV) to cut open 22 weah-kat (i V) to operate 22 weelia (N) time 8 wiqswaakaa (N) engineering 26-C withii (N) way, method 24 withii-bal)kaa-rook (N) disease prevention 24 wia (Pr) familiar or derogatory 3rd person pronoun 6 wiac (aV) crooked 23-B wial (N) plain, field 27 w:i.-ccia (N) science, field of study 8 wiccia coan kpuah (NPh) higher education 24 w:i.-ccia-pt:Et (N) medicine (as a science) 8 w:i.-ccia piseh (NPh) special subject 24 w:i.-ccialay (N) secondary school, lycee 8 wiccakaa (N) November 9 wil muk (VPh) to be dizzy 22-B w!l\ (Adv) contrastive adverb: back, again, on the other hand 4 w:i.-ttyialay (N) secondary school, lycee 8 wittyialay siisowat (N) Lycee Sisonath 24 w:i.-ttyiasaah (N) science 24 waay! (I) interjection for attracting attention 15 woat (N) wat, temple compound 5 wovat-pnum (N) Wat Phnom (site of the foundation of Phnom Penh) 17 woat-qonaalaom (N) Wat Onalaom (seat of the Mahanikay Sect) 17 woatthoq (N) article, artifact 17 woatthoq-bouraan (N) ancient artifacts 17

427 wual (iV) to revolve 23-B wualJ (N) circle 24 wualJ-dantray (N) orchestra 21-C

yaau (N, S) kind, way, variety 12-C yaau-mac (intAdv) how? in what way? 14 yaau-mac-klah (intAdv) what kinds?; in what ways? 28 yaau tac nah (Adv) at the very least, at least 30 yipun ~ cipun (A) Japanese; (N) Japan 17-C yiil (I) interjection of surprise or mild annoyance 6 yiay (N) grandmother, old woman 6 yiay-lia (N) gt-gt-gt-grandmother 21-B yiay-luat (N) great-great-grandmother 21-B yiay-tuat (N) great-grandmother 21-B yHt (aV) slow, late 14 yaau (Pr) we (familiar) 6 yaok (tV) to take, take in hand 4 yum (iV) to cry, wail, howl 20 yup (N) night, evening 9 yutteqthoa (N) justice 29 yual (tV) to understand, to perceive 3 yual-proam (tV) to approve, consent (to) 29 yuu (aV) to be long (in time) 5 yuu-yuu-madaOlJ (Adv) once in a while, from time to time, intermittently 22 yuan (A) Vietnamese; (N) Vietnam 27

ENGLISH-CAMBODIAN GLOSSARY In the following glossary, each English entry is separated from its Cambodian equivalent(s) by a colon; multiple entries under a single heading are separated by a semicolon. Grammatical designations are used only when necessary to avoid ambiguity; abbreviations have the same meanings as those listed at the beginning of the Cambodian-English Glossary.

a/the .•. one/s (pronominal prefix): qaa-; the maroon one: qaa-chiemcruuk; which one?: qaa-naa?, qaa-naa-muay? abandon, throw away: caol about (approximately): prahael, prahael cia; about (concerning): pit, qampii abundant (with), full (of): sambou (daoy) accident: kruah-tnaq; automobile accident: kruah-tnaq bok laan accompany: cuun, qaam, kamdaa according to: .taam account: kou accustomed to: tloap + V, dael + V, quhsaa + V actor: neaq-leeu-lkhaon A.D. 1953: krihsaqkaraac muay-poan prambuan-rooy haasap-bay address (N): lumniw, tii-lumni-w adequate, complete: krup-kroan administer: truat-traa, piinit-maal, krup-kroou advise (tV): priksaa affectionately: daoy meetray-phiap after, behind: kraoy; back, in back: khaau-kraoy; following after: taam after that: ruac pii nuh, bantoap pii nuh, bantoap mook afternoon (early): rosial; late afternoon, evening: Iuiac afraid (A): phiy again (further): tiat; once again: madaau tiat; back again: win against, next to: ptoal, ptoal niu; personal, one's own: ptoal kluan age: qaayuq; to be aged ... : qaayuq ... ; age, period (of history): samay, coan, saqkaraac agree (to): pro:>m (nig); willing (to): sok-cat+ Verb agriculture: kaqsakam; department of agriculture: krasuag-kaqsakam; agricultural products: phallittaphal kaqsakam air, weather: ,qakaah airplane: kapal-hah alcohol, alcoholic beverage: sraa; distillery: roou-twaa-sraa 429

all (A, Adv): teag-qah; an of: teag + N, pin+ N; all, inclusively: sot-tae; all over, in general: tua-Uw; all these: teag-nih; all together: teau-qah knia almost: cit+ Verb; almost, on the point of: staa-tae, san(-tae) + V allow: qaoy alone: maneaq; by oneself: tae maneaq qaen already: haay, ruac-haay also, as well: dae always: ceh-tae + V; cia-nia, cia-daraap America: qaameric, srok-qaameric, prateeh-qaameric; American: qaamerikau ancient, former: bouraan and: haay-nin; and, with: nin; and then: haay and how about . . . ?: coh anger: kamhan ankle: kaa-caag Angkor: qOijk:>o; Angkor Wat: qaukoo-woat; Angkor Thom: qauloo-thom Angkor Period: samay qauk::>:> angry: khan; anger: kamhau animal, creature: sat answer (tV): claay; (N) camlaay ant: sramaoc any (indA): qway (qay, sqay), naa anyone (indPr): neaq-naa, nonaa anything (indPr): qway, qay, sqay anywhere (indAdv): naa, kanlaeu naa, qae-naa appendicitis: qapOIJdisiit apple: pom approve: yual-pro:>m; approval, consent: kaa-yual-pro:>m April: {khae-) meesaa area (of land): tumhum-day argue: cluah; argue back and forth: pracluah arrive (at): dal, Uw dal, m:>:>k dal around: cumwil\ article, artifact: woatthoq; ancient artifacts: woatthoq-bouraan artisan, skilled laborer: ciag

English-Cambodian Glossary

430

as (like): douc; as (being, serving as): cia as examples, etcetera: cia-daam as well as: dae; praam-tea!J (Prep) Asia: qaazii, qaasii; Southeast Asia: qaazii-paek-qaqlmee ask: sua; inquire, ask in marriage: danda!J; ask for, request: som assemble, set up: damlaa!J at: qae, niw; is located at: niw qae at least: yaau tac nah atmosphere: thiat-qakaah attach, affix (stamp, etc.): bat; (medal, insignia): peaq attached to, stuck to: coap attend, accompany: kamdaa August: (khae- )sayhaa aunt (younger sister of either parent): mii!J, neaq-miil); (older sister of either parent): qom · automobile: laan; automobile parts: kria!J-laan avoid: ciah awaken (iV): pfieaq; (tV): dah awhile, for awhile, one moment: map led a while ago, a moment ago: qambaii.-mafi ax, hatchet: puthaw b

baccalaureate degree: baasou; first baccalaureate degree: baasou tii-muay; second baccalaureate degree: baasou tii-pii bachelor; be single: kamiah back and forth, reciprocally: tin wifi tiw ma:>k ball: bal ball up, make into a ball: cmoul ballet, classical dancing: r:lbam-roamkbac banana: ceik; banana-tree: daam-ceik; banana-tree bark: srataap-ceik bandage (N, tV): pQI)samQI) bank: ba!J, bQI), thaniakia; the National Bank: thaniakia-ciat bark (of tree): sambaaq, srataap bathe (i V): IJUUt, IJUUt-tik bathroom: bantup-tik Battambang (Province, Town): batdambaOIJ battle, war: cambau be: cia, kH be promoted: laalJ tnaq bean: sandaek beard, mustache: puk-moat beat (tV): baok, way beauty, embellishment: lumqaa

because: pipruah, pruah; since, because: daoy; because of the fact that: daoy, daoy saa, haet tae bed: krtt bedroom: bantup-kee!J beef: sac-koo beer: byea before (Prep): mun; in front of: muk; in former times: kaal-mun beggar: kamsat, smoum begin (to): cap, pdaam, cap-pdaam behave, act, follow: praprit being, as follows: kH believe: cia; belief: cumnia beside: kbae besides, outside of: kraw pii betray, deceive: kbat better, improved: kroan-baa between: lmo!J canlah (of space); knog rawia!J (of time) bicycle: kO!J birth: kamnaat bite (tV): kham; bite each other: prakham black: (paa) kmaw blackboard: kdaa-khian bland, unseasoned: saap blood: chiam bloom (iV): riik blow (of wind, air): baq; (a horn): suflei blue: (paa) khiaw; dark blue: khiaw-cah board: kdaa; low platform or table used for sitting, sleeping and eating: kdaa-gia boat: tuuk; motor-boat: kanout; ship, steamer: kapal; boats, rivercraft: tuuk-kapal body, self: kluan boil: puh, S!Jao; boiled soup: S!Jao; prawn soup: SIJao-bQI)kQQI) Bokor (a mountain resort in Kampot Province): bokkoo book: siawphi-w; specifier for books, volumes, or tablets: kbaal Boppha (common name for girls): bopphaa border, territorial limit: prum-daen borrow: kcay both: teag-pii; (lit): twit bottle: daap Bouth (personal name): but box (large): hap; (small): praqap boy: proh, kmel!J-proh; boys: kmei!Jproh-proh boys and girls: kmei!J-proh-sray brave: hian bread: numpa!J break (shatter): baek; (in two): baq; have a fractured skull: baek kbaal; have a

as-climb

431

blowout: baek k:gia cold (disease), have a cold: pdahsaay collide (with): bok color: p:>a, sambao comb (tV): sat; (N): krah-sat-saq come: m:>:>k; come on and ... : m:>:>k + V comfortable, pleasant: srual combine, assemble (tV}: ruap-ruam commerce: cumnuafl commit adultery, steal another's wife: luac prapuan kee commune, administrative division: khum; commune chief: mee-khum compare (tV): pradouc compete (in an exam}: pralaau complete (A): krup-kroan, pifi, baaribou, qah; completely: krup-sap (haay), qah (haay); complete, get to the end: V+ cap compose, write: tae:g; write a composition: tae:g sac-kday concentrated, strong: cah concept, faith, principle: latthiq; religious belief: latthiq sahsnaa concerned (with): teaq-b:>IJ (ni:g) confidence: sac-kday-tuk-cat confused (in mind): lap; (of things): tee:g-taau constitution: roatthaqthoammanuii; constitutional monarchy: riaciathippatay dael mian roatthaqthoammanuii continent: twiip; the continent of Europe: twiip-qairop continually, always: cia-nic continue (iV): taa; (tV): bantaa; continuing on: taa tiw tiat continuously: cia daraap cook (tV): dam; cook soup: s:gao; cook stew, make a stew: slaa; boil: puh; cook (N): neaq-twaa-mhoup, co:gphiw cool, refreshing: traceaq, lhaay coolie: kulii cooperate (at), do together: no-am knia + V copper: spo-an

English-Cambodian Glossary cops and robbers: qaakiii-qaacao copy (tV, N): camlaau corn (maize): poot corner: cruu correct (A): traw; that's right: traw haay, ni:g haay; correct, revise, improve (tV): kae cotton: kapbaah, krabaah; cotton cloth: qambah cough (i V): kqaaq Council of the Kingdom: krom-priksaapre~h-riac-qanaacaq

country: srok, prateeh; the country-side, rural areas: srok-srae; foreign countries: prateeh-kraw cousin (first): cii-doun-muay; second cousin: cii-tuat-muay; third cousin: cii-luat-muay cow, ox: koo create, cause: pkaat, bQijkaat crematorium: pacchaa crooked, twisted: wiac; zig-zagging, tortuous: kraueik-kra:gaq cross (tV): claau; across: V + claau + N crouch, take shelter: cr:>:>k crumble in the fingers: trabaac cry, wail (iV): yum cubit: hat cucumber: trasaq custard: saukyaa customs, culture: prapiynii, tumloap, tumnian-tumlo~p, cbap, cbap-tuanloap cut (tV): kat; chop, hack: kap; cut into little pieces: caiicram; cut open: we-ah; operate: we~h-kat d

dance (tV): roam; (N): raba.m; stylized dancing: roam-kbac Dang Raek Mountains: pnum-daa:g-n:ck dare (to): hian daughter: koun-sray dawn: qarun, pr:>Hm; at dawn, early: pii pr:>lim day: t:gay; today: t:gay-nih, t:gay-nilJ death: sac-kday-slap December: (khae- )tnuu decide: kit, samrac, samrac-cat decree (N, tV): kamrat deep: criw degree (of temperature): qa:gsaa democracy: praciathippatay dentist: pcct-tmifi department, function, duty: krasua:g; Department of Interior: krasuaumahaa-ptiy; Department of Tourism: krasua:g-teehsacaa; Department of Justice: krasual)-yuttath:>a

cloth-enough depends on: srac-tae depth: cumriw descend, go down, lower: coh design (N): kbac dessert, sweets: bcq)qaem destitute, sad: kamsat dharma, moral law: thoa; the Five Rules: thoa pram diamond, precious stone: pic die (iV): slap; dying: kaa-slap different: plaek, camlaek; different from each other: khoh knia difficult: pibaaq, yap dig (tV): ciik, kaay dim, dark: qap diminutive or derogatory prefix: qaa-; little Bouth: qaa-but; you thief!: qaa-cao!; you (derogatory): qaa-qaelJ dining room: bantup-liam-baay dip up, draw up: daOIJ diploma (secondary): diiploum dipper: tralaok; water-dipper: tralaok-daO!J-tik direction: khaag; (lit): tih; northern direction: khaaJJ-caalJ; (lit): hh-qotdaa directly: cpuah; at once, in one operation: tae-madaalJ director, manager: caag-waau dirty: krakwaq disease: rook, cum!JU; contagious disease: rook-claalJ disease prevention: withii-bcq)kaa-rook dish: caan; variety of food; muk disappear: bat distance: cam!Jaay distillery: rOOJJ-twaa-sraa district: srok ditch, small canal: pralaay dive, go under: muc divide (iV): baek-caek; (tV): caek division, sector: SO!Jkat dizzy: wU muk do: twaa; do numbers, arithmetic: twaa-leik; do good deeds: twaa-bon do without, be without: qat doctor: pc£t, kruu-pcd dog: ckae don't: kom + V; kom + V + qay don't mention it, it's nothing, you're welcome: min-qay-tee door, opening: twia dozen: lou; one dozen, per dozen: malou drama, play: lkhaon drawer: thaat-tuu dress (tV): sliaq-peaq, riap-cam kluan, twaa kluan

433

dried and salted: !Jiat; dried and salted fish: tray-IJiat drink (tV): phak drive (a car, etc.): baak; (a nail): bah drown, strangle: lua!J-Uk drunk: srawa!J dry (clothing): SIJuat; (weather, season): prag; (lake or river): riilJ duck: tia; duck-egg: poOIJ-tia dull, worn: rU duration, fixed period, agreement: kamnat durian: thuureen during: (kno!J) rowialJ duty, function: !Jia; responsibility: phiareaq dysentery: (cum!JH- )mual

each: nimuay; one by one, the various: nimuay-nimuay ear: traciaq earn a living: rook-sii, caii.cam ciiwit; earning a living: kaa-rook-sii east: kaat, khaaJJ-kaat; (lit): tih-bou easy: srual, !Jiay; make easy: samrual eat (familiar): il.am; (formal): pisaa; (referring to oneself, polite): btual-tian; (lit): baariphook; (of animals, or condescending): sii; (rural): houp; (of clergy): chan; (of royalty): saoy edge, bank: moat; riverbank: moattu"anlee; seashore: moat-samot education: saksaa, kaa-saksaa; primary education: pathammasaksaa; secondary education: mattyumsaksaa egg: pool); chicken-egg: poolJ-moan; duck-egg: pOOIJ-tia eight: prambay eight ten-thousands: prambay-main eighty: paetsap eldest child; riam elect: bah cnaot craah-raah electricity: qaqkiisanii, plaalJ; generating plant: roo!J-qaqkiisanii elephant: damray eleven: dap- muay emphatic final particle: nahl, nah!, waay! end, point: COIJ endure, withstand; thuan, qat-thu1m engineering: wiqswaakaa English: qO!Jglee; England: srok-qO!Jglee, prateeh-qO!Jglee; English language: phiasaa-qa!Jglee enough (to): lmoom + V; reasonable,

English-Cambodian Glossary

434

rather: V + lm:>;,m; adequate, sufficient: krup-kro'1m enter: coul; enter school, begin studies: coul rian enter the monkhood: buah; become a monk: buah cia look-sag envelope (N): sraom; (of a letter): sraom-sambot era: samay, co1m, saqkaraac erase, rub out: lup; eraser: c;,a-lup essay: sac-kday establish, set up: t~, pdaam, pkaat, prakaat, baukaat euphonic, pleasing to hear: piruah Europe: qairop, twiip-qairop ever, to have ever (done sthg.): dael + V, tloap + v every (in succession): roal, sap; every last one of: krup, sap-krup; every day: roal t!Jay except (for): laak-lccu-tae excuse me, I'm sorry: soum-tooh, qah-tooh exhausted, used up: qah; tired, exhausted: qah-kaml~; out of cigarettes: qah baray; time-consuming: qah peel-weelia expel, send out: baftcaii expensive: tlay explain: puanyual, qathibaay explanation: qathaathibaay export (tV): baftcuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh expose, spread out: haal; spread out in the sun: haal tnay extension: damnaa extinguish (tV): luat extinguished (A), go out (iV): raluat extract, uproot: daaq (can) extremely: peek, kray-peek f

face: muk factory: roon, roou-caq; weaving mill: roou-dambaaii; automobile assembly plant: roou-damlaau-laan; ricemill: roou-kan-sraw fail to, lack: khaan + V; without fail, surely: V + min khaan; fail an exam: pralaau tleaq fall (iV): tleaq; fell, overthrow: tumle"'aq fall asleep: (deik, keen) luaq fame, renown: lbay-cmuah, kei-cmuah family: kruasaa far, distant: C!Jaay farmer, peasant: ne"'aq-srae farming: kaa-twaa-srae fast: Uan, lian-Uan, chap, chap-chap, ii.oap, r:>hah

father: qawpuk, paa, qaw father-in-law: qawpuk-kmeik fear, be afraid of: klaac, kraeu, klaackraeu fearless: qaqphiy feathered projectile: say February: (khae-)kumpheaq feel well: srual kluan female: sray; (of animals): ii.ii fence, hedge: r:>baag fertilizer: cii few: tac fiber: samlay field, plain: wial fifteen: dap-pram, pram-dandap fifth: haasap film, movie: kon filter (tV): traau; (N): damraag, kantraau finalize: V + srac find: r:>:>k baan, r:>:>k khaal\; unable to find: ra:>k min baan, r:>ak min khaal\ finger: mriam, mriam-day finish, complete: baficap; V+ cap fire, light: plaan first (original): daam, damboug; (ordinal numeral): tii-muay; (before): mun; (hortatory particle): san; first of all: mun dambou:o, mun bauqah; at first: kaal-mun; in the beginning, originally: kaal pii daam fish (tV) with a line: stuuc; (lit): neesaat fish (N): tray; smoked fish: tray-cqaa; dried salted fish: tray-uiat; saltwater fish: tray-tik-pray; freshwater fish: tray-Uk-saap fish paste: prahok fish-sauce: Uk-tray fishing: kaa-nesaat-tray five: pram flap (the wings): bteah float (tV): bandaet flood (N): cumnuan floor, level, story: colin flow (i V): hou; cause to flow: baghou flower: pkaa; flower plant, shrub: daam-pkaa fold (tV): bat follow: taam; following, according to: taam food: mhoup, mhoup-mhaa, qahaa, mhoup-camnay; priest's food: cauhan; royal food: pre~ah-suaoy foot, leg: caan for (the purpose of): samrap; in order to: daambay (nin); on behalf of (informal): V + qaoy; (formal): V + cuun foreign affairs: kaa-baarateeh foreign countries: prateeh-kraw, baarateeh

enter-gulf forest: priy forget: plic forgive, excuse: qaqphiy-tooh, qat-tooh fork (N): saam four: buan fragrant: kraqoup France: prateeh-bara!J, srok-baratJ, prateeh-barausaeh free (vacant): tumnee; free of charge: qat tlay, tatee; free (of), clear (of): phot (pii) French (A): baarau; Frenchman: baarau, manuh-barau frequently: quhsaa (+ V); iiik-noap Friday: tgay-sok fried meat and vegetable dish: chaa friend: puaq-maaq, mit friendship: meetray-phiap from: pii; from one to another: pii muay tiw muay front, face: muk; in front: khaag-muk frozen, congealed: kaaq fruit: plae-chaa; fruit tree: chaa-plae fry, braise: liig, chaa full: pin; fully (Prep): pin + N; a full day, all day: pin matgay; the whole body, all over the body: pin teag kluan; full (satisfied): cqaet Funan: fuunaan; Funan Period: samay fuunaan :funny: kamplaeg furniture: kriag-tok-tuu; furniture salesman: neaq-luaq-kriag-tok-tuu further: tiat; taawtiw-tiat

game; lbaeg garden: suan; ornamental garden, park: suan-cbaa; flower garden: suan-pkaa; plantation (other than wet rice): camkaa gasoline: sag gay, boisterous: qikkathik generating plant: roou-qaqkiisanii gentle, well-mannered: slout, riapsaa, sophiap-riapsaa, tram-traw geography: phuumisaah German: qaalamQI); Germany: qaalamQI); srok-qaalamQI): prateeh-qaalamag get (tV): baan gift: qamnaoy, tian give (informal): qaoy; (formal): cuun; give alms: daq-tian; contribute (to a ceremony): coul bon; present (lit, royal): twaay give birth to, be born: kaat glass, cup: kaew

435

glasses (optical): waen-taa go: tiw; go ahead and: V + tiw, V + coh, V + nah; go and come: tiw maak; (if one) goes anywhere: tiw naa maak naa gold: miah; (color): paa-miah good: lqaa, lqaa-lqaa; morally good: tram-traw good-by: soum lia san goodness, beauty: sac-kday-lqaa government: ro~atthaaphibaal government service: kaa-riaccakaa grade, level: tnaq; final grade: tnaq con bamphot; 1st grade, secondary (12th year): tnaq tii-muay tumnaap; 2nd grade, secondary (11th year): tnaq tii-pii tumnaap; 3rd grade, secondary (lOth year): tnaq tii-bay tumnaap; 6th grade, secondary (7th year): tnaq tii-prammuay tumnaap; 7th grade (6th year): tnaq tii-prampil; 12th grade (1st year): tnaq tii-dap-pii grain, pill: kroap gram: kraam grandchild: caw; great-grandchild: caw-tuat; great-great-grandchild: caw-luat; great-great-great-grandchild: caw-lia grandfather: taa, look-taa; great-grandfather: taa-tuat; great-great-grandfather: taa-luat; great-great-greatgrandfather: taa-lia grandmother: doun, yiay, look-yiay; greatgrandmother: yiay-tuat; great-greatgrandmother: yiay-luat; great-greatgreat-grandmother: yiay-lia grandson: caw-proh granddaughter: caw-sray grape: trapeau-baay-cuu grass, hay: smaw grateful: dau-k:un; gratitude: sac-kdaydag-k:un grease (N): klan green: (paa) baytaan; light green: (paa) baytaag-kcay; (paa) khiaw greet, Greetings!: cumriap-sua; (formal or urban): suasday greet with palms joined: sampeah, sampeah-sua, bagk:um; greet respectfully with palms joined: twaaybQI]k:um grey: (paa) prapheh ground, earth: day group, council: krom; kanaq grow, come up (iV): doh; (tV): bandoh guest: pfliaw gulf, bay: chuug; Gulf of Thailand: chuuu-samot-siam

English-Cambodian Glossary

436 h

hair: saq; get a haircut: kat-saq; hair oil: preig-liap-saq half: kanlah; peaq-kandaal; (of a sphere): camhiag hall, pavilion: salaa hammer (N): flaflua, qaflua hammock: qagrig hand (N): day; (tV): hoc handicraft, fine arts: raccanaa handle (N): daag; carrying pole: daagrcck happen, arise, develop: kaat, kaat laag happy: sapbaay, sapbaay-cat, treik-qaa; happy (well): sok, sok-sapbaay; happiness: sac-kday-sapbaay, sac-kday-treik-qaa hardly: min-saw + V, min ... ponmaan harvest (tV): crout; (N): phal, phaldamnam have: mian; to have done sthg. (perfect auxiliary): baan + V have a fever: krun; have malaria: krun-cafi have a meal (literally: eat rice): iiam baay have a pain, cramp: cok; have stomach pains: cok puah; have a pain in the hand or arm: cok day have a wedding, get married: riap-kaa hall, building, factory: roog have the goodness to: meettaa + V, kaqrunaa + V have the power to, can: qaac + V; can lead to: qaac bandaal qaoy have to: traw + V, mian-tae + V Hawaii Hotel: santhakia- haaway he, she, they (polite): koat, kee; (condescending): wia; (indefinite): kee head: kbaal hear: lH, sdap lH; unable to hear: sdap min lH heart, mind, disposition: cat heat: kamdaw heaven, Nirvana: thaan-sua heavy: tguan Hello (formal): cumriap-sua; (informal): mac, Uw naa nig?; (lit, urban): suasday; (telephone): qaloo help (to): cuay; please, help by ... : cuay; help out in time of trouble: cuay thureaq here: nih, qae-nih heritage, honor: kei hero (of a play): tua-qaek-proh; heroine: tua-qaek-sray; principal character: tua-qaek hey!; qeil

hide (tV): bag high: kpuah history: prawoattasaah hit: way; come in contact with, hit: traw hold: kan; believe, maintain: kan; hold in the mouth: biam hole: ruug honor, respect (tV): koorup hope, intention: bamnaag horn (auto): suflei hot: kdaw; feel hot: kdaw kluan; intermittently hot and cold, have chills: kdaw-raiJia; heat: kamdaw hotel: pteah-samnaq, hotael; (lit): santhakia hour: maOIJj three hours: bay maOIJi three o'clock: mao!J bay; what time is it?: maog ponmaan haay? house, shop: pteah; house and property: pteah-sambae!J; hotel: pteah-samnaq how? (int.Adv): mac?, yaag-mac?; how about it, how's it going?; mac+ phrase how much, how many (intA, intPr): ponmaan? however much, however many, to whatever extent: ponmaan . . . ka-daoy, ponmaan ... ba-baan hundred: raay; one hundred: muay-raoy, maraay hundred-thousand: saen; one hundredthousand: muay-saen, masaen hungry, hunger (for): klian hurry (to): praflap (+Verb) husband (N): pday; (lit): swaamay; (wife to husband): haag

I (context-oriented; see sections 20, B, 1 and 27, B, 1) ice, ice-water: tik-kaaq ice-cream: kareim if: baa, kaal-baa, baa-kaal-naa ill, sick: chH; have a headache: chH kbaal illness, disease: cumgH immediately: pliam import (tV): tiii pii baarateeh important: samkhan, thom-dom in, inside: kno!J in abundance: cia craan in front of: muk; the front, in front of: khaaiJ-muk in order to: daambay(-niiJ) in that case: baa douccnah, baa qaii.cag in the matter of: khaag in the process of: kampUIJ( -tae) + V including: teag, praom-teag increasingly: rit-tae, kan-tae + V; V +laa!J

hair-lead

437

independent: qaekkariac; independence: qaekkariac; national independence: qaekkariac-ciat India: prateeh-qandia; Indian (A): qandia, klau; (N): manuh-qandia, klau Indochina: qandoucan; French Indochina: qandoucan barausaeh industry: quhsaahaqkam industrious: quhsaa inflate, pump air into: sap; a pump: snap information: damnau inject: caq injustice: qaqyuttathaa ink: tik-kmaw inner-tube: puah-wian insert (tV): caq, siat; (N): sniat instrument: kriau, pradap; instruments: pradap-pradaa intend (to): kit, paau interested (in), attracted (by): cap cat interior (department): mahaa-ptiy; Department of Interior: krasuaumahaa-ptiy interjection of surprise or mild annoyance: yiil intersection: plaw-baek interval, duration: rawia!J intervening space: canlah invite: qaii.caaii, haw iron, steel: daek irrigate (the rice-field): batJhou tik coul srae is: cia; equals: kH is possible, does happen: V + kaa-mian island: kah Islam: qihslaam - qehslaam it: wia Italy: qiitalii, prateeh-qiitalii

i.. jack, lift (N): kriip - krip January: (khae- )meaqkaraa Japan: yipun, srok-yipun, prateeh-yipun; Japanese (A, N): yipun Jayavarman: ciyyeaqwaaraman; Jayavarman IT: ciyyeaqwaaraman tii-pii; Jayavarman vn: ciyyeaqwaaraman tii-prampH jewelry: miah-pic, kriau-raccanaa July: (khae- )kaqkadaa June: (khae- )mithonaa junior high school: qanuq-wittyialay just, only: kro1m-tae + V; (Prep): tae; (Adv): ponnoh; just here, right here: tram nih just now: taap(-tae)-niu + V justice: yuttathaa; injustice: qaqyuttathaa; 'Department of Justice: krasuau-yuttathaa

k

kapok: ba Kampong Cham (Town, Province): kampu-au-caam Kampong-Chhnang (Town, Province): kampuau-cnau Kampong-Speu (Town, Province): kampuau-spH Kampong Thorn (Town, Province): kampuau-thom Kampot (Town, Province): kampaat Kanda! (Province): kandaal Kep (a seaside resort in Kampot Province): kaep kick (tV): toat; kicking a feathered projectile: toat-say kill: samlap kilogram: kilou kilometer: kiloumaet kind, variety: yaau, baep, muk king: sdac, luau, ksat; (lit): preah-mahaaksat; (term of reference): preahkaqrunaa king's title: preah-baat; King Norodom Sihanouk: preah-baat narootdam siihanuq; King Monivong: preahbaat maniiwuau kingdom: qanaacaq, preah-riac-qanaacaq; riac, qauk:>o-riac kitchen: pteah-baay knee: (kbaal- )cuaukuau knife: kambat know (be informed): dau; be knowledgeable, educated: ceh; be acquainted with: skoal; know how to: ceh + V Koh Kong (Island, Province): kah ko!J Kratie (Town, Province): kraceh Kuoy, Kuy (a hill-tribe): kuay

lake: bau; lakes, rivers, and streams: bau-preek-stiu-tuanlee land (under cultivation): srae-camkaa language: phiasaa Lao: liaw; Laos: prateeh-liaw large: thorn; quite large, large and numerous: thorn-thorn; important, impressive: thom-dom late (slow): yHt; late in the morning: tt)ay nah haay launder: baok-qut law, custom: cbap lawyer: meethiawii lazy: kcH, kamcH; too lazy to, disinclined to: kcU + V Le Coq d'Or (name of a restaurant in Phnom Penh): laa-kok-d:>a lead (tV): noam, cuun, dak-no-am

English-Carnbodian Glossary

438

leader: neaq-dak-no~rn,prarnuk leaf (N): slak; (of paper): sanlak; sugarpalm leaf: slak-tnaot learn (study): rian; research: saksaa; learn (of): criap, dag leather: sbaek leave, exit: caii (pii) left (side): cweig; (on) the left: khaag-cweig; (on) the left-hand side: khaag- cweig-day left over: sal; left-over food: rnhoup-sal legislation: kaa-twaa-cbap-trnay legislative (N, A): niqtnqpaiiiiat lend: kcay length: prawaeg lesson: rnee-rian let's, go ahead and: cou+ V letter: sarnbot; letter-box: praqapsarnbot letter, writing: qawsaa; letters, literature: qaqsaasaah library: pannaalay lie, prevaricate: kohaq life: ciiwU; life, incarnation: ciat; living, existence: kaa-ruah-ni-w light (N): plaag, puanlH; light in weight: sraal; light in color: kcay; light, ignite (tV): bagkat, dot like (to): coul-cat; (a person): sralali like, similar to: douc liquid: Uk; tea (liquid): Uk-tae; milk: Uk-dah-koo; ink: Uk-krnaw listen: sdap; able to hear, understand: sdap baan; unable to hear or understand: sdap min baan tee liter: lilt literature: qaqsaasaah live (be alive): ruah; (reside): niw living room, parlor: bantup-tatual-pfliaw long (in time): yuu; for a long time now: cia yuu nab rnaak haay; long (in space): WEEIJ

lose (to), be defeated (by): cart loud (of noise): klag; festive, gay: qikkathik love (tV): sralaii; (N): snae-haa lubricate: caq preig bourn klaii luggage, things: hap-qaywan; qaywan lycee: wUtyialay, wiccialay, lihsei; Lycee Sisowath: wi-ttyialay siisouwat Lycee Descartes: lihsei dekaat rn meat, flesh: sac; pork: sac-cruuk; beef: sac-koo; fish (meat): sac-tray meat salad: iioarn; chicken salad: iioa rn- moan

machine: rnaasiin, rnaasin maintain, insist: prakan make (tV): twaa; make, cause to: twaa qaoy; make merit, do good deeds: twaa-bon; make merit by giving alms: twaa- bon-daq-tian malaria: curngH-krun-cali male: proh; (of animals): crnoul man: proh, rnanuh-proh mango: (plae- )swaay rnangosteen: rnuagkhut manners, deportment: darnboun-rnian many, much: craan; in abundance: cia craan map: phaen-tii March: (khae- )rninaa marked up, disfigured: kraweemkrawaarn market: psaa; the Ox-Slaughter Market: psaa-kap-koo; the Central Market: psaa-kandaal; Silep Market: psaasilap maroon (pig's blood): (p;,a) chiam-cruuk marry, get married: kaa mat (woven): kanteel match (N): chaa-kuh math: mat matter: sac-kday, riag May: (khae- )quhsaphia medicine: tnarn; fever medicine: tnarn-krun; medicine (as a science): wiccia-pt:t:t medium, average, middle: mattyurn meet: cuap; meet together, assemble: cuap-cum; meet by accident: prateah, cuap-prateah, prateah-khaaii Mekong River: tuanlee-rneekog member: sarnaaciq, samaacik Meng (a personal name) rneig merchandise: turnniii merchant, businessman: neaq-curnnuan, cumnuaii, crnuaii merit, good deeds: bon middle (N, A): kandaal; in the middle of: kandaal + N, peaq-kandaal + N Middle Period: sarnay kandaal milk: Uk-dah-koo mill (tV): kan; (pound): bok; mill (N): tbal; mortar and pestle: tbal-bok million: lian mine (possessive Pr ): rabah kftom mine, well: qandoug; ore mine: qandougrae minister: rnu1mtray, niarnai-n; ministers: niarnai-n-rnuantray minute (N): niatii miss (tV): Uw min to1m; khaan + V mistakes: sac-kday-kua-purn-kua

leader-on moderll! samay, tumnaap; modern times: paccoban nih, samay paccoban monarchy: riaciathi-ppatay; constitutional monarchy: riaciathippatay dael mian roatthaqthoammanuii ~onday: tgay-can ~ondulkiri (Province): muandualkirii money: luy, praq ~onivong: maniiwuau monk, priest: look-sou, preah-sau; specifier for priests and Buddhist images: qau monk's quarters: kot ~ororom Hotel: santhakia-manoorum month, moon: khae monument, palace: praasaat mooll! khae; {lit): preah-can more: av + ciau; more ... thall! av ... cieu + N morning: prik; this morning (past): prik-nih mosquito: muuh most, most of all (Adv): ciau-kee, bamphot, bauqah, tii-bamphot, cia tii-bamphot mostly, usually: craan(-tae) + V mother: mdaay, neaq-mdaay, maq, mae mother-in-law: mdaay-kmeik motor: maasiin, maasin, kriau; motor-oil: preitJ-masin mount, ride: cih mountain, hill: pnum mouth, opening: moat move, carry: cuaficuun ~.,Sir: look ~s., ~adam: look-sray much, many: craan; in abundance: cia craan must: traw, traw-tae

name: cmuah; be named: cmuah national, nationality: ciat national assembly: roat-saphia national defense: kaa-pia-prateeh national museum: saareaqmuantii-ciat, salaa-raccanaa near: cit; nearly: cit (nilJ) + V neat: sqaat, tram-traw neck, throat, collar: kaa necktie: krawat need (to): traw-kaa neighbor: neaq-cit-khaau nephew or niece: kmuay neutralism: qaqpyiakrat; neutralist: qaqpyiakrat; neutralist policy: nayoobaay qaqpyiakrat

439

never (to have done sthg): min-dael nevertheless: tuah-yaau-naa-ka-daoy; V +dae new: tmay newspaper: kasaet next (.Adv): bantoap night: yup, qatriat; at night: yup; last night: yup mail; in the middle of the night: peaq-kandaal qatriat nightclub, bar: baa nine: prambuan ninety: kawsap non-human: qaqmanuh noon, midday: tgay-trQJ) Norodom Sihanouk: narootdam siihanuq north: caalJ, khaau-caau; (lit): Uh-qotdaa northeast: khaau- caau-cruu-khaalJ-kaat; (lit): tih-qaysaan northwest: khaau- caau- cruu -khaal)-lac; (lit): tih-piayoap nose: cramoh not (negative auxiliary): min+ V +tee, qat + V +tee, qat + V + tee; (lit): pum + V +tee not at all: min ... sah (laay) not have, not exist: kmian not necessary: min-bac-tee not so very ... : min ... ponmaan tee, min-saw ... tee not yet: min-toan ... tee November: (khae- )wiccakaa now: qaylaw, qaylaw-nih; these days: sap tuay nih; the present, modern times: paccoban, paccoban nih number, figure: leik nursery plot: tnaal

obscure, foggy: sraqap observe: saukeit, saukeit-maal, piinit-maal; (lit): tuahsania ocean: mahaa-samot October: (khae- )tolaa odor: klan of: rabah; (lit): niy of course(+ V): thay min(+ V)l, mian qayl often, frequently: 1\ik-ft.oap; quhsaa + V Ohl: qoul, qeil oil (N); pretu old: cah older brother: baau-proh older sibling: baau older sibling-in-law: baau-tlay older sister: baau-sray older sister-in-law: baal)-tlay-sray on: laa, niw laa; above, upper part: khaaQ-laa

440 on the part of, as for: camnaek once, one time: madatual; receive food, eat: tatual-tian receiving guests: kaa-t:>tual-piU.aw reciprocally: tiw wift tiw maak red: (paa) krahaam register (a letter, etc.): rikkamandei; registered: rikkamandei regulate, govern: kraau, krup-kraau regulation, law: krat, kamrat reign (tV): saoy-riac; (N): riac related (to): teaq-taau (niu) relative (N): iU.at; relatives, family: fiiat-sandaan religion: sahsnaa rely (on): tuk-cat {laa) remain, be left over: sal remember: cam rent, hire (tV): cual; (N): cnual repair: cu-ah-cul; revise, improve: kae repay, compensate: saau representative: damnaa.J]; representative of the people: damnaa.J]-riah request, ask for: som resist, endure: qat, qat-thuan respect (tV): koorup; (N): sac-kdaykoorup; respected one: tii-koorup response particle (polite, masc.): baat; (polite, fern.): caah; (familiar, either sex): qaa, qii rest (tV): samraaq, samraaq-kluan restaurant: haau-luaq- baay; phoocaniiyathaan reverse, turn around: tralap revolve (i V): wual; (tV): rawiy reward,. accumulated merit: phal-bon rice (cooked): baay; uncooked rice: qaukaa; unhusked rice, paddy: sraw; steamed rice: baay-camhoy; fried rice: baay-lil!); seed rice: sraw-puuc; floating rice: sraw-laau-tik; dry (season) rice: sraw-prau; wet (season) rice: sraw-wuahsaa; broadcast rice: sraw-pruah; transplanted rice: sraw-stuuu rice-farmer: neaq-twaa-srae rice-field: srae; dry (season) rice-field: srae-prau; wet (season) rice-field: srae-wuahsaa ride, get aboard: cih right (side): sdam; right-hand (side): sdam-day; right-hand side: khaau-sdam-day right (correct): traw, traw haay; (true): m££n

English-Cambodian Glossary ripe: tum rise, get up: kraok (laag) river (large, wide): tuanlee; tributary: stiu; small stream: pr££k; the Mekong River: tuanlee-meeko!J road, street: plaw; paved road: tnal; streets and roads: plaw-tnal room (N): bantup rose: kolaap, pkaa-kolaap rotate (tV): rawiy round: muul row, range: cua royal: riac, phuumin; royalty: sdac royal anthem: bat qauk:>a-riac royal capital: riaccathianii royal kingdom: preah-riac-qanaacaq royal person (term of reference or specifier): preah-qau royal queen: mahaa-ksattrayaanii royal residence: damnaq royaltreasures: kria!J-preah-riaccatroap rub, wipe: cuut rubber: kawsuu; rubber tree: daamkawsuu ruby (N): tboun-tatim, tboun-kratim ruler, monarch: ksat run ( V): ruat Russia: ruhsii, srok-ruhsii, prateehruhsii; Russian (N, A): ruhsii

sacred: preah-(word prefixed to sacred objects or to actions performed by sacred persons) sad: pruay-cat, kamsat Saigon: priy-nak:>a salty, seasoned: pray same: dadael sapodilla: lmut sapphire: tbou!)-kandiag Saran (personal name): saraan Sarin (personal name): sarin sarong: sarog; dhoti-style sarong: sampuat Sarun (personal name): sarun Saturday: t!)ay-saw save, collect: sansam saw (wood, etc.): qaa; sawmill: roou-qaa-chaa say (tV): thaa scatter (tV): baac scene, set: chaaq school: salaa, salaa-rian; technical school: salaa-tacnic; School of Pedagogy: salaa-kuruq-wiccia; primary school: salaa-pathammasaksaa;

reasonable-somewhat government school: salaa-riacckaa; School of Fine Arts: salaa-raccanaa; pagoda school: salaa-woat science, field of study: wiccia; higher education: wiccia coan kpuah; science as a field of study: wittyiasaah, wicciasaah scratch about: kakaay screen (tV): ba_n; (N): r:>b3.!J screwdriver: tuanawih sculpP!re, frieze: kbac-camlaq scythe, sickle: kandiaw sea: samot, sramot; Sea of Thailand: sa mot-siam seal, stamp (N): traa season (N): r:>daw; hot season: r:>daw-kdaw; rainy season: rodaw-pliau; cold season: r:>daw- rouia secondary education: mattyum-saksaa; first cycle of secondary school: mattyum-saksaa tii-muay; second cycle of secondary school: mattyum-saksaa tii-pii secondary school, lycee: wittyialay, wkcialay, lihsei secretary: smian sect: nikaay; liberal sect (of Buddhist monks): m:>haanikaay; orthodox sect: thoammayut section, fragment: pnaek see: khaafi; look at, watch, read: maal; see, perceive: maal khaan seedling, plant: samnaap seek: r:>:>k seem (to be), appear (to be): douc-cia select, extract: raah, samr3.!J sell: luaq; sell abroad, export: baii.cuun tiw luaq niw baarateeh send: pfiaa; send out, expel: baficafi; send away: baii.cuun sentence, space: klia September: (khae- )kafiiiaa serious: tguan, klan servant, waiter: bamraa, neaq-bamraa sesame: b.):>:> set, suite: samrap seven: prampil seventy: catsap sew: dei shade (N): mlup shallow: re"aq; quite shallow: re"aqreaq sharp: mut; sharpen: samlialJ shave (tV): kao sheaf, handful: kandap shed, drop off: cruh shell, skull: r:>lia; coconut-shell: r:>lia-doUlJ

443

shirt, blouse, coat: qaaw shoes: sbaek-caau shop, store: haa_n; barbershop: haau-kat-saq; laundry: haa_n-baok-qut shout (tV): sraek; (N): samraek side, direction: kha3.!J Siem Reap (Town, Province): siam-riap sign (tV): sifiiiei silk: sout silkworm: koun-nialJ silver: praq similar: douc knia, prahael-prahael knia simultaneously: bandaa sing: criau; song: camrialJ sink (iV): l-ie; sink in the water: He tik sit: qaukuy; (of clergy): kuau situated: niw, that (niw) six: prammuay six million: prammuay-lian sixteen: dap-prammuay sixty: hoksap size: tumnum skin: sbaek sky-blue: (p:>a) ptiy-meek slap (tV): teah sleep (tV): deik, deik luaq, keeu, keeu lu"aq; (lit): btual damneik; (N): damneik; be hospitalized: deik-p&ct; unable to sleep: keeu min luaq, deik min luaq slender: sk:>:>m; very slender, skinny: samk:>:>m slice, cut piece: kamnat slip, do accidently: cr:>luah slip off, come off: robout slow: yHt; slowly, deliberately: muay-muay small: touc; small and numerous: touc-touc; small (in quantity): tac smell (sniff): hat; (receive an odor): thum smoke, inhale, suck: cu"aq smoked, roasted: cqaa snow, frost: Uk-kaaq so, accordingly: kaa + V soap: sabuu soccer: bal-toat socks, stockings: sraom-caau soft: tuan soldier: tiahian; be a soldier: twaa tiahian some (Pr, Adv): klah someone (indPr): neaq-naa, n:>naa something (indPr): qway, qay, sqay sometimes: cuan-kaal somewhat, a little (Adv): bok (N) Uw; take and bring: yaok (N) moak; take a walk: daa-leeu take care of: thae, reaqsaa, thae-reaqsaa, thae-thoam; treat, care for: pyiabaal take leave, say good-by: lia take off, loosen: dab Takeo (Town, Province): taakaew tame (A): S3l.Ji (tV): pSa!J taste, flavor: ciat tasty' delicious: cuan taxi: taqsii; taxi-driver: neaq-baaktaqsii tea (plant): tae; (liquid): Uk-tae teakettle: kamsiaw teach: bru.Jrian teacher, master: kruu, kruu-bru.Jrian; (as a title): look-kruu tear, burst, break (i V): dac; (tV): pdac telegram: teekekraam tell, inform (informal): prap; (formal): cumriap temple: wihia, praasaat; stupa: caetday; temple compound: woat; sacred temple: preah-wihia ten: dap ten-million: kaot ten-thousand: main tender, green: kcay term, cycle: kQQU Thailand: siam, srok-siam, prateehthay-Iau thank (tV): qaa-kun; thank you: qaa-kun that (Da, Dp): nuh; (relative Conj): cia, daoy; (quotative Conj): thaa; (relative Pr): dael that's it, you've got it (Idiom): niu haayl thatch (tV): praq; (N): sbaw then (Conj): haay, ruac-haay; then, after which: taap there: nuh, qae-nuh; there I (look!): naal therefore: douccnah, qaiicau thermometer: teamoumaet these (Da, Dp): nih, niu they (polite): koat, kee; (condescending): wia; (indefinite): kee thief: cao thin: sdaalJ, very light and thin: sdaan-sdaan thing(s): rabah, qaywan; luggage: hap-qaywan; accessory, ingredient: kri&IJ

445 think: kit thirty: saamsap this (Da, Dp): nih, neh, niu this way: khaau-nih those (Da, Dp): nuh, niu thought: kumnit thousand: poan; one thousand: mapoan thread (N): ceih, qambah three: bay three or four: bay-buan thresh, mill: kan throughout, all the way (to): r:>hout (dal) throw (tV): bah; throw about, handle roughly: bah-baok Thursday: tljay-prahoah thus: douccneh, douccnah, qal'icau ticket: sambot; steamer ticket: sambot-kapal; vote: cnaot tie, wear (a tie): caau; make a presentation to newlyweds: caau-day time (era): kaal, samay, coan, kria, peel; (occasion): daOIJ, laak, peel tired: qah-kaml3.1J, ruay title for high-ranking royalty: samdac to (Prep): dal; (away from speaker): tiw; (toward speaker): moak; up to: tiw dal; all the way to: rahout dal, rahout Uwdal tobacco: tnam; smoking tobacco: tnam-cuaq today: tljay-nih, tljay-nilJ together: knia, cia-muay knia toilet: bru.Jkuan, bantup-Uk tomorrow: sqaek Tonle Sap (Saap River): tuanlee-saap too (in addition): - naau; (as well, also): dae too much, excessive: peek, kray-peek, kray-ha:u tool, instrument: pradap, kriau; pradap-cuah-cul tooth: tmil'i toothpaste: tnam-doh-tmifi tough, hard: riu tourist, tourism: teehsacaa toward: dal, Uw dal trade, exchange (tV): dou, pdou; do trade, carry on commerce: luaq-dou; trade, commerce (N): cumnuafi; trade (profession): robaa, rabaa-roak-sii train, discipline (tV): qap-rum, bauhat train: rateh-plaalJ, qateh-plaan; (lit): qayeaqsmaayian trample: baficoan translate: prae transplant: stuun trap, snare (tV): teaq; (N): qonteaq traveler, passenger: neaq-damnaa

446

tree, plant, shrub: daam; tree: daam-chaa; coconut tree: daam-do~; rubber-tree: daam-kawsuu; flower-plant, shrub: daam-pkaa; rose-bush: daam-pkaakolaap tremble, shake: iiaa; to tremble, have chills: ii.aa kluan trip, process: damnaa trouble, preoccupation: thureaq truck, van: laan-dak-tumnin try (to): laa; try out, try and see: (Verb+) ba-maal Tuesday: f:nay-qaukia turn (tV): bat twelve: dap-pii twenty: maphiy twenty-one: maphiy-muay twisted: krawiac two: pii type (i V): way daqtilou; way qagkulileik; typewriter: daqtilou, qaukulileik

umbrella: chat uncle (younger brother of either parent): puu, look-puu, qawpuk-mia; (older brother of either parent): qom, look-qom, qawpuk-thom under: kraom; below, downstairs: khaag-kraom understand (hear): sdap baan; understand (comprehend): yual understanding, convention: sandap unhappy, troubled: pruay-cat, pibaaq-cat union, confederation: sahaqroat United states: sahaqroat-qaameric until: dal, toal-tae up: V + laag Upper Khmer, hill-tribes: kmae-laa uprooted: radaaq use: praa; use, put in: daq useful: mian prayaoc university: mahaa-wUtyialay usually: thoammadaa, taamthoammadaa, craan(-tae) + V, taeg-tae + V

value: damlay various, different: pseig-psetg; the various: nimuay-nimuay vase: thou vegetable: banlae verse, song: bat very, very much: nah, peek

English-Cambodian Glossary Vietnam: yuan, wiat-naam, srok-yuan, prateeh-wiat-naam; Vietnamese (A, N): yuan; South Vietnam: prateeh-wiat-naam-khaag-tbo~

village: phuum voice, sound: samleig volleyball: wallay-bal vote (iV): bah cnaot

wait for: cam waiter, boy: baoy wake up (iV): piieaq; (tV): dah walk (iV): daa; (tV): bandaa want (to): cag wash (clothes): baok; (dishes, hands): liag; (the face): lup; (the hair): kaq wat: woat; Wat Phnom: woat-pnum; Wat Onalaom: woat-qonaalaom, woat praloom WatPreah-Kaew: preah-wihia preahkaew water: hk; water-fall, spring: tikcruah waterway: plaw-hk way, method: withii we: yaag,puaq-yaag wear (above the waist or on the feet): peaq; (below the waist): sliaq; in general: sliaq-peaq weather: qakaah, thiat-qakaah weaving: dambaafi wedge, insert: sniat Wednesday: f:nay-put week: qaatit; per week, in a week: maatit weigh (tV): tlag weight: tumguan well (Adv): lqaa, lqaa nah well (healthy): cia; completely well, cleared up: cia sralah; well and happy: sok-sapbaay west: lac, khaag-lac; (lit): tih-baccam wet: btik what (intA, intPr): qway?, qay?, sqay?; what did you say?: look niyiay qway?, look thaa mac?; what?(plural): qway-klah? whatever (indA, indAdv): qway (qay, sqay) ... ka-daoy; qway (qay, sqay) ... ka-baan wheel: kag; spare wheel: kag sakua when (intAdv): kaal-naa?, peel-naa?; (in the future): qagkal?; (in the past): pii-qaukal?; (Conj, in the past): kaal;

tree-yourself (Conj, in the future): dal; peel dael, kaal dael whenever (indAdv): kaal-naa, peel-naa, qCll)kal; (Conj): kaal-naa, peel-naa where (intAdv): naa?, kanlaeu naa?, qae-naa?; (relative pronoun): dael wherever: naa ka-daoy, naa ka-baan which (relative Pr): dael; (intAdj): naa?; (intPr): qaa-naa? which one?: qaa-naa?, qaa-naa-muay? whichever (indA): naa ka-daoy, naa ka-baan white: (poa) saa who (intPr): neaq-naa?; nonaa?; (relative Pr): dael whoever (indPr): neaq-naa ka-daoy, neaq-naa ka-baan why? (intAdv): mac?, mac kaa?; why is it that . . . ?: haet qway baan cia ... ? wife: prapuan; (lit): pheaqriyia will, about to (Aux): ni!J willing (to): sok-cat + V win, defeat: cneah; win an election: coap cnaot wind (N): kyal window: l:lCliJquac with: ni!J, cia-muay, cia-muay-n!IJ; with, by: daoy; with the fact that, since: daoy woman: sray; women (in general); sray-sray,puaq-sray-sray wonder, reflect: nik wood: chaa; tree: daam-chaa word, speech: piaq, sap work (N): kaa; (iV): twaa-kaa; work as, follow the profession of: twaa; work as a soldier: twaa tiahian

447 worker: neaq-twaa-kaa, kammakaa, kulii world: look, piphup, piphup-look worn, decrepit: cah, ric-rU worse, increasingly strong: klau laau worthy of+ V: kua qaoy + V; worth seeing, interesting: kua qaoy cCliJ maal wound (N): robuah, muk-robuah; wounded: robuah wrap (tv): kcap wrench: klei, dC11Jkap wrest away, bargain for: tiam-tia wrist: kaa-day write: sasei wrong: khoh, min traw tee

year: cnam yellow: (poa) Ua!J yes (masc.): baat; (fern.): caah; (familiar or colloquial, either sex): qaa, qH; repetition of the verb of the question yesterday: msal-man, pii-msal-man yet? (already or not yet?): V + haayrH-niw? yield, result: phal you: (context-oriented; see sections 20, B, 1, 21, B, 1, and 27, B, 1) young: kmefU younger brother: pqoun-proh younger female first cousin: pqouncii-doun-muay-sray younger first cousin: pqoun- cii-doun- muay younger sibling: pqoun younger sister: pqoun-sray yourself: qaeu, kluan-qaeu

INDEX OF GRAMMAR NOTES The following Index provides a quick reference to all the points of grammar discussed under Section B: Grammar and Drills of each lesson. Cambodian words are alphabetized according to the system described in the Cambodian- English Glossary, except that words with initial clusters occur in the position in which they would occur in the normal English alphabetical order. The formula following each topic refers to the lesson, section, and note under which the topic occurs; e.g. 4, B, 8 means Lesson 4, Section B, Note 8. Adjectival Verbs 4, B, 8 Adverbial Phrases 3, B, 6 Adverbials 9, B, 9 Affixation 23, B, 1 bat qah haay 21, B, 7 baan as a Completive Verb 3, B, 15 baan, The Functions of 5, B, 9 baan, Another Use of 14, B, 9 biiUi cia, Connective Verb Phrase 16, B, 3 bandaal qaoy + Verb 22, B, 6 bantoap pii nuh 17, B, 6 ~ and bamphot 17, B, 1 bay-buan 20, B, 3 Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner 10, B, 5 cam as an Initiating Auxiliary 12, B, 4 Cambodian System of Education 24, B, 1 Cardinal and Intermediate Directions 27, B, 3 caek cia pii pnaek 24, B, 3 cbap-qaqnufifiaat 17,B,5 £1!!1 and ~' Modal Verbs 2, B, 4 ceh-tae, Preverbal Auxiliary 20, B, 7 chap as a Modal Verb 21, B, 6 cia as a Relative Conjunction 16, B, 6 cia, Another Translation for 29, B, 1 cia in Adverbial Phrases 30, B, 2 cia-nic, Adverbiai 16, B, 1 cia-nic vs. cia daraap 30, B, 3 cia yuu nah maak haay, Adverbial Phrase 5,B, 8 ciau as a Comparative Adverb 8, B, 5 ciau as a Preposition 6, B, 6 ciau-kee, Superlative 9, B, 13 coh, Interjection 4, B, 15 Color Terminology 11, B, 15 coap and tleaq, Specific Completive Verbs 24, B, 4 Compounds, Coordinate 22, B, 4 Compounds, Repetitive 14, B, 1 Completive Verbs 14, B, 2 Confirmatory Questions and Answers 9,B,2 Context-Oriented Vocabulary 21, B,4 craan(-tae), Preverbal Auxiliary 18, B, 6 cuay as an Auxiliary of Request 11, B, 10 Days of the Week 10, B, 11 dae, The Meaning of 9, B, 8 448

dael as a Relative Pronoun 6, B, 7 dael vs. baan 5, B, 11 daam-baYf-lli-n), Subordinating Conjunction 18, B,8 daoy, Relative Conjunction 20, B, 2 dadael and bantoap 3, B, 13 Demonstrative Noun Phrases 4, B, 3 Directional Verbs 10, B, 6 Discontinuous Noun Phrases 20, B, 5 douc 'like, as' 9, B, 6 doilc-cia, Modal Verb 15, B, 2 douc-cia ... cia-daam 17, B, 7 Formal vs. Colloquial Vocabulary 17, B,3 Four Verbs Meaning 'to wash' 20, B, 9 General Discussion 2, B, 1 General Specifiers 16, B, 7 haet nih haay baan cia 26, B, 4 haet qway baan cia, Interrogative Phrase 12, B, 7 haay, Perfective Particle 2, B, 9 haay-rH-ni-w, Compound Question Particle 4, B, 9 Homophonous Pail-s 11, B, 14 Interrogative Adjectives 9, B, 12 Interrogative Words 2, B, 6 Intonation 2, B, 2 kaal vs. dal 26, B, 1 kaai-naaas a Subordinating Conjunction 15, B, 11 kaal ni-w pii touc, Idiom 15, B, 7 kaat, The Meaning of 22, B, 1 k